INDEX-4 13 Memory Card Commands ..... 262 13.1 ESC CC Card Slot for Use .....262
Manual setting (Data setting mode). k,n～n. * This is used when the input mode is numeric mode, alphanumeric mode and Kanji code.
Copyrights Any unauthorized reproduction of the contents of this document, in part or whole, is strictly prohibited. Limitation of Liability SATO Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S. and other countries make no representations or warranties of any kind regarding this material, including, but not limited to, implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for errors contained herein or any omissions from this material or for any damages, whether direct, indirect, incidental or consequential, in connection with the furnishing, distribution, performance or use of this material. Specifications and contents in this document are subject to change without notice. Trademarks SATO is a registered trademark of SATO Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S. and other countries. Secure Digital (SD) Card is a registered trademark of the SD Card Association. QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. WPATM and WPA2TM are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
In this Programing Reference, dip switches for setting is written as DSW, and adjusting volume is written as VR. The content of this Programing Reference is based on the firmware version 61.00.01.00A.
Version: S84-ex/S86-ex-r06-10-19PR ©2019 SATO Corporation. All rights reserved.
INDEX-1
Table of Contents
Part 1 Programming Reference .............................................................. 1 1 List of Commands ................................................................................ 1 2 Initial Value of Operation Settings ...................................................... 5 3 List of Fonts .......................................................................................... 6 4 Example of Command Reference........................................................8 5 Control Commands ............................................................................ 10
5.1 ESC+A Start of Data Transmission........................................................................................10 5.2 ESC+Z End of Data Transmission .........................................................................................11 5.3 ESC+Q Print Quantity..............................................................................................................12 5.4 ESC+ID Job ID Number ...........................................................................................................13 5.5 ESC+WK Job Name .................................................................................................................14
6 Print Position Commands .................................................................. 15
6.1 ESC+H Horizontal Print Position ...........................................................................................15 6.2 ESC+V Vertical Print Position ................................................................................................16
7 Modification Commands .................................................................... 17
7.1 ESC+P Character Pitch ...........................................................................................................17 7.2 ESC+L Enlargement ................................................................................................................18 7.3 ESC+PS Proportional Pitch ....................................................................................................19 7.4 ESC+PR Release of Proportional Pitch.................................................................................20 7.5 ESC+% Rotation ......................................................................................................................21 7.6 ESC+F Sequential Numbering................................................................................................22 7.7 ESC+FW Print of Lines and Boxes ........................................................................................23 7.8 ESC+FC Print of Circles..........................................................................................................25 7.9 ESC+FT Print of Triangles ......................................................................................................26 7.10 ESC+( Black and White Reverse Print...................................................................................27 7.11 ESC+KC Character Code ........................................................................................................28 7.12 ESC+& Registration of Form Overlay....................................................................................29 7.13 ESC+/ Form Overlay Call ........................................................................................................30 7.14 ESC+0 Partial Editing ..............................................................................................................31 7.15 ESC+WD Partial Copying........................................................................................................32 7.16 ESC+J Print of Journal............................................................................................................34 7.17 ESC+RF Call and Print of Font & Logo .................................................................................35 7.18 ESC+RM Mirror Image.............................................................................................................36 7.19 ESC+WN Work Shift Information ...........................................................................................38 7.20 ESC+WS Print of Work Shift Information..............................................................................39 7.21 ESC+CE European Code Page...............................................................................................40 7.22 ESC+KS Kanji Font Type ........................................................................................................43
8 Font Commands ................................................................................. 44
8.1 ESC+XU XU Font (Default Font Size: 5×9 dots) .................................................................44 8.2 ESC+XS XS Font (Default Font Size: 17×17 dots) .............................................................46 8.3 ESC+XM XM Font (Default Font Size: 24×24 dots) ............................................................48 8.4 ESC+XB XB Font (Default Font Size: 48×48 dots) .............................................................50 8.5 ESC+XL XL Font (Default Font Size: 48×48 dots)..............................................................52 8.6 ESC+OA OCR-A Font ..............................................................................................................54 8.7 ESC+OB OCR-B Font ..............................................................................................................56 8.8 ESC+$ Shape of Outline Font.................................................................................................58 8.9 ESC+$= Print of Outline Font .................................................................................................59 8.10 ESC+RD TrueType Font ..........................................................................................................61 8.11 ESC+K1 16×16 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji.......................................................................65 8.12 ESC+K2 24×24 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji.......................................................................66 8.13 ESC+K8 16×16 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters..........................67 8.14 ESC+K9 24×24 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters..........................68 8.15 ESC+k1 16×16 dots Vertical Writing Kanji ............................................................................69 8.16 ESC+k2 24×24 dots Vertical Writing Kanji ............................................................................70 8.17 ESC+k8 16×16 dots Vertical Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters ...............................71 8.18 ESC+k9 24×24 dots Vertical Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters ...............................72 8.19 ESC+T1 Registration of 16×16 dots External Character .....................................................73 8.20 ESC+T2 Registration of 24×24 dots External Character .....................................................75
INDEX-2
8.21 ESC+K1(K2) Call of Horizontal Writing External Character ................................................77 8.22 ESC+k1(k2) Call of Vertical Writing External Character ......................................................78 8.23 ESC+U U Font (Default Font Size: 5×9 dots) ........................................................................79 8.24 ESC+S S Font (Default Font Size: 8×15 dots).......................................................................81 8.25 ESC+M M Font (Default Font Size: 13×20 dots)....................................................................83 8.26 ESC+WB WB Font (Default Font Size: 18×30 dots)..............................................................85 8.27 ESC+WL WL Font (Default Font Size: 28×52 dots) ..............................................................87 8.28 ESC+RG Multiple Language Font ..........................................................................................89
9 Barcode Specification ........................................................................ 90
9.1 ESC+B Barcode (Ratio 1:3) ....................................................................................................93 9.2 ESC+D Barcode (Ratio 1:2) ....................................................................................................95 9.3 ESC+D~ESC+d Barcode (Selection of HRI) ..........................................................................97 9.4 ESC+BD Barcode (Ratio 2:5)..................................................................................................98 9.5 ESC+BT Registration of Bar Width Ratio............................................................................100 9.6 ESC+BW Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio ..............................................................101 9.7 ESC+BI GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) (Standard Carton ID Only)..............................................104 9.8 ESC+BC CODE93 Barcode ...................................................................................................106 9.9 ESC+BG CODE128 (128A, 128B, 128C) Barcode ...............................................................108 9.10 ESC+BP POSTNET ................................................................................................................112 9.11 ESC+BF UPC Add-on Code (BOOKLAND)..........................................................................114 9.12 ESC+BL UPC-A Barcode (Without HRI) ..............................................................................116 9.13 ESC+BL~ESC+d UPC-A Barcode (Selection of HRI) .........................................................117 9.14 ESC+BM UPC-A Barcode (With HRI) ...................................................................................119 9.15 ESC+EU Composite Symbol ................................................................................................120 9.16 ESC+BS USPS Barcode ........................................................................................................124
10 2D Code Commands.........................................................................126
10.1 ESC+2D10 PDF417 ................................................................................................................126 10.2 ESC+2D12 Micro PDF417......................................................................................................129 10.3 ESC+2D20 MaxiCode.............................................................................................................132 10.4 ESC+2D30 QR Code (Model 2) .............................................................................................134 10.5 ESC+2D31 QR Code (Model 1) .............................................................................................138 10.6 ESC+2D32 Micro QR Code ...................................................................................................141 10.7 ESC+2D50 Data Matrix (ECC200) .........................................................................................166 10.8 ESC+2D51 GS1 Data Matrix..................................................................................................169 10.9 ESC+BQ QR Code (Compatible Commands) .....................................................................172 10.10 ESC+BV MAXI Code (Compatible Commands) ..................................................................197 10.11 ESC+BK PDF417 (Compatible Commands) ........................................................................199 10.12 ESC+BX Data Matrix (ECC200) (Compatible Commands).................................................202 10.13 ESC+DC Data Matrix (ECC200) Data (Compatible Commands)........................................203 10.14 ESC+FX Data Matrix (ECC200) Sequential Numbering (Compatible Commands)..........204 10.15 ESC+2D70 Aztec code...........................................................................................................206 10.16 ESC+2D34 GS1 QR Code (Model 2) .....................................................................................209
11 Graphics Commands........................................................................238
11.1 ESC+G Print of Graphic ........................................................................................................238 11.2 ESC+GM Print of BMP File ...................................................................................................239 11.3 ESC+GP Print of PCX File.....................................................................................................240
12 System Commands .......................................................................... 241
12.1 ESC+CS Print Speed .............................................................................................................241 12.2 ESC+#F Print Darkness.........................................................................................................242 12.3 ESC+A1 Label Size ................................................................................................................243 12.4 ESC+A3 Base Offset Setting ................................................................................................245 12.5 ESC+EP Print End Position ..................................................................................................246 12.6 ESC+* Clear............................................................................................................................247 12.7 ESC+@ Offline .......................................................................................................................248 12.8 ESC+C Reprint .......................................................................................................................249 12.9 ESC+PG Registration of Printer Operation.........................................................................250 12.10 ESC+PC Registration of Printer Operation .........................................................................253 12.11 ESC+E Auto Linefeed............................................................................................................256 12.12 ESC+KM Kanji Mincho ..........................................................................................................257 12.13 ESC+KG Kanji Gothic............................................................................................................258 12.14 ESC+LD User Download .......................................................................................................259 12.15 ESC+PO Offset.......................................................................................................................260 12.16 ESC+#J Job Modification .....................................................................................................261
INDEX-3
13 Memory Card Commands ................................................................ 262
13.1 ESC+CC Card Slot for Use ...................................................................................................262 13.2 ESC+&S Registration of Form Overlay ...............................................................................263 13.3 ESC+&R Form Overlay Call ..................................................................................................266 13.4 ESC+YS Registration of Format...........................................................................................267 13.5 ESC+/N Registration of Field................................................................................................269 13.6 ESC+YR Format Call .............................................................................................................270 13.7 ESC+/D Print of Field.............................................................................................................271 13.8 ESC+GI Registration of Graphic ..........................................................................................272 13.9 ESC+GR Graphic Call............................................................................................................274 13.10 ESC+GT Registration of BMP File .......................................................................................275 13.11 ESC+GC BMP File Call ..........................................................................................................276 13.12 ESC+PI Registration of PCX File..........................................................................................277 13.13 ESC+PY PCX File Call ...........................................................................................................278 13.14 ESC+T1 Memory card 16×16 dots External Font Registration .........................................279 13.15 ESC+T2 Memory card 24×24 dots External Font Registration .........................................280 13.16 ESC+K1(K2) Memory Card Horizontal Writing External Character Recall ......................282 13.17 ESC+k1(k2) Memory Card Vertical Writing External Character Recall ............................283 13.18 ESC+BJF Memory Card Initialization ..................................................................................284 13.19 ESC+BJS Print of Memory Card Status ..............................................................................285 13.20 ESC+* Memory Card Clear....................................................................................................286 13.21 ESC+BJ, ESC+BJD Registration of TrueType Font (Compatible Commands) ...............287 13.22 ESC+BJT TrueType Font Call (Compatible Commands)...................................................288
14 Calendar Commands ........................................................................ 289
14.1 ESC+WT Calendar Setting ....................................................................................................289 14.2 ESC+WP Calendar Addition .................................................................................................290 14.3 ESC+WA Calendar Print .......................................................................................................291 14.4 ESC+WU Extended Calendar Print ......................................................................................293 14.5 ESC+WV Calendar Case Format ..........................................................................................295 14.6 ESC+CV Calendar M(Month) and D(Day) Code ..................................................................296
15 Intelligent Commands ...................................................................... 297
15.1 ESC+IK Media Feed Control....................................................................................................297 15.2 ESC+IM Displayed Messages...............................................................................................299 15.3 ESC+IF Internal Buffer Registration ....................................................................................300 15.4 ESC+IB Internal Buffer Recall ..............................................................................................301 15.5 ESC+IC Internal Buffer Data comparison ...........................................................................303 15.6 ESC+I* Internal Buffer Data Print .........................................................................................304 15.7 ESC+I# Exclusive Key Start-End..........................................................................................305 15.8 ESC+IZ Key Input...................................................................................................................307 15.9 ESC+IR Internal Buffer Registration (Received Data)........................................................308 15.10 ESC+IT Data Sending ............................................................................................................310 15.11 ESC+IO External Signal Input/Output..................................................................................312 15.12 ESC+IW Print Start Waiting Time.........................................................................................314 15.13 ESC+IU Internal Buzzer Sound ............................................................................................315 15.14 ESC+I@ Internal Buffer Initialization ...................................................................................316 15.15 ESC+IY Exclusive Display Start-End ...................................................................................317
16 RFID Commands ............................................................................... 318
16.1 ESC+IP0 EPC Code Write .....................................................................................................318 16.2 ESC+IP1 EPC Code Read .....................................................................................................326 16.3 ESC+F EPC Sequential Number...........................................................................................329 16.4 ESC+IP5 Antenna Output Power..........................................................................................330 16.5 ESC+TM Trademark Print .....................................................................................................332 16.6 ESC+TU Printing Tag Data ...................................................................................................333 16.7 ESC+RU TID Return...............................................................................................................336 16.8 ESC+RA RFID Mode Setting.................................................................................................340
17 XML Commands................................................................................343
17.1 ESC+/Y Register Print Template Name ...............................................................................343 17.2 ESC+/X Set XML Variable Name...........................................................................................344 17.3 ESC+/R Remove Print Template ..........................................................................................345 17.4 ESC+/S Set Print Template Name ........................................................................................346 17.5 ESC+/G Get Print Template Information .............................................................................347 17.6 ESC+/A Air Protocols Management.....................................................................................348
INDEX-4
Part 2 Interface Specification ............................................................. 349
1 Overview ............................................................................................ 349
1.1 Overview ...................................................................................................................................349 1.2 Function setting .......................................................................................................................349 1.3 Combination of interfaces.......................................................................................................350
2 Communication Protocol ................................................................. 351
2.1 Communication protocols and Receive Mode......................................................................351 2.2 Return Status............................................................................................................................352
2.2.1 Return status of Status 2 .................................................................................................354 2.2.2 Return status of Status 3 .................................................................................................355 2.2.3 Return status of Status 4 .................................................................................................358 2.2.4 Return status of Status 5 .................................................................................................362 2.2.5 Other return status (Common to Status 3, Status 4, and Status 5).............................372 2.3 READY/BUSY............................................................................................................................381 2.4 XON/XOFF.................................................................................................................................381 2.5 Status 3 .....................................................................................................................................381 2.5.1 Return Sequence ..............................................................................................................382 2.5.2 Reference Flowchart ........................................................................................................384 2.6 Status 4 .....................................................................................................................................385 2.6.1 Return Sequence ..............................................................................................................385 2.7 Status 5 .....................................................................................................................................387 2.7.1 Receive buffer control......................................................................................................387 2.7.2 Return Sequence ..............................................................................................................388
3 RS-232C ............................................................................................. 394
3.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................394 3.2 READY/BUSY............................................................................................................................395
3.2.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................395 3.2.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................395 3.2.3 Timing chart of single item receive ................................................................................396 3.2.4 Timing chart of multiple receive .....................................................................................397 3.3 XON/XOFF.................................................................................................................................398 3.3.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................398 3.3.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................398 3.3.3 Timing chart of single item receive ................................................................................399 3.3.4 Timing chart of multiple receive .....................................................................................400 3.4 Printer Status 5 Return............................................................................................................401 3.4.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................401 3.4.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................401 3.4.3 Timing Chart......................................................................................................................402 3.5 Status 4 .....................................................................................................................................405 3.5.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................405 3.5.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................405 3.5.3 Timing Chart......................................................................................................................406 3.6 Printer Status 3 Return............................................................................................................409 3.6.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................409 3.6.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................409 3.6.3 Timing Chart......................................................................................................................410 3.7 Status 2 .....................................................................................................................................412 3.7.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................412 3.7.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................412 3.7.3 Timing Chart......................................................................................................................413 3.7.4 Return Status ....................................................................................................................415 3.7.5 Return Sequence ..............................................................................................................416 3.7.6 Reference Flowchart ........................................................................................................418 3.7.7 Note....................................................................................................................................419
4 IEEE1284............................................................................................420
4.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................420 4.2 Connecting diagram ................................................................................................................421 4.3 Connector Pin Assignment.....................................................................................................422 4.4 Explanation of input signal .....................................................................................................422 4.5 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................423
4.5.1 Timing chart of single item receive ................................................................................423 4.5.2 Timing chart of multiple receive .....................................................................................425
INDEX-5
5 USB .................................................................................................... 428
5.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................428 5.2 Connector Pin Assignment.....................................................................................................428
6 LAN, wireless LAN ............................................................................ 429
6.1 Basic Specifications (LAN) .....................................................................................................429 6.2 Basic Specifications (wireless LAN) ......................................................................................431 6.3 Software Specifications ..........................................................................................................435 6.4 TCP/IP........................................................................................................................................435 6.5 LPD ............................................................................................................................................435 6.6 FTP ............................................................................................................................................436 6.7 TELNET .....................................................................................................................................436
6.7.1 Setting/Display items .......................................................................................................437 6.8 SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) ..................................................................................438
6.8.1 Function.............................................................................................................................438 6.8.2 Operating conditions .......................................................................................................438 6.8.3 Operation Sequence.........................................................................................................439 6.9 HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol).....................................................................................440 6.9.1 LAN settings......................................................................................................................440 6.9.2 Wireless LAN settings......................................................................................................440 6.10 SNMP specification (Simple Network Management Protocol) ............................................441 6.10.1 Supported MIB ..................................................................................................................441 6.10.2 Printer error information..................................................................................................442
6.10.2.1 Error and warning MIB correspondence table.......................................................442 6.10.2.2 Supplemental explanation .......................................................................................443 6.11 Setting the IP Address.............................................................................................................444 6.12 Wireless LAN settings .............................................................................................................445 6.12.1 Setting item list .................................................................................................................445 6.12.2 Combinations of wireless settings and necessary items.............................................447 6.12.3 802.1x authentication and certification ..........................................................................448 6.13 Socket Communication ...........................................................................................................449 6.13.1 Port Number ......................................................................................................................450 6.14 Connection and disconnection of session ...........................................................................451 6.15 Printer status ............................................................................................................................452 6.16 Note ...........................................................................................................................................454 6.16.1 Common to LAN/Wireless LAN interface.......................................................................454 6.16.2 Wireless LAN interface ....................................................................................................454 6.16.3 LAN Interface ....................................................................................................................454
7 Bluetooth ........................................................................................... 455
7.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................455 7.2 Bluetooth settings....................................................................................................................456 7.3 CRC Transmission Data ..........................................................................................................456 7.4 Calculation Example of CRC...................................................................................................457 7.5 Transmission Data Example ...................................................................................................458 7.6 CRC errors ................................................................................................................................459 7.7 Transmission Sequence..........................................................................................................460
7.7.1 Normal end ........................................................................................................................460 7.7.1.1 Status 4 (when CRC check is enabled)...................................................................460 7.7.1.2 Status 3 (when CRC check is enabled)...................................................................461 7.7.1.3 Status 4 (when CRC check is disabled)..................................................................462 7.7.1.4 Status 3 (when CRC check is disabled)..................................................................463
7.7.2 Disconnection During Print data sending......................................................................464 7.7.2.1 When CRC check is enabled (common to Status 3 and 4) ...................................464 7.7.2.2 When CRC check is disabled (common to Status 3 and 4) ..................................464
7.7.3 Disconnection during status sending after print data reception ................................465 7.7.3.1 When CRC check is enabled (common to Status 3 and 4) ...................................465 7.7.3.2 When CRC check is disabled (common to Status 3 and 4) ..................................465
7.7.4 Abnormal end when CRC check is enabled ..................................................................466 7.7.4.1 At the CRC error (common to Status 3 and 4) .......................................................466 7.7.4.2 At the communication time out (common to Status 3 and 4)...............................466
7.7.5 State transition diagram matrix (at host) .......................................................................467 7.7.5.1 Status 3 ......................................................................................................................467 7.7.5.2 Status 4 ......................................................................................................................468 7.7.5.3 State transition diagram matrix (at product)..........................................................469
INDEX-6
8 External signal interface .................................................................. 470
8.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................470 8.2 Connector Pin Assignment.....................................................................................................472 8.3 Explanation of input/output signal.........................................................................................473
9 USB Host ........................................................................................... 479
9.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................479 9.2 Connector Pin Assignment.....................................................................................................479
10 Note .................................................................................................... 480
INDEX-7
Part 1 Programming Reference
1 List of Commands
The following are the commands specified in the Specification for Command.
Control Commands
No. Command
5.1
ESC+A
<A>
5.2
ESC+Z
<Z>
5.3
ESC+Q
<Q>
5.4
ESC+ID
<ID>
5.5
ESC+WK
<WK>
Print Position Commands
No. Command
6.1
ESC+H
<H>
6.2
ESC+V
<V>
Modification Commands
No. Command
7.1
ESC+P
<P>
7.2
ESC+L
<L>
7.3
ESC+PS
<PS>
7.4
ESC+PR
<PR>
7.5
ESC+%
<%>
7.6
ESC+F
<F>
7.7
ESC+FW
<FW>
7.8
ESC+FC
<FC>
7.9
ESC+FT
<FT>
7.10 ESC+(
<(>
7.11 ESC+KC
<KC>
7.12 ESC+&
<&>
7.13 ESC+/
</>
7.14 ESC+0
<0>
7.15 ESC+WD
<WD>
7.16 ESC+J
<J>
7.17 ESC+RF
<RF>
7.18 ESC+RM
<RM>
7.19 ESC+WN
<WN>
7.20 ESC+WS
<WS>
7.21 ESC+CE
<CE>
7.22 ESC+KS
<KS>
Function Start of Data Transmission End of Data Transmission Print Quantity Job ID Numbering Job Name
Function Horizontal Print Position Vertical Print Position
Function Character Pitch Enlargement Proportional Pitch Release of Proportional Pitch Rotation Sequential Numbering Print of Lines and Boxes Print of Circles Print of Triangles Black and White Reverse Print Character Code Registration of Form Overlay Form Overlay call Partial Editing Partial Copying Print of Journal Call and Print of Font & Logo Mirror Image Work Shift Information Print of Work Shift Information European Code Page Kanji Font Type
Font Commands
No. Command
8.1
ESC+XU
8.2
ESC+XS
8.3
ESC+XM
8.4
ESC+XB
8.5
ESC+XL
8.6
ESC+OA
8.7
ESC+OB
8.8
ESC+$
8.9
ESC+$=
8.10 ESC+RD
8.11 ESC+K1
8.12 ESC+K2
8.13 ESC+K8
8.14 ESC+K9
8.15 ESC+k1
8.16 ESC+k2
8.17 ESC+k8
8.18 ESC+k9
8.19 ESC+T1
<XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <$> <$=> <RD> <K1> <K2> <K8> <K9> <k1> <k2> <k8> <k9> <T1>
Function XU Font (Default Font size: 5 x 9 dots) XS Font (Default Font size: 17 x 17 dots) XM Font (Default Font size: 24 x 24 dots) XB Font (Default Font size: 48 x 48 dots) XL Font (Default Font size: 48 x 48 dots) OCR-A Font OCR-B Font Shape of Outline Font Print of Outline Font CG Font 16 x 16 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji 24 x 24 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji 16 x 16 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters 24 x 24 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters 16 x 16 dots Vertical Writing Kanji 24 x 24 dots Vertical Writing Kanji 16 x 16 dots Vertical Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters 24 x 24 dots Vertical Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters Registration of 16 x 16 dots External Characters
1
On page 10 11 12 13 14
On page 15 16
On page 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 38 39 40 43
On page 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 59 61 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73
8.20 ESC+T2
<T2>
Registration of 24 x 24 dots External Characters
75
8.21 ESC+K1(K2) <K1(K2)> Call of Horizontal Writing External Character
77
8.22 ESC+k1(k2) <k1(k2)> Call of Vertical Writing External Character
78
8.23 ESC+U
<U>
U Font (Default Font size: 5 x 9 dots)
79
8.24 ESC+S
<S>
S Font (Default Font size: 8 x 15 dots)
81
8.25 ESC+M
<M>
M Font (Default Font size: 13 x 20 dots)
83
8.26 ESC+WB
<WB>
WB Font (Default Font size: 18 x 30 dots)
85
8.27 ESC+WL
<WL>
WL Font (Default Font size: 28 x 52 dots)
87
8.28 ESC+RG
<RG>
Multiple Language Font
89
Barcode Commands
No. Command
9.1
ESC+B
<B>
9.2
ESC+D
<D>
9.3
ESC+D to ESC+d
<D>~<d>
9.4
ESC+BD
<BD>
9.5
ESC+BT
<BT>
9.6
ESC+BW
<BW>
9.7
ESC+BI
<BI>
9.8
ESC+BC
<BC>
9.9
ESC+BG
<BG>
9.10 ESC+BP
<BP>
9.11 ESC+BF
<BF>
9.12 ESC+BL
<BL>
9.13
ESC+BL to ESC+d
<BL>~<d>
9.14 ESC+BM
<BM>
9.15 ESC+EU
<EU>
9.16 ESC+BS
<BS>
Function Barcode (Ratio 1:3) Barcode (Ratio 1:2)
Barcode (Selection of HRI)
Barcode (Ratio 2:5) Registration of Barcode Width Ratio Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) (Standard Carton ID Only) CODE93 Barcode CODE128 (128A,128B,128C) Barcode POSTNET UPC Add-on Code (BOOKLAND) UPC-A Barcode (Without HRI)
UPC-A Barcode (Selection of HRI)
UPC-A Barcode (With HRI) Composite Symbol USPS Barcode
On page 93 95
97
98 100 101 104 106 108 112 114 116
117
119 120 124
2D Code Commands
No. Command
10.1 ESC+2D10 <2D10>
10.2 ESC+2D12 <2D12>
10.3 ESC+2D20 <2D20>
10.4 ESC+2D30 <2D30>
10.5 ESC+2D31 <2D31>
10.6 ESC+2D32 <2D32>
10.7 ESC+2D50 <2D50>
10.8 ESC+2D51 <2D51>
10.9 ESC+BQ
<BQ>
10.10 ESC+BV
<BV>
10.11 ESC+BK
<BK>
10.12 ESC+BX
<BX>
10.13 ESC+DC
<DC>
10.14 ESC+FX
<FX>
10.15 ESC+2D70 <2D70>
10.16 ESC+2D34 <2D34>
Function PDF417 Micro PDF417 MAXI Code QR Code (Model 2) QR Code (Model 1) Micro QR Code Data Matrix (ECC200) GS1 Data Matrix QR Code (Compatible Commands) Maxi Code (Compatible Commands) PDF417 (Compatible Commands) Data Matrix (ECC200) (Compatible Commands) Data Matrix (ECC200) Data (Compatible Commands) Data Matrix (ECC200) Sequential Numbering (Compatible Commands) Aztec Barcode (still in consideration) GS1 QR code (Model 2)
On page 126 129 132 134 138 141 166 169 172 197 199 202 203 204 206 209
Graphic Commands
No. Command
11.1 ESC+G
<G>
11.2 ESC+GM
<GM>
11.3 ESC+GP
<GP>
Function Print of Graphic Print of BMP File Print of PCX File
On page 238 239 240
System Commands
No. Command
12.1 ESC+CS
<CS>
12.2 ESC+#F
<#F>
12.3 ESC+A1
<A1>
12.4 ESC+A3
<A3>
12.5 ESC+EP
<EP>
12.6 ESC+*
<*>
12.7 ESC+
<>
12.8 ESC+C
<C>
12.9 ESC+PG
<PG>
12.10 ESC+PC
<PC>
12.11 ESC+E
<E>
Function Print Speed Print Darkness Label Size Base Offset setting Print End Position Clear Offline Reprint Registration of Printer Operation Registration of Printer Operation Auto Linefeed
2
On page 241 242 243 245 246 247 248 249 250 253 256
12.12 12.13 12.14 12.15 12.16
ESC+KM ESC+KG ESC+LD ESC+PO ESC+#J
<KM> <KG> <LD> <PO> <#J>
Kanji Mincho Kanji Gothic User Download Offset Job Modification
Memory Card Commands
No. Command
13.1 ESC+CC
<CC>
13.2 ESC+&S
<&S>
13.3 ESC+&R
<&R>
13.4 ESC+YS
<YS>
13.5 ESC+/N
</N>
13.6 ESC+YR
<YR>
13.7 ESC+/D
</D>
13.8 ESC+GI
<GI>
13.9 ESC+GR
<GR>
13.10 ESC+GT
<GT>
13.11 ESC+GC
<GC>
13.12 ESC+PI
<PI>
13.13 ESC+PY
<PY>
13.14 ESC+T1
<T1>
13.15 ESC+T2
<T2>
13.16
ESC+K1 ESC+K2
<K1> <K2>
13.17
ESC+k1 ESC+k2
<k1> <k2>
13.18 ESC+BJF
<BJF>
13.19 ESC+BJS
<BJS>
13.20 ESC+*
<*>
13.21
ESC+BJ ESC+BJD
<BJ> <BJD>
13.22 ESC+BJT
<BJT>
Calendar Commands
No. Command
14.1 ESC+WT
<WT>
14.2 ESC+WP
<WP>
14.3 ESC+WA
<WA>
14.4 ESC+WU
<WU>
14.5 ESC+WV
<WV>
14.6 ESC+CV
<CV>
Intelligent Commands
No. Command
15.1
ESC+IK
<IK>
15.2
ESC+IM
<IM>
15.3
ESC+IF
<IF>
15.4
ESC+IB
<IB>
15.5
ESC+IC
<IC>
15.6
ESC+I*
<I*>
15.7
ESC+I#
<I#>
15.8
ESC+IZ
<IZ>
15.9
ESC+IR
<IR>
15.10 ESC+IT
<IT>
15.11 ESC+IO
<IO>
15.12 ESC+IW
<IW>
15.13 ESC+IU
<IU>
15.14
ESC+I@
<I@>
15.15 ESC+IY
<IY>
Function Card Slot for Use Registration of Form Overlay Form Overlay Call Registration of Format Registration of Field Format Call Print of Field Registration of Graphic Graphic Call Registration of BMP File BMP File Call Registration of PCX File PCX File Call Memory Card 16x16 dots External Font Registration Memory Card 24x24 dots External Font Registration
Memory Card Horizontal Writing External Character Recall
Memory Card Vertical Writing External Character Recall
Memory Card Initialization Memory Card Status Memory Card Clear
Registration of TrueType Font (Compatible Commands)
TrueType Font Call (Compatible Commands)
Function Calendar Setting Calendar Addition Calendar Print Extended Calendar Print Calendar Case Format Calendar M(Month) and D(Day) Code
Function Media Feed Control Displayed Messages Internal Buffer Registration Internal Buffer Recall Internal Buffer Data Comparison Internal Buffer Data Print Exclusive Key Start-End Key Input Internal Buffer Registration (Received Data) Data Sending External Signal Input/Output Print Start Waiting Time Internal Buzzer Sound Internal Buffer Initialization Exclusive Display Start-End
257 258 259 260 261
On page 262 263 266 267 269 270 271 272 274 275 276 277 278 279 280
282
283
284 285 286
287
288
On page 289 290 291 293 295 296
On page 297 299 300 301 303 304 305 307 308 310 312 314 315 316 317
3
RFID Commands
No. Command
16.1
ESC+IP0
16.2
ESC+IP1
16.3
ESC+F
16.4
ESC+IP5
16.5
ESC+TM
16.6
ESC+TU
16.7
ESC+RU
16.8
ESC+RA
<IP0> <IP1> <F> <IP5> <TM> <TU> <RU> <RA>
Function EPC code write EPC code read EPC Sequential number Antenna output power Trademark print Printing tag data TID Return RFID mode setting
XML Commands
No. Command
17.1
ESC+/Y
17.2
ESC+/X
17.3
ESC+/R
17.4
ESC+/S
17.5
ESC+/G
17.6
ESC+/A
</Y> </X> </R> </S> </G> </A>
Function Register Print Template Name Set XML Variable Name Remove Print Template Set Print Template Name Get Print Template Information Air Protocols Management
On page 318 326 329 330 332 333 336 340
On page 343 344 345 346 347 348
4
2 Initial Value of Operation Settings
The initial values of operation setting are as follows:
[S84-ex]
Item Print speed
Range of print darkness
8 dots/mm
6 inches/s Range: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 A
12 dots/mm
6 inches/s Range: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 A
24dots/mm 3 inches/s Range: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
A
Print darkness Start point correction
6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 + 0
6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 + 0
6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 +0
Designation of proportional pitch
Proportional pitch
Proportional pitch
Proportional pitch
[S86-ex]
Item Print speed
Range of print darkness
Print darkness
Start point correction
Designation of proportional pitch
8 dots/mm
6 inches/s Range: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, A
12 dots/mm
6 inches/s Range: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, A
6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 + 0
6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 + 0
Proportional pitch
Proportional pitch
5
3 List of Fonts
When using the internal fonts, specify ESC + Font Type command.
Font name OCR-A (8 dots/mm) OCR-B (8 dots/mm) OCR-A (12 dots/mm) OCR-B(12 dots/mm) OCR-A (24 dots/mm) OCR-B (24 dots/mm) XU XS XM XB XL U S M WB WL K1(k1)
K2(k2)
K8(k8)
K9(k9)
$ (Designation of shape) $= (Designation of print) RD
RG
Font Type
Bitmap [OCR-A font] Bitmap [OCR-B font] Bitmap [OCR-A font] Bitmap [OCR-B font] Bitmap [OCR-A font] Bitmap [OCR-B font] Bitmap [Helvetica] Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] Bitmap [Sans Serif] Bitmap [U font] Bitmap [S font] Bitmap [M font] Bitmap [WB font] Bitmap [WL font] Bitmap " Simplified Chinese", "Korean" Bitmap "Simplified Chinese", "Traditional Chinese", "Korean" Bitmap "Traditional Chinese", "Korean" Bitmap "Simplified Chinese", "Traditional Chinese", "Korean"
Outline font
CG font [CG Times] CG font [CG Triumvirate] SATOVICA SATOGAMMA Thai, Arabic
15×22 dots 20×24 dots 22×33 dots 30×36 dots 44×66 dots 60×72 dots
5× 9 dots 17×17 dots 24×24 dots 48×48 dots 48×48 dots
5×9 dots 8×15 dots 13×20 dots 18×30 dots 28×52 dots 16x16 dots 24x24 dots
16x16 dots 24x24 dots
Pitch
Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed
Fixed/Proportional
Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional
Fixed
6
Font Enlargement
Internal font can be enlarged up to 36. For instance, if the standard font of W5(dots) x H9(dots) multiplied by 3 = W15(dots) x H27(dots). Parameter writing method of printed character is as follows. Width x Enlargement rate = Width parameter setting value Height x Enlargement rate = Height parameter setting value Enlargement specification <L> controls font size so that the parameter can be specified in ratio. If specifying <L> 0304, the font size will be enlarged 3 times the width and 4 times the height from its standard size. In this case, character pitch will be automatically widened.
Fixed Pitch and Proportional Pitch
Print of Fixed Pitch and Proportional Pitch are available for XU to XL fonts, Outline font, and CG font. To select Proportional Pitch, specify Proportional Pitch <PS> or Release of Proportional Pitch <PR>, or go to the USER Mode of printer LCD. Proportional pitch may vary depending on the font type. Fixed pitch will be adjusted to the width of characters based on the individual font size.
Difference between Outline Font and Bitmap Font
For Bitmap font, its height and width are already fixed and featured in the product. The actual height of bitmap font is slightly larger than its width. Bitmap font is the largest size of font matrix. For the type and size of font, see the list above. Outline font, when the height and width are set correctly, can create a font mostly well-balanced, which is done by means of a function of smooth-scaling algorithm in the product. Different font styles, such as outline characters, character decoration, and shaded italic, can also be selected.
7
4 Example of Command Reference
1
7.2 Modification
2
3
Enlargement
ESC+L
4
Hexadecimal
ESC
L
Parameter
5
code
<1B>16
<4C>16
6
Initial value aa = 01, bb = 01
aabb
7
When the power switch is OFF
Valid range and term of
command
Valid range within items Valid range between items
8 [Function] Specifying the enlargement ratio of print font.
9 [Format] <L>aabb
The set parameter is not maintained.
The set parameter is valid until next specification is made. The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item <A>.
Parameter aa[Horizontal enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36
bb[Vertical enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36
10 [Coding Example] Horizontal enlargement ratio: 4 times, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3 times <A> <V>100H200P3L0403XMABCD <Q>2 <Z>
11 [Note] The character pitch is enlarged at the same time. When the character pitch command <P> is also used, the parameter of horizontal enlargement ratio specified by the enlargement command <L> becomes valid with the next character pitch <P>.
12 [Remark] When enlarging, design the print format so that the image will not exceed the printable area.
13 [Valid Commands]
Font
<XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <K1> <K2> <K8> <K9> <k1> <k2> <k8> <k9> <U> <S> <M> <WB> <WL>
Modification Graphic Memory Card
<P> <G> <TU>
<RF> <GM> <GC>
<GP> <PY>
1. Command classification There are "Control", "Print position", "Modification", "Font", "Barcode", "2D code", "Graphics", "System", "Memory card", "Enhanced function", and "Calendar."
2. Command name
3. Command code
4. Command in HEX code
5. Parameter added to the command
6. Command default
8
7. Command valid range - When the power switch is OFF (1) The set parameter is maintained. (2) The set parameter is not maintained. (3) The set command is not maintained. - Valid range within item (1) The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. (2) The parameter preset will be invalid. (3) The set command becomes invalid. - Valid range between items (1) The set parameter becomes the default value with the next item <A>. (2) The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. (3) The set parameter becomes invalid. (4) The set command becomes invalid.
8. Command function overview 9. Command and necessary parameter
<L>AABB means ESC+L(<1B>16<4C>16) and 2 kinds of parameter AA and BB. 10. Command coding examples
The below is when the coding example is output via RS-232C to the product in BASIC language programing: 10 ESC$=CHR$(&H1B) 20 OPEN "COM1:9600N81RSBIN" FOR OUTPUT AS #1 30 PRINT #1ESC$"A" 40 PRINT #1ESC$"V100"ESC$"H200" 50 PRINT #1ESC$"P3"ESC$"L0403" 60 PRINT #1ESC$"XMABCD" 70 PRINT #1ESC$"Q2" 80 PRINT #1ESC$"Z" 90 CLOSE #1
100 END 11. Supplemental explanation of command function and parameter 12. Remarks or restrictions when using the command 13. Commands affected by using the command
9
5 Control Commands
5.1 Control
5.1 ESC+A Start of Data Transmission
Start of Data Transmission
ESC+A
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
A <41>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid.
[Function] Specifying the start of data transmission.
[Format] <A>
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Indicates the start of the item and to be placed at the head of the item. 2. Use <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> as a set of commands.
[Remarks] 1. Setting value of all commands excluding a part of system commands will be set to default. 2. If not specified this command, printing will not be performed.
10
5.2 Control
5.2 ESC+Z End of Data Transmission
End of Data Transmission
ESC+Z
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
Z <5A>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid.
[Function] Specifying the end of data transmission.
[Format] <Z>
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Indicates the end of the item and to be placed at the tail of the item. 2. Use Start of Data Transmission <A> and <Z> as a set of commands.
[Remark] If not specified this command, printing will not be performed.
11
5.3 Control
5.3 ESC+Q Print Quantity
Print Quantity
ESC+Q
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 aaaaaa=1
Q <51>16
Parameter aaaaaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the number of labels to print.
[Format] <Q>aaaaaa
Parameter a[Number of labels to print]
= Valid range:
[Coding Example] Number of labels: 2 <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z>
1 to 999999
[Notes] 1. Print contents specified by Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> are regarded as 1 label, and the number of reprints can be specified. 2. Use this command prior to End of Data Transmission <Z>.
[Remark] The reprint will be performed based on the specified print quantity. If specifying Sequential Numbering <F>, the value of sequential number that was set up for that field portion will print.
12
5.4 Control
5.4 ESC+ID Job ID Number
Job ID Number
ESC+ID
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 a=<20>16
ID <49>16<44>16
Parameter aa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying job ID number for status return.
[Format] <ID>aa <ID>aaaaa
Parameter a[Job ID number]
= Valid range:
00 to 99 (2 digits) ****** or 00000 to 99999 (5 digits)
[Coding Example]
Job ID number: 01
<A>
<ID>01
<V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6
<$=>SATOPRINTER
<Q>2
<Z>
[Notes] 1. When a status return is used for communication protocol, the specified job ID No. can be set to the telegraphic status. 2. Status can be confirmed sending status request (ENQ). 3. Include this command within an item and use when printing with Start of Data Transmission <A> ~ End of Data Transmission <Z>. 4. The valid range of the job ID is "00000 - 99999" and "*****" when using Status 5. When "*****" is specified, the item is not controlled by the job ID number.
[Remarks] 1. In status return communication protocol, this command becomes valid when a status request (ENQ) is received while printing (Including when QTY0, Offline and Error). 2. In status return communication protocol, if status request (ENQ) is received when printing is not in progress (QTY=0, No received data when power is ON), space (20H) will be set to status and returned. 3. When Job ID Number <ID> is used more than twice within the items of <A> and <Z>, the last specified value becomes valid. 4. For more information, refer to the "Interface Specifications"
13
5.5 Control
5.5 ESC+WK Job Name
Job Name
ESC+WK
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
WK
<1B>16
<57>16<4B>16
aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa =<20>16
Parameter aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying a job name for status return.
[Format] <WK>aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Parameter a[Job Name] = ASCII code 16-digit, Shift JIS Kanji 8-digit
[Coding Example]
Job name: SATO
<A>
<ID>01
<WK>SATO
<V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6
<$=>SATOPRINTER
<Q>2
<Z>
[Notes] 1. When Status4 is used for communication protocol, specified job name can be set to the telegraphic status. 2. Status can be confirmed sending status request (ENQ). 3. Include this command within an item and use when printing with Start of Data Transmission <A> ~ End of Data Transmission <Z>. 4. This command can be used in combination with Job ID Number <ID>.
[Remarks] 1. In status return communication protocol, this command becomes valid when a status request (ENQ) is received while printing (Including when QTY0, Offline and Error). 2. In status return communication protocol, if status request (ENQ) is received when printing is not in progress (QTY=0, No received data when power is ON), space (20H) will be set to status and returned. 3. When this command is used more than twice within the item of <A> and <Z>, the last specified value becomes valid. 4. For more information, refer to the "Interface Specifications". 5. If assigning over 17 characters to a job name, the excess characters are ignored.
14
6 Print Position Commands
6.1 Print Position
6.1 ESC+H Horizontal Print Position
Horizontal Print Position
ESC+H
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 aaaa=1
H <48>16
Parameter aaaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>.
[Function] Specifying horizontal print position from its start point by dot.
[Format] <H>aaaa
Parameter a[Horizontal Print Position] = Refer to the table below.
[Coding Example] Horizontal print position: 200 dots <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z>
[Note] Specifying the start of the horizontal position for the printing of text, barcode, ruled line and graphic.
[Remarks] 1. Any contents such as text, barcode and graphic exceeding the printable area will not print. 2. When specifying "0" for print position, the operation is the same as when setting to "1".
[Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter] [S84-ex]
Head density
Initial value
8 dots/mm (203 dpi)
1
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
1
24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
1
Valid range (dots) 1 to 832 1 to 1248 1 to 2496
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Initial value 1 1
Valid range (dots) 1 to 1340 1 to 2010
[Valid Commands]
Font
Barcode
2D code Composite
symbol Modification
Graphic Memory card
<XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50>
<EU>
<WD> <G> <GR>
<XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX>
<XM> <K9> <RG> <BG> <BL> <2D12> <2D51>
<XB> <k1>
<BI> <BL><d> <2D20>
<XL> <k2>
<D> <BM> <BV>
<FW> <GM> <GC>
<(> <GP> <PY>
<RF>
<FC>
<OA> <k8>
<OB> <k9>
<RD> <U>
<D><d> <BD> <BT>
<2D30> <2D31> <2D32>
<FT> <RM> <%A>
<$=> <S> <BW> <BQ>
<WS>
<K1> <M>
<BP>
<2D33>
15
6.2 Print Position
6.2 ESC+V Vertical Print Position
Vertical Print Position
ESC+V
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 aaaaa=1
V <56>16
Parameter aaaaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>.
[Function] Specifying vertical print position from its start point by dot.
[Format] <V>aaaaa
Parameter a[Vertical Print Position] = Refer to the table below.
[Coding Example] Vertical print position: 100 dots <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specifying the start of the vertical position for the printing of text, barcode, ruled line and graphics. 2. When specifying "0" for print position, the operation is the same as when setting to "1".
[Remark] Any contents such as text, barcode and graphic exceeding the printable area will not print.
[Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter] [S84-ex]
Head density
Initial value
8 dots/mm (203 dpi)
1
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
1
24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
1
Valid range (dots) 1 to 20000 1 to 18000 1 to 9600
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Initial value 1 1
Valid range (dots) 1 to 9992 1 to 14988
[Valid Commands]
Font
Barcode
2D code Composite
symbol Modification
Graphic Memory card
<XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50>
<EU>
<WD> <G> <GR>
<XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX>
<FW> <GM> <GC>
<XM> <XB> <K9> <k1> <RG> <BG> <BI> <BL> <BL><d> <2D12> <2D20> <2D51>
<XL> <k2>
<D> <BM> <BV>
<OA> <k8>
<OB> <k9>
<D><d> <BD>
<2D30> <2D31>
<RD> <U>
<BT>
<2D32>
<$=> <S>
<BW>
<BQ>
<(> <GP> <PY>
<RF>
<FC>
<FT>
<RM> <%A> <WS>
<K1> <M>
<BP>
<2D33>
16
7 Modification Commands
7.1 Modification
7.1 ESC+P Character Pitch
Character Pitch
ESC+P
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 aa=02
P <50>16
Parameter aa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>.
[Function] Specifying character pitch by dot.
[Format] <P>aa
Parameter a[Character pitch] = Valid range:
[Coding Example] Character pitch: 10 <A> <V>100<H>200<P>10<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z>
00 to 99 dots
[Notes] 1. Character pitch means the character gap or font gap when selecting font or barcode. 2. The specified character pitch will be widened based on the ratio of Enlargement <L>. 3. The character pitch command <P> maintains the parameter only in the field. However, when line feed code "CR" is specified by auto line feed command <E>, the parameter is maintained between the fields. This is defaulted back with the data start command <A>. 4. By specifying Character Pitch <P> just before the barcode specification, pitch command becomes valid for barcode module. Object barcode: CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5 For more information, see (3) Intercharacter Gap in [9 Barcode Specification]. 5. Data specification except numeric value or specification of over-digit will give the initial value.
[Valid Commands]
Font
Barcode Modification
<XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <RF>
<XS> <K8> <WL> <D>
<XM> <K9>
<D><d>
<XB> <k1>
<BD>
<XL> <k2>
<OA> <k8>
<OB> <k9>
<RD> <U>
<BT> <BW> <BM>
<$=> <S>
<K1> <M>
17
7.2 Modification
7.2 ESC+L Enlargement
Enlargement
ESC+L
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 aa=01,bb=01
L <4C>16
Parameter aabb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>.
[Function] Specifying the enlargement ratio of the font.
[Format] <L>aabb
Parameter a[Horizontal enlargement ratio] = b[Vertical enlargement ratio] =
Valid range: Valid range:
01 to 36 01 to 36
[Coding Example] Horizontal enlargement ratio: <A> <V>100<H>200<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z>
4 times, Vertical enlargement ratio:
3 times
[Note] Enlarges the intercharacter pitch as well. When Character Pitch <P> is used at the same time, the parameter value of the horizontal enlargement ratio specified in Enlargement <L> will be reflected in the subsequent specification <P>.
[Remark] If increasing the enlargement ratio, design the print format that does not exceed printable area.
[Valid Commands]
Font
Modification Graphic
Memory card
<XU> <K9> <P> <G> <GR>
<XS> <k1> <RF> <GM> <GC>
<XM> <k2>
<GP> <PY>
<XB> <k8>
<XL> <k9>
<OA> <U>
<OB> <S>
<K1> <M>
<K2> <K8> <WB> <WL>
18
7.3 Modification
7.3 ESC+PS Proportional Pitch
Proportional Pitch
ESC+PS
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
PS <50>16<53>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>.
[Function] Specifying the proportional pitch.
[Format] <PS>
[Coding Example] <A> <PS> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. If specifying this command, width of alphanumeric becomes narrower than the time when <PS> was not specified. 2. If setting data other than specified, proportional print will not be performed. 3. In the product initial state, [Proportional Pitch] is set to default. Go to the Advanced Mode of the product LCD display when selecting the default setting value (Fixed/Proportional).
[Valid Commands] Font
Modification
<XU> <RF>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<RD>
<$=>
19
7.4 Modification
7.4 ESC+PR Release of Proportional
RelPeiatcshe of Proportional Pitch
ESC+PR
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
PR <50>16<52>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>.
[Function] Specifying the release of proportional pitch.
[Format] <PR>
[Coding Example] <A> <PR> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z>
[Note] The default status of the product is set to "Proportional pitch". The setting (Fix/Proportional) can be changed in the advanced mode of the product LCD.
[Valid Commands] Font
Modification
<XU> <RF>
<XS>
<XM>
<XB>
<XL>
<RD>
<$=>
20
7.5 Modification
7.5 ESC+% Rotation
Rotation
ESC+%
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 a=0
% <25>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>.
[Function] Specifying the counterclockwise rotation of font and barcode. This is to rotate the print direction in 90º increments without changing the location of the base reference point.
[Format] <%>a
Parameter a[Rotative direction] =
0: Parallel 1 (0 degree) 1: Serial 1 (90-degree) 2: Parallel 2 (180-degree) 3: Serial 2 (270-degree)
[Coding Example] Font rotation: 180-degree, Barcode rotation: <A> <%>2 <V>100<H>400<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD <%>1 <V>400<H>200<BD>103160*123* <Q>2 <Z>
Parallel 1
[Notes] 1. Position specification of Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> are the absolute value from its base reference point. 2. When the value of the parameter a is set to 4 to 9, the command error occurs and the command is ignored. When other than number is specified, it is also ignored and the image is printed with Parallel 1(0 degree). 3. When printing with Serial 1(90 degrees) or Serial 2(270 degrees), design the narrow bar of the barcode bigger because it may be blurred. When printing with Serial 1(90 degrees) and Serial 2(270 degrees), slow down the print speed.
Base reference point
Parallel 1 (0 degree)
Base reference point
Parallel 2 (180 degree)
Base reference point
Serial 1 (90 degree)
Base reference point
Serial 2 (270 degree)
Label feed direction
Label feed direction
Label feed direction
[Valid Commands]
Font
Barcode
2D code Composite
symbol Graphic System Modification Memory card
<XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50>
<EU>
<G> <E> <RF> <GR>
<XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX>
<GM>
<FW> <GC>
<XM> <K9> <RG> <BG> <BL> <2D12> <2D51>
<XB> <k1>
<BI> <BL><d> <2D20>
<GP>
<FC> <PY>
<FT>
<XL> <k2> <D> <BM> <BV>
<(>
Label feed direction
<OA> <k8>
<OB> <k9>
<RD> <U>
<D><d> <BD> <BT>
<2D30> <2D31> <2D32>
<RM> <WS>
<$=> <S>
<BW>
<BQ>
<K1> <M>
<BP>
<2D33>
21
7.6 Modification
7.6 ESC+F Sequential Numbering
Sequential Numbering
ESC+F
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
F <46>16
Parameter aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Printing sequential fields (text, barcode) where all incrementing is done within the product.
[Format] <F>aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f)
Parameter a[Number of times to repeat the same data] b[Plus or minus symbol]
c[Value of step for sequence] d[Sequential numbering digit quantity] e[Number of digits free from sequential numbering]
f[Decimal/Hex sequential numbering]
= 1 to 9999
= +
: for increments
= -
: for decrements
= 1 to 9999
= 1 to 99 : If digits are omitted, 8 is default.
= 0 to 99 : Starting with the rightmost position.
If digits are left out, the default is 0.
= 0
: Decimal number. If digits are left out, the
default is 0 (zero)
1
: Hexadecimal
[Coding Example] Number of times to repeat the same data: 1, Plus or minus symbol: +
Value of step for sequence: 1,
Sequential numbering digit quantity: 5
Number of digits free from sequential numbering: 0
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202
<F>1+1,5,0<XU>10000
<Q>2
<Z>
[Notes] 1. Up to eight different sequential fields can be specified per label. 2. The print data just after the sequential numbering command <F> is the default value of the sequential numbering data. 3. Specify digits more than sequential numbering digit quantity for the sequential numbering data. When this fails, the sequential numbering may not be printed correctly. 4. The sequential numbering and inverse printing command <(> cannot be used together. 5. Auto Linefeed <E> is not available. 6. Font or barcode is necessary to be printed in order to implement sequential numbering print. 7. The sequential numbering digit quantity and the digit of data specify command for the font or barcode are needed to be matched. When this fails, the sequential numbering cannot be implemented. 8. When the print data just after the sequential numbering <F> is sequential numbering invalid command, the sequential numbering will be ignored.
[Valid Commands] Font
Barcode
<XU> <S> <B> <BF>
<XS> <M> <BC> <BS>
<XM> <WB> <BG> <BL>
<XB> <WL> <BI> <BL><d>
<XL>
<D> <BM>
<OA> <D><d>
<OB> <BD>
<RD> <BT>
<$=> <BW>
<U> <BP>
22
7.7 Modification
7.7 ESC+FW Print of Lines and Boxes
Print of Lines and Boxes
ESC+FW
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
FW <46>16<57>16
Parameter Ruled line: Closing line:
aabccccc(Peeeeeeee) aabbVcccccHddddd(Peeeeeeee)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Printing horizontal lines, vertical lines, and boxes as images on the label.
[Format] <FW>aabccccc(Peeeeeeee)
Print of lines
Parameter a[Line width] b[Specification of horizontal/vertical direction]
c[Length of line in dots] e[Line pattern]
= Valid range = H = V = Valid range = Valid range
: 02 to 99 dots : Horizontal line : Vertical line : Refer to the table below. : 01 to FFFFFFFF (omissible)
<FW> aabbVcccccHddddd(Peeeeeeee) Print of boxes
Parameter a[Vertical line width] b[Horizontal line width] c[Vertical line length] d[Horizontal line length] e[Line pattern]
= Valid range = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range
: 02 to 99 dots : 02 to 99 dots : Refer to the table below. : Refer to the table below. : 01 to FFFFFFFF (omissible)
[Coding Example 1] Lines [Line width: 4], [Specification of Horizontal direction], [Length of line in dots: 400] Boxes [Vertical line width: 8], [Horizontal line width: 8], [Vertical line length: 300], [Horizontal line length: 400]
<A> <V>100<H>200<FW>04H400 <V>300<H>200<FW>0808V300H400 <Q>2 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] Lines [Line width: 4], [Specification of Horizontal direction], [Length of line in dots: 400], line pattern: F0F0F0F0 Boxes [Vertical line width: 8], [Horizontal line width: 8], [Vertical line length: 300], [Horizontal line length: 400], line pattern: F0F0F0F0
<A> <V>100<H>200<FW>04H400PF0F0F0F0 <V>300<H>200<FW>0808V300H400PF0F0F0F0 <Q>2 <Z>
line pattern: F0F0F0F0 4 dots
4 dots
23
[Notes]
1. When the print start position is outside of the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error.
2. Specify the line width of the horizontal direction for more than 0.166 mm according to the list below.
Head density
Line width
8 dots/mm (203 dpi)
More than 2 dots
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
More than 2 dots
24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
More than 4 dots
3. In case of the ruled line, when the line width of the vertical line is widened, the right side against the feed direction
is widened. When the line width of the horizontal line is widened, the below against the feed direction is widened.
4. In case of frame line, the line will be widened for inside.
5. Please specify 8 digits bit pattern for the ruled line. (1 digit = 4 bits, 1 bit = 1 dot)
6. When the ruled pattern is less than 8 digits, data are generated repeatedly from the specified data until it becomes
8 digits data.
Example) When ruled line pattern "FOC" is specified, ruled line pattern "FOCFOCFO" is generated.
7. When a pattern is specified, the image is generated in 4 bytes of the drawing area. When the print base reference
point is not in 4 bytes, the image is misaligned for 1 dot because the data are generated from in the middle of the
pattern.
[Valid Range] [S84-ex]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Valid range (dots)
Horizontal line length
Vertical line length
1 to 832
1 to 20000
1 to 1248
1 to 18000
1 to 2496
1 to 9600
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Valid range (dots)
Horizontal line length
Vertical line length
1 to 1340
1 to 9992
1 to 2010
1 to 14988
24
7.8 Modification
7.8 ESC+FC Print of Circles
Print of Circles
ESC+FC
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
FC <46>16<43>16
Parameter ,aaa,bbb(,c,d)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the print of circles.
[Format] <FC>,aaa,bbb(,c,d)
Parameter
a[Radius]
=
b[Line width]
=
c[Sectional number] =
Valid range: Valid range: Valid range:
d[Pattern]
= Valid range:
Sectional number
5 to 999 dots 1 to 999 dots 0 to 8 If digits are omitted, the default is 0 (zero).
See the details listed below. 0 to 3 If digits are omitted, the default is 0 (zero). 0: Solid line (black) 1: Gray 1 2: Gray 2 3: Gray 3
Section 0 Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8
[Coding Example] Solid line circle of 100 dots in radius, 8 dots in line width <A> <V>200<H>200 <FC>,100,8,0,0 <Q>1 <Z>
[Notes] 1. When a section number value outside of the range is specified, it will be processed as "0". In this case, this will not be a command error. 2. When the pattern designation value outside of the range is specified, it will be processed as "0". In this case, this will not be a command error. 3. When the print start position is outside of the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error. 4. This command sets the base reference point to the center of a circle. 0,0
<V>200
<H>200
100 in radius
5. This command can be registered to the format. 6. In case of frame line, the line will be widened for inside.
[Valid range]
Model
S84-ex series S86-ex series
Radius 5 to 999 5 to 999
Valid range (dots) Line width
1 to 999 1 to 999
25
7.9 Modification
7.9 ESC+FT Print of Triangles
Print of Triangles
ESC+FT
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
FT <46>16<54>16
Parameter ,aaaa,bbbb(,cccc,d)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the print of triangles.
[Format] <FT>,aaaa,bbbb(,cccc,d)
Parameter a[Side length] = b[Line width] = c[Base length] =
d[Pattern]
=
Valid range: 10 to 2000 dots
Valid range:
1 to 1000 dots
Valid range: 10 to 2000 dots
The base length can be omitted and its value will be equal to the side length.
Valid range: 0 to 3 If digits are omitted, the default is 0 (zero).
0: Solid line (black)
1: Gray 1
2: Gray 2
3: Gray 3
[Coding Example] ide length: <A> <V>100<H>200 <FT>,100,8,100,0 <Q>1 <Z>
100 dots, Line width:
8 dots, Base length:
100 dots
[Notes] 1. When the pattern value outside of the range is specified, it will be processed as "0". In this case, this will not be a command error. 2. When the print start position is outside of the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error. 3. When the side length is not equal to the base length, printing will not be performed due to command error. 4. This command sets the base reference point to the apex of a triangle. 0,0
<V>100
<H>200 a
a : Side length
b : Base length a
b
5. This command can be registered to the format. 6. When the line is widened, the line will be widened for inside. 7. When the length of the base is an odd number, it will be even number automatically by adding 1 to the base
length.
[Valid range]
Model
S84-ex series S86-ex series
Side length 10 to 2000 10 to 2000
Valid range (dots) Line width
1 to 1000 1 to 1000
Base length 10 to 2000 10 to 2000
26
7.10 Modification
7.10 ESC+( Black and White Reverse Print
Black and White Reverse Print
ESC+(
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
( <28>16
Parameter aaaa,bbbbb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Reversing and printing an image area from black to white and vice versa.
[Format] <(>aaaa,bbbbb
Parameter A[Horizontal length in dots of the reverse image area] = B[Vertical height in dots of the reverse image area] =
Refer to the table below Refer to the table below
[Coding Example] Horizontal length in dots of reverse image area: 70
<A> <V>50<H>50<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC <V>50<H>50<(>200,70 <Q>2 <Z>
200, Vertical height in dots of reverse image area:
H50(dots)
V50(dots)
70(dots)
Label feed direction
200(dots)
[Notes] 1. Specify this command after the print data to be reversed. When this command is specified before the print data to be reversed, the image is printed in black and not reversed. 2. To set print start position, specify Horizontal Print Position <H> and Vertical Print Position <V> prior to this command. 3. When the print start position is outside of the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error.
[Remark] Keep the black printable area under 30% of overall label.
[Valid range] [S84-ex]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Valid range (dots)
Reverse area in horizontal direction
Reverse area in vertical direction
8 to 832
8 to 20000
8 to 1248
8 to 18000
8 to 2496
8 to 9600
[S86-ex]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Valid range (dots)
Reverse area in horizontal direction
Reverse area in vertical direction
8 to 1340
8 to 9992
8 to 2010
8 to 14988
27
7.11 Modification
7.11 ESC+KC Character Code
Character Code
ESC+KC
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 a=0
KC <4B>16<43>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>.
[Function] Specify the character code. Normally, the character code is specified in the user mode of the product, however, the character code can be changed temporary with this character code command <KC>.
[Format] <KC>a
Parameter a[Character code]
= 2 : 3 :
UTF-16 UTF-8
[Coding Example 1] In case of UTF-8 <A> <KC>2 <CC>1 <V>100<H>200<P>2<RD>S00,40,40,<E5 B6 B7>16 <Q>2 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] In case of UTF-16 <A> <KC>3 <CC>1 <V>100<H>200<P>2<RD>S00,40,40,<5D B7>16 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command is not necessary to specify at the normal label printing. 2. This command can be used more than one time in the same item.
28
7.12 Modification
7.12 ESC+& Registration of Form Overlay
Registration of Form Overlay
ESC+&
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
& <26>16
Parameter (aabb)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Storing a label image in the volatile form overlay memory.
[Format] <&>(aabb)
Parameter a[Registration key] b[Comment]
= Valid range : 01 to 99 (omissible) = Maximum 16 bytes (omissible)
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>50<FW>1010V800H750 <V>100<H>50<FW>0505V760H710 <V>150<H>100<XB>0MODEL <&>01DATA1 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command saves fixed print contents to a CF card in the product and then, Form Overlay Call </> combines the contents with drawing of general data to print out. 2. Specify this command at the end of data string that is to be stored. Drawing valid range in form overlay registration is same as printable area. 3. Only 1 format can be registered with the form overlay registration <&>. Any code in the valid range (01-99) can be specified for the registration key. 4. To change the stored data, specify Form Overlay Clear <*&>, then register new data. 5. Invoke stored data by Form Overlay Call</>. 6. When specifying Label Size <A1>, it will be extracted in the specified area.
[Valid Commands] Print position
Font
Barcode
2D code Composite
symbol Modification
Graphic
<V> <XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50>
<EU>
<WD> <G>
<H> <XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX>
<FW> <GM>
<XM> <K9> <RG> <BG> <BL> <2D12> <2D51>
<XB> <k1>
<BI> <BL><d> <2D20>
<(> <GP>
<RF>
<XL> <k2> <D> <BM> <BV>
<RM>
<OA> <k8>
<OB> <k9>
<RD> <U>
<D><d> <BM> <2D30>
<BD> <2D31>
<BT> <2D32>
<$=> <S>
<BW>
<BQ>
<K1> <M>
<BP
<2D33>
29
7.13 Modification
7.13 ESC+/ Form Overlay Call
Form Overlay Call
ESC+/
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
/ <2F>16
Parameter (aa)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Recalling the label image from the form overlay memory for printing.
[Format] </>(aa)
Parameter a[Registration key] = Valid range
: 01 to 99 (omissible)
[Coding Example] <A> </>01 <V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6 <$=>SATOPRINTER <V>720<H>150<B>102100*95000012345* <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command invokes the data registered by Registration of Form Overlay <&> to print. 2. When detecting this command in general print data, it will be combined with drawing stored in form overlay and printed. 3. Regarding the registration key specification, an error will not occur even the registration key is different because the registration key is not checked.
30
7.14 Modification
7.14 ESC+0 Partial Editing
Partial Editing
ESC+0
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
0 <30>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid.
[Function] Replacing a specified area of the previous label with new data.
[Format] <0>
[Coding Example] [DFE], a part of print data, is changed to [123]. <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC <V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>DEF <Q>1 <Z>
First media
<A> <0> <V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>123 <Q>1 <Z>
Second media
First media
ABC DEF
Second media
ABC 123
Partial edit
Media feed direction
[Notes] 1. Use this command to edit only one part of previous print data. 2. Specify the exact same parameters for the image to be replaced as were specified in the original data stream; including rotation, expansion, pitch, etc. This will ensure the new data will exactly replace the old image. 3. A specified portion of the previous data will be cleared. 4. If Rotation <%> is included in the specified editing portion, keep it for partial editing. 5. Use this command with fixed pitch, same font or same digit number. Proportional pitch text cannot be used with this command.
31
7.15 Modification
7.15 ESC+WD Partial Copying
Partial Copying
ESC+WD
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
WD <57>16<44>16
Parameter VaaaaaHbbbbYcccccXdddd
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Copying an image from one location to another on the same label.
[Format] <WD>VaaaaaHbbbbYcccccXdddd
Parameter
a[Vertical position of the top left corner of the area] = See the table below
b[Horizontal position of the top left corner of the area] = See the table below
c[Vertical length of the image area to be copied]
= See the table below
d[Horizontal length of the image area to be copied] = See the table below
[Coding Example] Vertical position of the top left corner of the area: 50 Horizontal position of the top left corner of the area: 50
Vertical length of the image area to be copied: 200 Horizontal length of the image area to be copied: 400
<A> <V>50<H>50<P>2<L>0202<XU>ABCD <V>300<H>100<WD>V50H50Y200X400 <Q>2 <Z>
Media direction
dddd aaaaa
ccccc bbbb
Dotted line part indicates the area to be copied. "ABCD" will be printed.
[Notes] 1. To locate the destination of the copy, specify Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> prior to this command. 2. The position of the new target area must not be inside the original image. 3. If the reference area of the target image exceeds the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error.
[Valid Range] [S84-ex]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Valid range (dots)
The horizontal position of The vertical position of the
the top left corner of the
top left corner of the area
area
Vertical length of the image
Horizontal length of the
area to be copied
image area to be copied
1 to 832
1 to 20000
1 to 1248
1 to 18000
1 to 2496
1 to 9600
32
[S-86ex]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Valid range (dots)
The horizontal position of The vertical position of the
the top left corner of the
top left corner of the area
area
Vertical length of the image
Horizontal length of the
area to be copied
image area to be copied
1 to 1340
1 to 9992
1 to 2010
1 to 14988
* The command error occurs when the image exceeded the printable area due to the difference between the print start position, base reference point and dot number even the parameter is in the valid range.
33
7.16 Modification
7.16 ESC+J Print of Journal
Print of Journal
ESC+J
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
J <4A>16
Parameter aa+CR<0D>16
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the print of the journal.
[Format] <J>aa+CR
Parameter a[Journal print column] = Print data CR[Control code (0DH)]
[Coding Example] <A> <J> ABCD+CR EFGH+CR <Z>
[Notes] 1. Starts journal print from vertical position of 2 dots and horizontal position of 2 dots. 2. Character pitch is set to 2 dots and line pitch is set to 16 dots. 3. Prints in 2 x 2 times of XS font. 4. Use of this command in combination with other commands excluding [Reprint <C>] and [Black and White Reverse Print <(>) is invalid. 5. A line feed is inserted regardless the setting of the ignore CR/LF in this command.
34
7.17 Modification
7.17 ESC+RF Call and Print of Font & Logo
Call and Print of Font & Logo
ESC+RF
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
RF
<1B>16
<52>16<46>16
aa=01, bbbb=1
Parameter aabbbb,nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Invoking and printing the font and logo downloaded with the exclusive tool.
[Format] <RF>aabbbb,nn
Parameter a [Font ID number] b [Print digit] n [Print data]
= Valid range: = Valid range: = Data
01 to 99 1 to 9999
[Coding Example 1] When [AB] is printed in one-byte characters with this command [Font ID No.: 01 Print digit: 4] (Unicode A: <0041>16 B: <0042>16)
<A> <PS> <V>100<H>100<L>0101 <RF>010004,<0041>16<0042>16 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] When calling and printing logo [Font ID No.: 02 Print digit: 2] <A> <V>100<H>100<L>0101<RF>020002<826B>16 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specify the value of print data placing Unicode (UTF-16BE). 2. When calling and printing logo, specify [Print digit: 0002], [Print data: <826B>16].
35
7.18 Modification
7.18 ESC+RM Mirror Image
Mirror Image
ESC+RM
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
RM <52>16<4D>16
Parameter aaaa,bbbbb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Allowing mirror image printing of data.
[Format] <RM>aaaa,bbbbb
Parameter A[Horizontal length of the mirror image area] B[Vertical length of the mirror image area]
= Refer to the table below. = Refer to the table below.
[Coding Example 1] When specifying the mirror image area: <A> <H>100<V>200<XM>12345 <H>100<V>200<RM>0200,0080 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] When not specifying the mirror image area: <A> <H>100<V>200<XS>12345 <RM> <Q>1 <Z>
[Notes] 1. When the parameter "aaaa" and "bbbbb" are not specified, all print data specified prior to this command will be mirrored. 2. Any data outside the printable area will not be mirrored. 3. If specifying this command for the item that does not contain print data, the command error will occur. 4. This command cannot be used together with other commands that reedit the print data. Refer to the invalid command for the list below. When invalid commands are specified, printing may not be correct. 5. This command cannot be used together with some control commands. Refer to the invalid command for the list below. When invalid commands are specified, printing may not be correct. 6. This command cannot be used together with some modification commands. Refer to the invalid command for the list below. When invalid commands are specified, printing may not be correct. 7. The print image before the mirror printing command will be mirror printed. The print data after this command is not mirror printed. Also, note that when specifying the mirror printing command more than once, the image will be rotated for the specified number of times and printed. 8. When a barcode is mirror printed, the reading of the mirrored barcode and head check area are not guaranteed. 9. When mirror printing is implemented, all mirrored image is targeted for the head check.
[Valid range for the mirror rotation start position]
[S84-ex]
Valid Range (dots)
Head density
Horizontal position of reference Vertical position of reference
point for mirror image
point for mirror image
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
1 to 832 1 to 1248 1 to 2496
1 to 20000 1 to 18000 1 to 9600
[S86-ex]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Valid Range (dots)
Horizontal position of reference Vertical position of reference
point for mirror image
point for mirror image
1 to 1340 1 to 2010
1 to 9992 1 to 14988
[Valid range for the mirror rotation]
36
[S84-ex]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Valid Range (dots)
Horizontal length of mirror image Vertical length of mirror image
area
area
8 to 832
8 to 20000
8 to 1248
8 to 18000
8 to 2496
8 to 9600
[S86-ex]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Valid Range (dots)
Horizontal length of mirror image Vertical length of mirror image
area
area
8 to 1340
8 to 9992
8 to 2010
8 to 14988
[Commands cannot be used together with this command]
Commands that reedit the print image
<WD>
<F>
<(>
Registration
<GI> <GT> <PI>
Modification
<%> <R>
<O> <WA> <WU>
37
7.19 Modification
7.19 ESC+WN Work Shift Information
Work Shift Information
ESC+WN
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
WN
<1B>16
<57>16<4E>16
1.24.00.1.<space>
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
Parameter a,hh,mm,ll,nnn...n
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Set the work shift start time and name of the specified work shift code.
[Format] <WN>a,hh,mm,ll,nnn...n
Parameter
a
=
hh
=
mm
=
ll
=
nnn...n =
1, 2 or 3 00 24 00 59 1-16 <space>, A-Z , 0-9
: shift code : shift start time (hours) : shift start time (minutes) (when hh=24, 00) : shift name length : shift name maximum 16 characters
[Coding Example] <A> <WN>1,08,00,7,MORNING <Z>
[Notes] 1. The command error occurs when the work shift information is disabled in the closed setting mode of the product. 2. When the parameter is not specified, the default value will be used. 3. When the length of the sift name (nnn...n) exceeds the value of the length parameter (ll), the exceeded part is cut off. 4. When the length of the sift name (nnn...n) is less than the value of the length parameter (ll), the blank is filled with space. 5. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 6. This command cannot be used together with <WS> command. When <WN> command and <WS> command is used in the same label, the work shift information may not be printed correctly.
38
7.20 Modification
7.20 ESC+WS
Print of Work Shift
PrintInofofrmWatoiornk Shift Information
ESC+WS
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
<WS> <57>16<53>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the print of work shift information (Shift code, Start time of product use, Shift name).
[Format] <WS>a
Parameter
a[Data to be printed]
=
1: Shift code 2: Start time of product use 3: Shift name
[Coding Example] <A> <XS> <V>050<H>050<L>0101<XM>SHIFT CODE: <V>050<H>300<L>0202<WS>1 <V>100<H>050<L>0101<XM>START TIME: <V>100<H>300<L>0202<WS>2, <XB>0 <V>150<H>050<L>0101<XM>SHIFT NAME: <V>150<H>300<L>0101<WS>3 <Q>1 <Z>
(To get work shift information, use the command [SOH+WS])
[Notes] 1. When work shift information is disabled in the Hidden Mode of product LCD, the command error will occur. 2. To designate the character type of print work shift information, specify the font specification command with no print data before Work Shift Information <WS>. When not designating the font specification command, the U - character is used for printing. 3. The font types can be specified are as follows: XU, XS, XM, XB and XL. 4. The font specification command to designate the character type for <WS> is set to the initial value at the next job <A>. The font specification command that designated print data does not affect the data of <WS>. 5. The details of command to obtain work shift information are as follows. (1) Command SOH+WS (01H 57H 53H) (2) Return status
No. Item
Bytes Description
Remarks
- STX (02H)
1
Status start
a Shift code
1
"1" / "2" / "3"
b Shift start time
4
"0000" to "2359"
c Shift name
1 to 16
- EXT (03H)
1
Status end
Total 8 to 23
1) Status is returned only if the work shift information is enabled. 2) When receiving this command while setting work shift information, status is returned after finishing its setup.
6. When the calendar setting command <WT> is used together with <WS> command, the work shift information to be printed on the label is decided according to the new time setting.
7. Only 1 calendar setting command <WT> is valid in the <A><Z> sequence. When a multiple calendar setting command <WT> is used in one <A><Z> sequence, the last <WT> is used.
39
7.21 Modification
7.21 ESC+CE European Code Page
European Code Page
ESC+CE
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
CE
<1B>16
<43>16<45>16
aa=858,b=Nil
Parameter aa(,b)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specify the European code page to be used.
[Format] <CE>aa(,b)
Parameter
a[Code page name]
= Valid range: refer to the [Code page parameter] in the next page
b[Code page setting maintain] = Valid range: P(fixed)
When "P" is specified, the selected code page is maintained. (Omissible)
When this is omitted, the selected code page is not maintained.
[Coding Example 1] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<CE>1253<XU>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<CE>855<XU>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
40
[Code page specify parameter] Command parameter 858
Proper name DOS 858
88591 88592 88599 850 852 855 857 737 866 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1257 869 UTF-8 UTF-16BE
8859/1 ISO 8859/2 ISO 8859/9 DOS 850 DOS 852 DOS 855 DOS 857 DOS 737 DOS 866 Win 1250 Win 1251 Win 1252 Win 1253 Win 1254 Win 1257 IBM 869 UTF-8 UTF-16 (Big endian)
Description
Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro character Default Code page proprietary to SATO. ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 Latin 1 Multilingual Latin 2 Cyrillic Turkish Greek Cyrillic II Central Europe Cyrillic Western Latin 1 Greek Turkish Baltic IBM 869 Greek Unicode encoding in UTF-8 Unicode encoding in UTF-16 (Big endian) for Downloaded TTF.
41
[Supported symbol list]
U+0020-U+002F !\"#\$\%&'()*+,-./ U+0030-U+003F 0123456789:;<=>? U+0040-U+004F @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO U+0050-U+005F PQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_ U+0060-U+006F `abcdefghijklmno U+0070-U+007F pqrstuvwxyz{|}~ U+00A0-U+00AF ¡¢£¤¥¦§¨©ª«¬®¯ U+00B0-U+00BF °±²³´µ¶·¸¹º»¼½¾¿ U+00C0-U+00CF ÀÁÂÃÄÅÆÇÈÉÊËÌÍÎÏ U+00D0-U+00DF ÐÑÒÓÔÕÖ×ØÙÚÛÜÝÞß U+00E0-U+00EF àáâãäåæçèéêëìíîï U+00F0-U+00FF ðñòóôõö÷øùúûüýþÿ U+0100-U+0107 U+010C-U+010F Cc U+0110-U+0113 U+0116-U+011B U+011E-U+011F U+0122-U+0123
U+02DB-U+02DD ~ U+0384-U+0386 U+0388-U+038A U+038C-U+038C U+038E-U+038F U+0390-U+039F U+03A0-U+03A1 U+03A3-U+03AF U+03B0-U+03BF U+03C0-U+03CE U+0401-U+040C U+040E-U+040F U+0410-U+041F U+0420-U+042F U+0430-U+043F U+0440-U+044F U+0451-U+045C U+045E-U+045F
U+012A-U+012B U+012E-U+012F U+0130-U+0131 i U+0136-U+0137 U+0139-U+013E U+0141-U+0148 Ll U+014C-U+014D U+0150-U+015B OEoe U+015E-U+015F U+0160-U+0165 Ss U+016A-U+016B U+016E-U+016F U+0170-U+0173 U+0178-U+017E YZz U+0192-U+0192 U+02C6-U+02C7 ^ U+02C9-U+02C9 U+02D8-U+02D9
U+0490-U+0491 U+2013-U+2015 -- U+2017-U+201A `', U+201C-U+201E "",, U+2020-U+2022 · U+2026-U+2026 ... U+2030-U+2030 U+2039-U+203A <> U+207F-U+207F U+20AC-U+20AC U+2116-U+2116 U+2122-U+2122 TM U+2219-U+221A U+2248-U+2248 U+2264-U+2265
1. WGL4 (Windows Glyph List 4) is supported in this bitmap font. WGL4 is the name of symbol set that is defined by Microsoft.
42
7.22 Modification
7.22 ESC+KS Kanji Font Type
Kanji Font Type
ESC+KS
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 a=31H, b=31H
KS <4B>16<53>16
Parameter ab
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specify the Kanji font type used for the Kanji print command.
[Format] <KS>ab
Parameter a[Kanji font type]
= "3"(33H) : GB18030 (Default) "5"(35H) : KSX1001 "6"(36H) : BIG5
b[Font]
= "1"(31H) : Mincho (Default) "2"(32H) : Gothic
[Coding Example] Set Mincho with GB18030 <A> <KS>31 <Z>
[Notes] 1.When the font specified by this command is not supported, available font for every Kanji font is printed. 2.Unused value for the parameter "a" is reserved for Japanese. 3.Use this command solely together with <A> and <Z>.
43
8 Font Commands
8.1 Font
8.1 ESC+XU XXUU FFonotn(Dtefault Font Size: (Defa5×u9ltdoFtso) nt Size: 5×9 dots)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
XU <58>16<55>16
Parameter nn
ESC+XU
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the characters in default font size of W5 x H9 dots.
[Format] <XU>nn
Parameter n[Print data] = Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XU>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. XU font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%A> <WS>
<%>
<PS> <PR>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
44
XU Font Character Set
The above is printed with width 5 dots x height 9 dots, enlarged 3 times for both vertically and horizontally.
45
8.2 Font
8.2 ESC+XS XXSS FFonotn(Dt efault Font Size:
(Defa1u7×lt17Fdoontst) Size: 17×17 dots)
ESC+XS
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
XS <58>16<53>16
Parameter nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the characters in default font size of W17 x H17 dots.
[Format] <XS>nn
Parameter n[Print data]
= Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XS>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. XS font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%A> <WS>
<%>
<PS> <PR>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
46
XS Font Character Set
The above is printed with width 17 dots x height 17 dots, enlarged 2 times for both vertically and horizontally.
47
8.3 Font
8.3 ESC+XM XXMM FFoontn(Dt efault Font Size:
(Defa2u4l×t24Fdoontst) Size: 24×24 dots)
ESC+XM
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
XM <58>16<4D>16
Parameter nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W24 x H24 dots.
[Format] <XM>nn
Parameter n[Print data] = Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XM>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. XM font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%A> <WS>
<%>
<PS> <PR>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
48
XM Font Character Set
The above is printed with width 24 dots x height 24 dots, enlarged 2 times for both vertically and horizontally.
49
8.4 Font
8.4 ESC+XB XXBBFFonotn(Dtefault Font Size:
(Defa4u8×lt48Fdoontst) Size: 48×48 dots)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 a=0
XB <58>16<42>16
Parameter ann
ESC+XB
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W48 x H48 dots.
[Format] <XB>ann
Parameter a[Smoothing] =
n[Print data] =
0: Smoothing disabled 1: Smoothing enabled (When Enlargement <L> rate is between threefold and nine fold) Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XB>0ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. XB font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display. 3. Even the smoothing is enabled, it will be invalid when enlargement <L> is specified for 1 time, 2 times, and 10 to 36 times.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%A> <WS>
<%>
<PS> <PR>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
50
XB Font Character Set
The above is printed with width 48 dots x height 48 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally.
51
8.5 Font
8.5 ESC+XL XXLL FFoontn(Dt efault Font Size:
(Defa4u8l×t48Fdoontst) Size: 48×48 dots)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
XL <58>16<4C>16
Parameter ann
ESC+XL
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W48 x H48 dots.
[Format] <XL>ann
Parameter a[Smoothing] =
n[Print data] =
0: Smoothing disabled 1: Smoothing enabled (When Enlargement <L> rate is between threefold and nine fold) Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XL>0ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. XL font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display. 3. Even the smoothing is enabled, it will be invalid when enlargement <L> is specified for 1 time, 2 times, and 10 to 36 times.
[Valid Commands]
Print position
<V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%A> <WS>
<%>
<PS> <PR>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD>
Barcode <D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
52
XL Font Character Set
Characters in default font size of W48 x H48 dots.
The above is printed with width 48 dots x height 48 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally.
53
8.6 Font
8.6 ESC+OA OCR-A Font
OCR-A Font
ESC+OA
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
OA <4F>16<41>16
Parameter nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying OCR-A font.
[Format] <OA>nn
Parameter n[Print data] = Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<OA>ABC <Q>2 <Z>
[Note] Refer to the list below for the font size according to the head density.
[Font Size] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Font size (dots) W15 × H22 W22 × H33 W44 × H66
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD> <%A>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
54
OCR-A font specification.
OCR-A Font Character Set
The above is printed in head density of 12 dots/mm, with width 22 dots x height 33 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally.
55
8.7 Font
8.7 ESC+OB OCR-B Font
OCR-B Font
ESC+OB
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
OB <4F>16<42>16
Parameter nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying OCR-B font.
[Format] <OB>nn
Parameter n[Print data] = Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<OB>ABC <Q>2 <Z>
[Note] Refer to the list below for the font size according to the head density.
[Font Size] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Font size (dots) W20 × H24 W30 × H36 W60 × H72
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD> <%A>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
56
OCR-B font specification.
OCR-B Font Character Set
The above is printed in head density of 12 dots/mm, with width 30 dots x height 36 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally.
57
8.8 Font
8.8 ESC+$ Shape of Outline Font
Shape of Outline Font
ESC+$
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
$
<1B>16
<24>16
a=Abbb=50ccc=50d=0
Parameter a,bbb,ccc,d
When the power switch is OFF Valid range and Valid range within item
term of command Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>.
[Function] Specifying the type, size, and shape of the font.
[Format] <$>a,bbb,ccc,d
Parameter a[Font type] =
b[Font width] = c[Font height] = d[Font shape] =
A: Helvetica bold (Proportional) B: Helvetica bold (Fixed character pitch) 24 to 999 dots 24 to 999 dots 0: Standard font (Black) 1: Outline font 2: Gray font (Pattern 1) 3: Gray font (Pattern 2) 4: Gray font (Pattern 3) 5: Shaded font 6: Outline and shaded font 7: Mirror image font 8: Standard italic font 9: Outline, shaded, and italic font
[Coding Example] Font type : A Font height : 100 dots
<A> <V>100<H>100<P>2 <$>A,100,100,1<$=>SATO <Q>2 <Z>
Font width : 100 dots Font shape : 1
[Notes] 1. The shape of Italic font is inclined 15-degree within font width specification 2. Specify this command prior to Print of Outline Font <$=>. 3. If specified dots in 1 to 9 of [Font shape] are tiny, they may be unrecognizable as a font. 4. Font width and height specification up to 24 dots are printable; however, some fonts may be unreadable because of character crowding.
[Valid Commands] Font
<$=>
58
8.9 Font
8.9 ESC+$= Print of Outline Font
Print of Outline Font
ESC+$=
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
$= <24>16<3D>16
Parameter nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the print outline font.
[Format] <$=>nn
Parameter n[Print data] = Data
[Coding Example] Print data: SATO <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2 <$>A,100,100,1<$=>SATO <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specify Shape of Outline Font <$> prior to this command. 2. Font height specification includes ascender and descender areas. For proportional pitch, character size width of outline font varies depending on the individual font. 3. Use Character Pitch <P> to specify font pitch. 4. The shape of Italic font is inclined 15-degree within font width specification. Font height specification includes ascender and descender areas. 5. If specified dots in 1 to 9 of [Font shape] are tiny, they may be unrecognizable as a font. 6. In the Shape of Outline Font <$>, font width and height specification up to 24 dots are printable; however, some fonts may be unreadable because of character crowding.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<%>
<F>
Font
<$>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
59
Outline font specification.
Outline Font Character Set
The above is printed in head density of 12 dots/mm, with width 48 dots x height 48 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally.
60
8.10 Font
8.10 ESC+TRrDueTTruyeTpyepeFFoonnt t
ESC+RD
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
RD <52>16<44>16
Parameter abb,ccc,ddd,nn abc,ddd,eee,nn abc,ddd,eee,%VAR%pp,q,r
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying CG font type, font style, font size, and print data.
[Format1] <RD>abc,ddd,eee,nn
[Format2] <RD>abc,ddd,eee,%VAR%pp,q,r
Parameter a[Font type]
= A
[CG Times]
B
[CG Triumvirate]
C
[SATOGAMMA] (Code page can be switched by ESC+CE command)
D
[SATOVICA] (Code page can be switched by ESC+CE command)
E-Z,a-z TTF downloaded with the dedicate tool
b[Character set]
= 0 (No specification for the character set(Fixed)) Refer to the code page parameter in the next page.
[Font type A or B]. [Other than font type A or B]
c [Font style]
= 0 [Standard] 1 [Bold] 2 [Italic] 3 [Bold+Italic]
d[Horizontal length] = 004 to 999 (dot specification) P02 to P99 (point specification)
e[Vertical length]
= 004 to 999 (dot specification) P02 to P99 (point specification)
n[Print data]
= Data
p[Field name]
= Field name up to 16 characters
q[Field maximum length] = Maximum length of field variable data (from 1 up to 16 characters].
r[Type of variable field]
= N [Numbers] A [Alphabetic + Symbols characters] B [Alphanumeric + Symbols characters]
[Coding Example 1]
Font type: CG Times
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RD>A00,P10,P10,SATO
<Q>2
<Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Variable Field(Field name:"Field#", Field maximum length:4, Type of variable field:Numbers)
<A>
<V>100<H>100<P>2
<RD>A00,P10,P10,%VAR%Field#,4,N
<Q>2
<Z>
61
[Notes]
1. Set font size in [dot specification] or [point specification].
2. Dot size varies depending on the head density. Refer to the table below.
Head density
1 dot size (mm)
8 dots/mm (203 dpi)
0.125
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
0.083
12 dots/mm (609 dpi)
0.042
3. One point is 0.35 mm.
4. When using TTF that is downloaded with dedicated tools, be sure to specify appropriate card slot with the
command <CC> before this command.
5. Format 2 is exclusive for Simple Stand Alone mode. If it is used for usual printing, the variable data are printed as
is.
6. If the Field name (parameter p) is 17 characters or more, it is not treated as a variable data.
7. Comma cannot be used for the Field name (parameter p). If there are commas, the operation cannot be
guaranteed.
8. If the Field maximum length (parameter q) is 17 characters or more, it is not treated as a variable data.
9. When Type of variable field is out of range, the operation is the same as "B" (Alphanumeric + symbols character)
specification.
10. Variable data can be specified up to 20. More that that would be treated as a usual print data.
[Font size range]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 12 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Valid range (dots)
Horizontal line length
Vertical line length
4 to 832
4 to 999
5 to 999
5 to 999
9 to 999
9 to 999
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
Modification
<P>
<H> <%>
<F> <PS> <PR> <%A>
[Code page specify parameter]
Command parameter 0
1 2 3 4 5 8 9 A B C D E F G J K @ #
Name
Use the code page specified by the CE command. DOS 858 Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro character Default Code page proprietary to SATO. ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 CP737 DOS Greek CP855 DOS Cyrillic PC-850 Multilingual CP852 DOS Central European CP857 DOS Turkish CP866 DOS Cyrillic II CP1250 Windows Central European CP1251 Windows Cyrillic CP1252 Windows Western Latin 1 CP1253 Windows Greek CP1254 Windows Turkish CP1257 Windows Baltic CP869 IBM Greek Unicode UTF-8
Unicode UTF-16 (Big endian) for Downloaded TTF.
62
CG Times font specification.
CG Times Font Character Set
63
CG Triumvirate Font Character Set
CG Triumvirate font specification.
64
8.11 Font
8.11 ESC+K1 16×1166×1d6otsdots Horizontal WHroitrinizgoKnantajil Writing Kanji
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
K1 <4B>16<31>16
Parameter ann
ESC+K1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying horizontal writing Kanji font of W16 x H16 dots.
[Format] <K1>ann
Parameter
a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character
B : Binary code
I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character
C : Smoothing function by Binary code
J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character
D : Highlight function by Binary code
K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character
E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code
n[Data]
= Specify according to the selected Kanji code range
* Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased.
[Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 2 times, vertical enlargement: 3 times (when KSX1001 is selected)
<A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203 <K1>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes]
1. Hexadecimal character = 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character
2. Binary code = 2 bytes / 1 character
3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical
4. Highlight function enlargement scale
= Horizontal/Vertical
valid range: 3 to 12 valid range: 1 to 5
[Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V> <H>
Modification
<P>
<L> <%> <&>
</>
<O> <WD>
65
8.12 Font
8.12 ESC+K2 24×2244×2d4otsdots Horizontal WHroitirnigzoKanntjai l Writing Kanji
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
K2 <4B>16<32>16
Parameter ann
ESC+K2
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying horizontal writing Kanji font of W24 x H24 dots.
[Format] <K2>ann
Parameter
a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character
B : Binary code
I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character
C : Smoothing function by Binary code
J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character
D : Highlight function by Binary code
K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character
E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code
n[Data]
= Specify according to the selected Kanji code range
* Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased.
[Coding Example] Specifying Hex character of Shift JIS, Horizontal enlargement scale: Vertical enlarged scale: 5 times (when KSX1001 is selected)
<A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <K2>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5 <Q>2 <Z>
3 times,
[Notes]
1. Hexadecimal character
= 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character
2. Binary code
= 2 bytes / 1 character
3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times
4. Highlight function enlargement scale
= Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times
[Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V> <H>
Modification
<P>
<L> <%> <&>
</>
<O> <WD>
66
8.13 Font
186.×1136EdSoCts+KH8orizo1n6ta×1l 6Wridtiontgs KaHnojriizwonitthal WritiOngneK-abnyjitewiCthhOarnaec-bteyrtes Characters
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
K8 <4B>16<38>16
Parameter ann
ESC+K8
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Printing W16 x H16 dots horizontal writing Kanji with W8 x H16 dots one-byte characters.
[Format] <K8>ann
Parameter
a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character
B : Binary code
I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character
C : Smoothing function by Binary code
J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character
D : Highlight function by Binary code
K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character
E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code
n[Data]
= Specify according to the selected Kanji code range
* Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased.
* Code that can be specified as a half - width character is 20h-7Fh.
[Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 2 times, vertical enlargement: 3 times (when KSX1001 is selected)
<A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203 <K8>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5303132 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes]
1. Hexadecimal character
= 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character
2. Binary code
= 2 bytes / 1 character
3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times
4. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times
[Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V> <H>
Modification
<P>
<L> <%> <&>
</>
<O> <WD>
67
8.14 Font
284.×1424EdSoCt+sKH9or2iz4o×2n4tadloWtsrHitoinrigzoKnatanljWi wriittinhg KanjOi wnieth-bOyntee-bCyhtearCahcatrearcsters
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
K9 <4B>16<39>16
Parameter ann
ESC+K9
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Printing W24 x H24 dots horizontal writing Kanji with W12 x H2416 dots one-byte characters.
[Format] <K9>ann
Parameter
a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character
B : Binary code
I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character
C : Smoothing function by Binary code
J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character
D : Highlight function by Binary code
K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character
E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code
n[Data]
= Specify according to the selected Kanji code range
* Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased.
* Code that can be specified as a half - width character is 20h-7Fh.
[Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 3 times, vertical enlargement: 5 times (when KSX1001 is selected)
<A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <K9>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5303132 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes]
1. Hexadecimal character
= 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character
2. Binary code
= 2 bytes / 1 character
3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times
4. Highlight function enlargement scale
= Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times
[Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. 4. For one-byte characters, printing will be performed in W12 x H24 dots. 5. For two-byte characters, printing will be performed in W24 x H24 dots.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V> <H>
Modification
<P>
<L> <%> <&>
</>
<O> <WD>
68
8.15 Font
8.15 ESC+k1 16×16 dots Vertical Writing
16×1K6adnjoi ts Vertical Writing Kanji
ESC+k1
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
k1 <6B>16<31>16
Parameter ann
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying vertical text flow Kanji font of W16 x H16 dots.
[Format] <k1>ann
Parameter
a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character
B : Binary code
I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character
C : Smoothing function by Binary code
J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character
D : Highlight function by Binary code
K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character
E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code
n[Data]
= Specify according to the selected Kanji code range
* Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased.
[Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 3 times, vertical enlargement: 5 times (when KSX1001 is selected)
<A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <k1>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes]
1. Hexadecimal character
= 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character
2. Binary code
= 2 bytes ASCII / 1 character
3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times
4. Highlight function enlargement scale
= Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times
[Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V> <H>
Modification
<P>
<L> <%> <&>
</>
<O> <WD>
69
8.16 Font
8.16 ESC+k2 24×24 dots Vertical Writing
24×2K4andjiots Vertical Writing Kanji
ESC+k2
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
k2 <6B>16<32>16
Parameter ann
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying vertical text flow Kanji font of W24 x H24 dots.
[Format] <k2>ann
Parameter a[Kanji specification mode] =
n[Data]
=
H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code Specify according to the selected Kanji code range
* Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased.
[Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 3 times, vertical enlargement: 5 times (when KSX1001 is selected)
<A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <k2>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes]
1. Hexadecimal character
= 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character
2. Binary code
= 2 bytes ASCII / 1 character
3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times
4. Highlight function enlargement scale
= Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times
[Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V> <H>
Modification
<P>
<L> <%> <&>
</>
<O> <WD>
70
8.17 Font
8.1716E×S1C6+dko8ts 1V6e×r1t6icadloWtsriVtienrgticKalanWjiriting KawnijtihwOithneO-nbey-tbeytCe hCahraarcacteterrss
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
k8 <6B>16<38>16
Parameter ann
ESC+k8
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Printing W16 x H16 dots vertical text flow Kanji font with W8 x H16 dots one-byte characters.
[Format] <k8>ann
Parameter
a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character
B : Binary code
I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character
C : Smoothing function by Binary code
J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character
D : Highlight function by Binary code
K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character
E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code
n[Data]
= Specify according to the selected Kanji code range
* Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased.
* Code that can be specified as a half - width character is 20h-7Fh.
[Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 2 times, vertical enlargement: 3 times (when KSX1001 is selected)
<A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203 <k8>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5303132 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes]
1. Hexadecimal character
= 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character
2. Binary code
= 2 bytes ASCII / 1 character
3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times
4. Highlight function enlargement scale
= Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times
[Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. 4. For one-byte characters, printing will be performed in W8 x H16 dots. 5. For two-byte characters, printing will be performed in W16 x H16 dots.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V> <H>
Modification
<P>
<L> <%> <&>
</>
<O> <WD>
71
8.18 Font
8.1284×E2S4C+dko9ts V24e×r2ti4cadloWtsritVienrgticKaal nWjiriting Kwanitjhi wOitnheO-bney-tbeyCtehCahraarcatcetresrs
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
k9 <6B>16<39>16
Parameter ann
ESC+k9
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Printing W24 x H24 dots vertical text flow Kanji with W12 x H24 dots one-byte characters.
[Format] <k9>ann
Parameter
a[Kanji specification mode] = H: Hexadecimal character
B: Binary code
I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character
C: Smoothing function by Binary code
J: Highlight function by Hexadecimal character
D: Highlight function by Binary code
K: Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character
E: Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code
n[Data]
= Specify according to the selected Kanji code range
* Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased.
* Code that can be specified as a half - width character is 20h-7Fh.
[Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 2 times, vertical enlargement: 3 times (when KSX1001 is selected)
<A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <k9>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5303132 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes]
1. Hexadecimal character
= 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character
2. Binary code
= 2 bytes ASCII / 1 character
3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times
4. Highlight function enlargement scale
= Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times
[Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. 4. For one-byte characters, printing will be performed in W12 x H24 dots. 5. For two-byte characters, printing will be performed in W24 x H24 dots.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V> <H>
Modification
<P>
<L> <%> <&>
</>
<O> <WD>
72
8.19 Font
8.R19eEgSiCs+tTr1atioRengisotrfat1io6n×o1f 616d×o16tsdots ExEtexrntaelrCnhaarlacCtehr aracter
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
T1 <54>16<31>16
Parameter Abbnn
ESC+T1
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Registering W16 x H16 dots external character.
[Format] <T1>abbnn
Parameter a[Selection of registered data type]
b[Registered font code address]
n[External character registered data]
= H : Registered data in hexadecimal character B : Registered data in binary code
= H: in the range from "21" to "7F", up to 95 items can be registered B: in the range from 21H to 7FH, up to 95 items can be registered
= Data
[Coding Example] Registration and printing by binary code of BIG5 <A> <CC>0 <T1>B<21>16 <00FF FF00>16 <Z>
<A> <CC>0 <V>100<H>200<K1>B<90>16<21>16 <Q>2 <Z>
73
[Notes] 1. Register external character of W16xH16 dots to the internal memory or user registration memory. 2. Re-entry to the registered area is allowed. 3. Refer to the data registration procedure below. 4. Registered contents in the memory of the product will be deleted by turning off the product. Register again for the next operation. 5. When Kanji data is replaced (GB18030 BIG5 KSX1001), register again after deleting the external character registration.
External character file: [16 ×16]
D1 D2
D3 D4
D5 D6
D1
D3
D5
D7
D31 D32
D9
D11
D13
D15
D17
D19
D21
D23
D25
D27
D29
D31
8 dots
16 dots
8 dots
D2 D4 D6 D8 D10 D12 D14 D16 16 dots D18 D20 D22 D24 D26
D28 D30 D32
D1 and D2 respectively consist of [00000001] and [10000000]. To register the above external character, consider D1 data as <01>16 and D2 data as <80>16. In the same manner, D3 as <03>16, D4 as <00>16, D5 as <3F>16, and D6 as <FC>16, so that the specification of external character registered data will be <018003003FFC·····>16 and up to D32.
[Remarks] 1. When it is registered in the user registration memory, the data is maintained even the product power is off. 2. It is not possible to use the internal memory specification and user registration memory specification at the same time. 3. Please specify the slot of the registered memory. However, it will be registered in the internal memory when <CC> command is not yet sent after the product power on.
74
8.20 Font
8.R20egESiCs+tTr2atioRengisotrfat2io4n×o2f 424d×o24tsdots ExEtexrntaelrCnhaarlacCtehr aracter
ESC+T2
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
T2 <54>16<32>16
Parameter Abbnn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Registering W24 x H24 dots external character.
[Format] <T2>abbnn
Parameter a[Selection of registered data type] =
b[Registered font code address] =
n[External character registration data] =
H : Registration data in hexadecimal character B : Registration data in binary code H : Within the range from 21 to 7F, up to 95 addresses can be registered. B : Within the range from 21H to 7FH, up 95 addresses can be registered.
Data
[Coding Example] Registration and printing by binary code of GB18030 <A> <CC>0 <T2>B<00>16 <00FF FF00>16 <Z>
<A> <CC>0 <V>100<H>200<K2>B<80>16<21>16 <Q>2 <Z>
75
[Notes] 1. Register external character of W24xH24 dots to the internal memory or user registration memory. 2. Re-entry to the registered area is allowed. 3. Refer to the data registration procedure below. 4. Registered contents in the memory of the product will be deleted by turning off the product. Register again for the next operation. 5. When Kanji data is replaced (GB18030 BIG5 KSX1001), register again after deleting the external character registration.
External character file: [24 x 24]
D1 D2 D3
D4 D5 D6
D7 D8 D9
D1
D4
D7
D70 D71 D72
D10
D13
D16 D19
D22
D25 D28
D31
D34
D37
D40
D43
D46
D49 D52
D55
D58
D61
D64
D67
D70
8 dots
24 dots 8 dots D2
D71
8 dots
D3 D6 D9
D12 D15
D18 D21
D24
D27 D30 D33 D36 24 dots D39 D42 D45 D48
D51 D54 D57 D60 D63 D66 D69 D72
D1, D2 and D3 respectively consist of [00000000], [00111100] and [00000000]; therefore, to register the above external character, consider D1 data as <00>16, D2 data as <3C>16 and D3 data as <00>16. In the same manner, D4 as <00>16, D5 as <3C>16, D6 as <00>16, so that the specification of external character registered data will be <003C003C00·····>16 and up to D72.
[Remarks] 1. When it is registered in the user registration memory, the data is maintained even the product power is off. 2. It is not possible to use the internal memory specification and user registration memory specification at the same time. 3. Please specify the slot of the registered memory. However, it will be registered in the internal memory when <CC> command is not yet sent after the product power on.
76
8.21 Font
8.2C1 aElSlCo+fK1H(Ko2)rizCoalnl otfaHloWrizornittainl Wgriting ExEtexrntaelrCnhaarlacCtehr aracter
ESC+K1(K2)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
K1(K2)
Parameter
<4B>16<31>16(<4B>16<32>16) abb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Recall the horizontal writing external characters registered to the product memory and print in horizontal writing.
[Format] <K1>abb <K2>abb
Parameter
a[External character specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character
B : Binary code
I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character
C : Smoothing function by Binary code
J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character
D : Highlight function by Binary code
K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal
character
E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code
b[Registration code]
= HIJK : "8021""807F"
BCDE :
8021H807FH
[Coding Example] Recall 16x16 external characters, registration data by HEX characters of GB18030 <A> <T1>H21 00FF FF00 <Z>
<A> <V>100<H>200<K1>H8021 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. If print error occurs, register again. 2. Please specify the slot of the memory to be recalled. However, data in the internal memory will be recalled when <CC> command is not yet sent after the product
power on.
77
8.22 Font
8.22 CEaSCll+ko1f(kV2)erCtiacllaolfWVerritticinalgWriting ExEtexrntaelrCnhaarlacCtehr aracter
ESC+k1(k2)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
k1(k2)
Parameter
<6B>16<31>16(<6B>16<32>16) abb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Invoking vertical writing external character registered in the product memory to print.
[Format] <k1>abb <k2>abb
Parameter a [External character specification mode] =
character
b [Registration code]
=
H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal
E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code
HIJK : "8021""807F"
BCDE :
8021H807FH
[Coding Example] Recall 16x16 external characters, registration data by HEX characters of GB18030 <A> <T1>H21 00FF FF00 <Z>
<A> <V>100<H>200<k1>H8021 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. If print error occurs, register again. 2. Please specify the slot of the memory to be recalled. However, data in the internal memory will be recalled when <CC> command is not yet sent after the product
power on.
78
8.23 Font
8.23 ESC+U U UFonFto(Dneftault Font Size: 5×9 (Dedofatsu) lt Font Size: 5×9 dots)
ESC+U
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
U <55>16
Parameter nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the characters in default font size of W5 x H9 dots.
[Format] <U>nn
Parameter n[Print data] = Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<U>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Note] Only the fixed pitch is available for U font.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD> <WS>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
79
U Font Character Set
Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 3 times for both vertically and horizontally.
80
8.24 Font
8.24 ESC+S SSFFonot n(Dt efault Font Size:
(De8f×a1u5 ldtoFtso) nt Size: 8×15 dots)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
S <53>16
Parameter nn
ESC+S
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the characters in default font size of W8 x H15 dots.
[Format] <S>nn
Parameter n[Print data]
= Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<S>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Note] Only the fixed pitch is available for S font.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD> <WS>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
81
S Font Character Set
Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 2 times for both vertically and horizontally.
82
8.25 Font
8.25 ESC+M MMFoFnton(Dtefault Font Size:
(De1f3a×u2l0t dFootsn) t Size: 13×20 dots)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
M <4D>16
Parameter nn
ESC+M
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W13 x H20 dots.
[Format] <M>nn
Parameter n[Print data] = Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<M>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Note] Only the fixed pitch is available for M font.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%> <F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD> <WS>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
83
M Font Character Set
Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 2 times for both vertically and horizontally.
84
8.26 Font
8.26 ESC+WB WWBBFFonot n(Dtefault Font Size:
(De1fa8×u3l0t dFootsn)t Size: 18×30 dots)
ESC+WB
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
WB <57>16<42>16
Parameter ann
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W18x H30 dots.
[Format] <WB>ann
Parameter a[Smoothing] =
n[Print data] =
0 : Smoothing disabled 1 : Smoothing enabled
(When Enlargement <L> rate is from 3 to 12) Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<WB>0ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Only the fixed pitch is available for WB font. 2. Even the smoothing is enabled, it will be invalid when enlargement <L> is specified for 1 time, 2 times, and 13 to 36 times.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD> <WS>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
85
WB Font Character Set
Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally.
86
8.27 Font
8.27 ESC+WL WWLLFFonot n(Dtefault Font Size:
(De2fa8×u5l2t dFootsn)t Size: 28×52 dots)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
WB <57>16<4C>16
Parameter ann
ESC+WL
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W28 x H52 dots.
[Format] <WL>ann
Parameter a[Smoothing] =
n[Print data] =
0 : Smoothing disabled 1 : Smoothing enabled
(When Enlargement <L> rate is from 3 to 12) Data
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<WL>0ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Only the fixed pitch is available for WL font. 2. Even the smoothing is enabled, it will be invalid when enlargement <L> is specified for 1 time, 2 times, and 13 to 36 times.
[Valid Commands]
Print position <V>
<H>
Modification
<P>
<L>
<%>
<F>
<&>
</>
<O> <WD> <WS>
Barcode
<D><d> <BL><d>
Calendar
<WA> <WU>
87
WL Font Character Set
Characters in default font size of W28 x H52 dots.
Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally.
88
8.28 Font
8.28 ESC+RG Multiple Language Font
Multiple Language Font
ESC+RG
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
RG <52>16<47>16
Parameter abc,ddd,eee,nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify font type (Arabic or Thai), character set, font style, font size and print data.
[Format] <RG>a,b,c,ddd,eee,nn
Parameter a[Input character code] b[Character set] c[Font style]
d[Horizontal size] e[Vertical size] n[Print data]
= 0
:
1
:
= 2
:
13
:
= 0
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
= Valid range
Valid range
= Valid range
Valid range
= Data
UNICODE (UTF-8) UNICODE (UTF-16) AR Hebe Sans Thai AR Roman Arabic [Standard] [Bold] [Italic] [Bold+Italic] : 020 to 999 (dots) : P09 to P99 (point specification) : 020 to 999 (dots) : P09 to P99 (point specification)
[Coding Example] Italic printing of Thai by UTF-8 specification, horizontal size: P10, vertical size: P10 * <~>16 means the byte specification (in the example below, E0B895=3 bytes)
<A> <V>100<H>100<P>2 <RG>0,2,2,P10,P10,<E0B895E0B989E0B8A1E0B8A2E0B8B3E0B881E0B8B8E0B989E0B887>16 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Set the font size by "dot specification" or "point specification." 2. Dot size differs according to the head density (refer to the list below)
Head density
1 dot size (mm)
8 dots/mm (203 dpi)
0.125
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
0.083
12 dots/mm (609 dpi)
0.042
3. 1 point is 0.35 mm.
4. When the specified character does not exist in the character set, the character is not printed. When the specified character is a space or square mark in the character set, the image is printed.
5. Character size may be smaller than parameter, because it takes into account the multi-language 6. UTF-8 supports up to four byte character code. 5 bytes UTF-8 and 6 bytes UTF-8 are not supported. 7. Complex script languages (Arabic, Thai) are printed with proportional fonts, regardless of setting of font type in
order to use the formatter function and the combined font function. 8. The linefeed code cannot be inserted among one word or one character code forming one character for the
complex script languages (Arabic, Thai). If the linefeed is inserted, the rendering result is not guaranteed. 9. Comply with Unicode 2.1 (note that if the first byte is 0x1b when UTF-16BE is specified, it is judged as a ESC
code). 10. When executing sequential number printing in Arabic and Thai, the character codes are rendered as a character
string and it may not function properly. 11. When the character string exceeds the horizontal printable range, the string might not be printed. 12. When the character for uniting is selected alone, part or all of the character might not be printed.
[Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <%> <&>
</> <WD>
89
9 Barcode Specification
In barcode specification, print of various barcode, change of bar width ratio, and print of guard bar or human-readable information can be performed by designating (B, D and BD) after ESC. This and the next page should be read closely and followed. Refer to the table below for the specification of B, D, and BD.
[Specification of Bar Width Ratio]
Barcode specification parameter
Barcode
0
CODABAR(NW-7)
1
CODE39
2
ITF
5
Industrial 2 of 5
6
Matrix 2 of 5
<B>
<D>
<BD>
1:3
1:2
2:5
1:3
1:2
2:5
1:3
1:2
2:5
1:3
1:2
2:5
1:3
1:2
2:5
(1) Bar width ratio The barcode is composed of Narrow Bar, Wide Bar, Narrow Space and Wide Space. The Bar width ratio is the proportion of Narrow Bar and Wide Bar.
Bar width ratio (Ratio 1 : 3) <B> This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [1] and Wide Bar [3].
Bar width ratio (Ratio 1 : 2) <D> This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [1] and Wide Bar [2].
Bar width ratio (Ratio 2 : 5) <BD> This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [2] and Wide Bar [5].
If the specifying bar width ratio for your own convenience, register the ratio with Bar Width Ratio <BT> and print labels with Print of Specified Bar Width Ratio <BW>.
(2) Width of narrow bar and height of barcode Narrow bar indicates the narrow bar width, and bar height indicates the height of the barcode. For instance, printing narrow bar for 1 dot in head density of 8 dots/mm (203 dpi), the narrow bar width will be 0.125 mm and barcode scanner may have a reading problem. To avoid this problem, set the narrow bar to 2 dots so that the narrow bar width will be 0.25 mm and this will improve the scanner reading condition. There is a necessity to set the narrow bar width based on the print head density or performance of barcode scanner. In bar width ratio, [Narrow bar width] specification sets the width of the bar. e.g.) When bar width ratio = 1 : 3 and narrow bar width is 3 dots, bar width ratio becomes 3 : 9. Bar height is to specify the height of the barcode, and proper height based on the scanner type can be set.
(3) Intercharacter gap Intercharacter gap is the space between two adjacent barcode characters in a discrete barcode. To specify and enable intercharacter gap, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode specification such as <B>, <D> and <BD> or Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio <BW>. If not, initial value (2 dots) will be set.
Intercharacter gap is designable for the following barcodes. 1) CODABAR(NW-7) 2) CODE39 3) Industrial 2 of 5 4) Matrix 2 of 5
Intercharacter gap is the multiplier of values specified with Character Pitch <P> and narrow bar width. e.g.) When Character Pitch <P> is 3 and narrow bar width is 2 dots:
Intercharacter gap = 3 x 2 = 6 (dots)
90
(4) Designation of human readable information (HRI) and guard bar For UPC-A and EAN8 and 13-digit barcode, availability of human-readable information (hereinafter HRI) and guard bar can be specified.
Barcode specification parameter
3
Barcode JAN/EAN13
4
JAN/EAN8
H
UPCA
<B>
HRI
: Nil
Guard bar : Nil
HRI
: Nil
Guard bar : Nil
HRI
: Nil
Guard bar : Nil
<D>
<BD>
HRI
: Nil
Guard bar : Available
HRI
: Nil
Guard bar : Available
HRI
: Nil
Guard bar : Available
HRI
: Available
Guard bar : Available
HRI
: Available
Guard bar : Available
HRI
: Available
Guard bar : Available
Barcode specification parameter
H
Barcode UPC-A
<BM>
<BL>
HRI
: Available HRI
: Nil
Guard bar : Available Guard bar : Available
1) Specification of <B> (No HRI, No guard bar) If specifying <B>, the following barcode will be printed.
Media feed direction
2) Specification of <D> (No HRI, with Guard bar) If specifying <D>, the following barcode will be printed.
Media feed direction
Guard bar
[Note]
HRI is printable specifying <Character Type> data subsequently to <D>. For more information, refer to Barcode Specification (Selection of HRI) <D>~<d>.
3) Specification of <BD> (HRI and guard bar available) If specifying <BD>, the following barcode will be printed.
Media feed Media feed
direction
HRI(JAN/EAN13)
direction
HRI(JAN/EAN8)
Media feed direction
[Barcode Specification Only] Barcode
specification parameter
C
E
G
I
HRI(UPC-A)
Barcode
CODE93 UPC-E CODE128 UCC/EAN128 for standard carton ID
<B>
Barcode only Barcode only Barcode only Barcode only
[Important] 1. In this case, barcode will not have Bar Width Ratio and HRI. 2. HRI will not be printed when barcode is erroneous for barcode with HRI.
91
(5) Composition of check digit Refer to the table below for check digit in each barcode.
[Composition of C/D]
Barcode specification parameter
Barcode
3
JAN/EAN13
4
JAN/EAN8
C
CODE93
E
UPC-E
G
CODE128
H
UPC-A
GS1-128 for
I
standard carton ID
(UCC/EAN128)
[Note] C/D stands for "Check Digit".
Input digit No.
12-digit 13-digit 7-digit 8-digit Max. 99-digit 6-digit only
11-digit only
17-digit only
Print digit number and contents
13-digit (Input data of barcode + C/D) C/D is calculated by modulus10. 13-digit (Input data of barcode) C/D is not checked. 8-digit (Input data of barcode + C/D) C/D is calculated by modulus10. 8-digit (Input data of barcode) C/D is not checked. C/D is calculated by modulus47. C/D is calculated by modulus10. C/D is calculated by modulus103. 12-digit (Input data of barcode + C/D) C/D is calculated by modulus10.
C/D is calculated by modulus103.
(6) Print Direction of Barcode Print direction of barcode can be rotated. Note that when specifying Serial 1 and Serial 2 for barcode rotation, it may cause blurring due to barcode enlargement ratio. Please avoid 1 dot narrow bar printing. "1 dot is 0.125mm" when the head density is 8 dots/mm (203 dpi), "1 dot is 0.083 mm" when the head density is 12 dots/mm (305 dpi), and "1 dot is 0.042 mm" when the head density is 24 dots/mm (609 dpi). 1 dot narrow bar may lead to unreadability of the barcode.
Parallel 1: Forward feed print Parallel 2: Backfeed print at 180-degree rotation
Parallel 1: Forward feed print at 90-degree rotation Parallel 2: Forward feed print at 270-degree rotation
[Note] Forward feed: Prints horizontally to label feed direction
1) Specify the enlargement ratio of the bar width of the narrow bar for more than 2 dots when printing with Parallel 1 or Parallel 2. ("L" indicates the enlargement ratio to the bar width ratio.)
Head density
8 dots/mm
12 dots/mm
24 dots/mm
Bar width ratio 1 : 2
2L or more
2L or more
4L or more
Bar width ratio 1 : 3
2L or more
2L or more
4L or more
Bar width ratio 2 : 5
1L or more
1L or more
2L or more
UPC-A/EAN/JAN
2L or more
2L or more
4L or more
2) Specify the enlargement ratio of the bar width of the narrow bar for more than 3 dots when the head density is 8 dots/mm or 12 dots/mm and printing with Serial 1 or Serial 2.
Head density
8 dots/mm
12 dots/mm
24 dots/mm
Bar width ratio 1 : 2
3L or more
3L or more
6L or more
Bar width ratio 1 : 3
3L or more
3L or more
6L or more
Bar width ratio 2 : 5
2L or more
2L or more
4L or more
UPC-A/EAN
3L or more
3L or more
6L or more
3) To print with Serial 1 or Serial 2, drop print speed.
92
9.1 Barcode
9.1 ESC+B Barcode (Ratio 1:3)
Barcode (Ratio 1:3
ESC+B
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
B <42>16
Parameter abbcccnn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the barcode of narrow and wide bar width ratio 1:3.
[Format] <B>abbcccnn
Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data]
= Refer to the table below. = 01 to 36 dots = 001 to 999 dots = Data
Barcode symbology (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode symbology.)
a
Barcode symbology
Description
0 CODABAR(NW-7) 1 CODE39 2 ITF
Set print data including Start/Stop character. Start/Stop Characters are [A,B,C,D,E,N,T,a,b,c,d,e,n,t] However, the reading result of [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t] will be [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A.] e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODABAR(NW-7) for the print data. Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Character is [*]. e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODE39 for the print data. Specify print data in even-numbered digit. If specifying in odd-numbered digit, "0" will be added to the head of print data. Refer to the code list of the ITF for the print data.
3 JAN/EAN13
4 JAN/EAN8
5 Industrial 2of5
6 Matrix 2of5
A MSI
C CODE93
E UPC-E
F
UPC add-on code BOOKLAND
G CODE128
H UPC-A
I GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) P POSTNET S USPS code
The barcode will have no guard bar and human readable information. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN13 for the print data.
The barcode will have no guard bar and human readable information. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN8 for the print data. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Industrial 2of5 for the print data. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Matrix 2of5 for the print data. Print data can be specified up to 13-digit. Refer to the code list of the MSI for the print data. Refer to CODE93 <BC>. Specify 6-digit number for print data. Refer to the code list of the UPC-E for the print data.
Refer to the UPC add-on code / BOOKLAND specification <BF>.
Refer to CODE128 <BG>. Barcode will have no guide bar and human readable information. Refer to the code list of the UPC-A for the print data. Refer to GS1-128(UCC/EAN128)<BI>. Refer to the POSTNET specification <BP>. Refer to the USPS code specification <BS>.
Ratio
1:3
1:3
1:3
Fixed (11,12, 13
digits) Fixed (7,8 digits)
1:3 1:3 Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
93
[Coding Example 1] Barcode symbology : CODE39 Print data : *1234AB*
<A> <V>100<H>100<B>103120*1234AB* <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 03
Height of barcode : 120
[Coding Example 2] Barcode symbology : EAN8 Print data : 4912345
<A> <V>100<H>100<B>4020804912345 <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 02
Height of barcode : 080
[Notes] 1. Barcode character pitch is available for CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5. To specify barcode character pitch, insert Character Pitch <P> right before Barcode symbology.
When <P> is omitted, character pitch will be same as narrow space width and multiple of the narrow bar.
Command Ratio
Narrow space width
<P> specification
Character pitch
Narrow bar width is 1
Narrow bar width is 2
Nil
1
2
<P>0
1
2
<B>
1:3
1
<P>1 <P>2
1 2
2 4
<P>3
3
6
<P>4
4
8
2. Refer to the code list of each barcode for the print data.
[Remarks] 1. If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be printed. 2. A barcode that exceeds the printable area will not be printed. 3. When narrow bar is enlarged, the barcode may exceed the printable area and may not be printed. 4. The scanner may not read the barcode with a valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner. 5. Specify the narrow bar width by considering the scanner readability and the head density. 203 dpi 2 dots or more 305 dpi 2 dots or more 609 dpi: 4 dots or more 6. Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> in case of scanner reading problem. 7. If the Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR(NW-7) or CODE39 specification, the barcode will be printed; however, the scanner cannot read it. 8. If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN13 or JAN/EAN8 specification, set the correct calculated value. The barcode will be printed even when the data includes improper check digit; however, the scanner cannot read it.
94
9.2 Barcode
9.2 ESC+D Barcode (Ratio 1:2)
Barcode (Ratio 1:2)
ESC+D
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
D <44>16
Parameter abbcccnn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the barcode of narrow and wide bar width ratio 1:2.
[Format] <D>abbcccnn
Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data]
= Refer to the table below. = 01 to 36 dots = 001 to 999 dots = Data
Barcode symbology (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode symbology.)
A Barcode symbology
Description
0 CODABAR(NW-7)
Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Characters are [A,B,C,D,E,N,T,a,b,c,d,e,n,t]. However, the reading result of [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t] will be [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A.] e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODABAR(NW-7) for the print data.
1 CODE39
Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Character is [*]. e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODE39 for the print data.
2 ITF
Specify print data in even-numbered digit. If specifying in odd-numbered digit, "0" will be added to the head of print data. Refer to the code list of the ITF for the print data.
3 JAN/EAN13
The barcode will have a guard bar and no HRI. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN13 for the print data.
4 JAN/EAN8
The barcode will have a guard bar and no HRI. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN8 for the print data.
5 Industrial 2of5
Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Industrial 2of5 for the print data.
6 Matrix 2of5
Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Matrix 2of5 for the print data.
H UPC-A
The barcode will have a guard bar and no HRI. Refer to the code list of the UPC-A for the print data.
Ratio
1:2
1:2
1:2 Fixed Fixed
1:2 1:2 Fixed
95
[Coding Example 1] Barcode symbology : CODABAR(NW-7) Print data : A1234A
<A> <V>100<H>100<D>003120A1234A <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120
[Coding Example 2] Barcode symbology : ITF Print data : 98002345678163
<A> <V>100<H>100<D>20208098002345678163 <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 02 Height of barcode : 080
[Coding Example 3] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Print data : 20123948573
<A> <V>240<H>100<D>H0312020123948573 <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120
[Notes]
1. Barcode character pitch is available for CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5. To
specify barcode character pitch, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode symbology.
When <P> is omitted, character pitch will be same as narrow space width and multiple of the narrow bar.
e.g.)
Command Ratio
Narrow space width
<P> specification
Character pitch
Narrow bar width is 1
Narrow bar width is 2
Nil
1
2
<P>0
1
2
<D>
1:2
1
<P>1 <P>2
1 2
2 4
<P>3
3
6
<P>4
4
8
2. Refer to the code list of each barcode for the print data.
[Remarks] 1. If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be printed. 2. A barcode that exceeds the printable area will not be printed. 3. When narrow bar is enlarged, the barcode may exceed the printable area and may not be printed. 4. The scanner may not read the barcode with a valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner. 5. Specify the narrow bar width by considering the scanner readability and the head density. 203 dpi: 2 dots or more 305 dpi: 2 dots or more 609 dpi: 4 dots or more 6. Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> in case of scanner reading problem. 7. If the Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR(NW-7) or CODE39 specification, the printing of barcode will be performed; however, the scanner cannot read it. 8. If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN13 or JAN/EAN8 specification, set the correct calculated value. The barcode will be printed even when the data includes improper check digit; however, the scanner cannot read it.
96
9.3 Barcode
9.3 ESC+D~ESC+d Barcode (Selection of
BarHcRoI) de (Selection of HRI)
ESC+D ~ ESC+d
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
D ~ d
Parameter
<44>16 ~ Character type abbcccn~n + <d>n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying character type of human readable information (HRI) for barcode.
[Format] <D>abbcccn~n + <d>n~n
Parameter a[Barcode symbology]
b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data]
= 3 : JAN/EAN13 4 : JAN/EAN8 H : UPC-A
= Valid range : 01 to 36 dots = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots = Barcode data
d[Character type specification] n[Print data]
= OA OB XU XS XM XB XL U S M WB WL
= HRI data
[Coding Example] Barcode symbology : EAN13 Barcode data : 4902471000793 HRI data : 4902471000793
<A> <V>100<H>200<D>3031204902471000793 <XU>4902471000793 <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 03 Character type : XU
Height of barcode: : 120
[Notes] 1. Adds HRI with specified character type. 2. When the data other than specified value is set, printing will not be performed. When the barcode enlargement ratio is small and character type is large, HRI may be overlapped with each other. 3. The product will lay out HRI properly. 4. HRI for JAN/EAN8, JAN/EAN13 and UPC-A requires the following terms. For 8 dots/mm (203 dpi), [02] and [03] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 12 dots/mm (305 dpi), [03] and [04] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 24 dots/mm (609 dpi), [06], [07] and [08] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. 5. HRI will not be printed when barcode is an erroneous for barcode with HRI. 6. When <P> or <L> is specified (<P>02<d>nn,<L><d>nn), HRI will not be printed.
97
9.4 Barcode
9.4 ESC+BD Barcode (Ratio 2:5)
Barcode (Ratio 2:5)
ESC+BD
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BD <42>16<44>16
Parameter abbcccnn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between itemss
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the barcode of narrow and wide bar width ratio 2:5.
[Format] <BD>abbcccn~n
Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data]
= Refer to the table below = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots = Data
Barcode symbology (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode symbology.)
A
Barcode symbology
Description
0 CODABAR(NW-7)
Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Characters are [A,B,C,D,E,N,T,a,b,c,d,e,n,t]. However, the reading result of [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t] will be [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A.] e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODABAR(NW-7) for the print data.
1 CODE39
Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Character is [*]. e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODE39 for the print data.
2 ITF
Specify print data in even-numbered digit. If specifying in odd-numbered digit, "0" will be added to the head of print data. Refer to the code list of the ITF for the print data.
3 JAN/EAN13
The barcode will have a guard bar and HRI. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN13 for the print data.
4 JAN/EAN8
The barcode will have a guard bar and HRI. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN8 for the print data.
5 Industrial 2 of 5
Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Industrial 2of5 for the print data.
6 Matrix 2 of 5
Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Matrix 2of5 for the print data.
H UPC-A
The barcode will have a guard bar and HRI. Refer to the code list of the UPC-A for the print data.
Ratio
2:5
2:5
2:5 Fixed Fixed
2:5 2:5 Fixed
98
[Coding Example 1] Barcode symbology : CODABAR(NW-7) Print data : A1234A
<A> <V>100<H>100<BD>003120A1234A <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120
[Coding Example 2] Barcode symbology : ITF Print data : 98002345678163
<A> <V>100<H>100<BD>20212098002345678163 <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120
[Coding Example 3] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Print data : 20123948573
<A> <V>240<H>100<BD>H0312020123948573 <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120
[Notes] 1. Barcode character pitch is available for CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5. To specify barcode character pitch, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode symbology. When <P> is omitted, character pitch will be same as narrow space width.
Command Ratio
<BD>
2:5
Narrow space width
2
<P> specification
Nil <P>0 <P>1 <P>2 <P>3 <P>4
Character pitch
Narrow bar width is 1
Narrow bar width is 2
2
4
2
4
1
2
2
4
3
6
4
8
2. Refer to the code list of each barcode for the print data. 3. The below condition is necessary for the HRI of JAN/EAN8, JAN/EAN13 and UPC-A.
The head density is 203 dpi (8 dots/mm): HRI is printed only if the narrow bar is [02] and [03] The head density is 305 dpi (12 dots/mm): HRI is printed only if the narrow bar is [03] and [04] The head density is 609 dpi (24 dots/mm): HRI is printed only if the narrow bar is [06], [07] and [08] Automatic HRI printing is will not be implemented when the value other than above is specified.
[Remarks] 1. If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be printed. 2. A barcode that exceeds the printable area will not be printed. 3. Increasing the narrow bar width may exceed the printable area. 4. The scanner may not read the barcode with a valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner. 5. Specify the narrow bar width by considering the scanner readability and the head density. 6. Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> in case of scanner reading problem. 7. If the Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR(NW-7) or CODE39 specification, the printing of barcode will be performed; however, the scanner cannot read it. 8. If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN13 or JAN/EAN8 specification, set the correct calculated value. The barcode will be printed even when the data includes improper check digit; however, the scanner cannot read it.
99
9.5 Barcode
9.5 ESC+BT Registration of Bar Width
RegisRtartaiotion of Bar Width Ratio
ESC+BT
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BT <42>16<54>16
Parameter abbccddee
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specifying the bar width ratio of narrow and wide bars.
[Format] <BT>abbccddee
Parameter a[Barcode symbology]
b[Narrow space]
=
c[Wide space]
=
d[Narrow bar]
=
e[Wide bar]
=
= 0 : CODABAR(NW-7) 1 : CODE39 2 : ITF 5 : Industrial 2 of 5 6 : Matrix 2 of 5
Valid range : 01 to 99 dots Valid range : 01 to 99 dots Valid range : 01 to 99 dots Valid range : 01 to 99 dots
[Coding Example] Barcode symbology : CODE39 Narrow space : 03
Narrow bar : 03
Wide bar : 05
<A>
<BT>103050305
<V>100<H>200<BW>01233*ABCD*
<Q>2
<Z>
Wide space : 05
[Notes] 1. To print barcode with specified ratio, insert Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio <BW> after this command. 2. When <BW> and Print Quantity <Q> are not specified, only the registration of bar width ratio of narrow and wide bars will be performed. 3. Only one ratio can be registered. 4. If the data other than specified is set, this will not be registered due to command error.
100
9.6 Barcode
9.6 PESrCin+BtWof BParirnct oodf eBwarictohde with RegRisetegreidsRtaetrioed Ratio
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BW <42>16<57>16
Parameter aabbbn~n
ESC+BW
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the barcode registered with Registration of Bar Width Ratio <BT>.
[Format] <BW>aabbbn~n
Parameter
a[Narrow bar width] =
b[Height of barcode] =
n[Print data]
=
Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots Barcode data
[Coding Example] Narrow bar width : 02 <A> <BT>103060306 <V>100<H>200<BW>02120*ABCD* <Q>2 <Z>
Height of barcode : 120
[Notes] 1. Barcode character pitch is available for CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5. To specify barcode character pitch, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode symbology. When <P> is omitted, character pitch will be as same as narrow space width.
Command Ratio
Narrow space width
<P> specification
Character pitch
Narrow bar width is 1
Narrow bar width is 2
Nil
3
6
<P>0
3
6
<BT>
3:5
3
<P>1 <P>2
1 2
2 4
<P>3
3
6
<P>4
4
8
2. If there is no Registration of Bar Width Ratio <BT>, barcode based on pre-registered bar width ratio of narrow and
wide bars will be printed. Note that specification of <BT> is required beforehand to print.
3. Refer to the code list of each barcode for the print data.
[Remarks] 1. If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be printed. 2. A barcode that exceeds the printable area will not be printed. 3. When narrow bar is enlarged, the barcode may exceed the printable area and may not be printed. 4. The scanner may not read the barcode with a valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner. 5. Specify the narrow bar width by considering the scanner readability and the head density. 6. Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> in case of scanner reading problem. 7. If the Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR(NW-7) or CODE39 specification, the printing of barcode will be performed; however, the scanner cannot read it.
101
CODABAR(NW-7) - Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 1 1
1 A
a
0 0 1 0 2
2 B
b
0 0 1 1 3
3 C
c
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
5 E
e
0 1 1 0 6
6
0 1 1 1 7
7
1 0 0 0 8
8
1 0 0 1 9
9
1 0 1 0A
* :
1 0 1 1B
+
1 1 0 0C
1 1 0 1D
-
1 1 1 0 E
N
n
1 1 1 1 F
/
* 0x20(SP) cannot be used, however, an error will not occur when it is specified and black will be printed.
102
CODE39 - Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0
P
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ
0 0 1 0 2
2 BR
0 0 1 1 3
3 C S
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DT
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EU
0 1 1 0 6
6 F V
0 1 1 1 7
7 GW
1 0 0 0 8
8 H X
1 0 0 1 9
9 I Y
1 0 1 0A
*
J Z
1 0 1 1B
+
K
1 1 0 0C
L
1 1 0 1D
-
M
1 1 1 0 E
N
1 1 1 1 F
/
O
103
9.7 Barcode
9.7 GESSC1+-B1I28(UCGCS/1E-1A28N(U1C2C8/E)AN128) (St(aStnanddaarrddCaCrtaonrtIDoOnnIlyD) Only)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BI <42>16<49>16
Parameter aabbbcn~n
ESC+BI
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) barcode for Standard Carton ID.
[Format] <BI>aabbbcnn
Parameter
a[Narrow bar width]
=
b[Height of barcode]
=
c[Barcode expository font specification]=
n[Print data]
=
Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots 0: No HRI 1: HRI is available (Top of barcode) 2: HRI is available (Bottom of barcode) Barcode data (Fixed 17 digits)
Refer to the code list of the GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) for the print data. EAN128 (Barcode for standard carton ID) - Identifier of sequence code for transportation container - Package type - Country code, manufacturer code - Sequence number of shipment container - C/D * Specify the 17-digit data without C/D because C/D is automatically added.
[Coding Example 1] Narrow bar width: 05, barcode height: 080, HRI: yes (in the bottom) Print data: 12345678901234567
<A> <V>100<H>200<BI>05080212345678901234567 <Q>2 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] Narrow bar width: 04, barcode height: 150, HRI: no Print data: 123456789+ calendar data (refer to the enhanced calendar printing <WU>)
<A> <V>100<H>200 <BI>041500<WU>123456789>ZDDMMYYhh>Z <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This is UCC128 code only for the standard carton ID. When printing EAN128 that is used for medical services, fresh products, and horticultures, please specify the application identifier according to the application, or specify the print data by separators by using CODE128 barcode command <BG>. 2. Start character code, function character, end character code and identifier (only "00" is supported) are automatically added. 3. Modulus10 check character and modulus 103 check character are automatically produced. 4. Sequential numbering of the barcode data is available. 5. The line pitch between barcode and HRI font is fixed to 10 dots. 6. When the width of the HRI is wider than the barcode width, the HRI is printed from the print start position of the barcode. 7. When the width of the HRI is narrower than the barcode width, the HRI is printed in the center position of the barcode. 8. The font type of the HRI is OCR-B. 9. When the HRI exceeded the printable area, it will not be printed. When barcode with HRI is specified, specify the vertical position <V> and horizontal position <H> by considering the HRI printing. 10. When other than 0, 1, or 2 is specified as the barcode HRI font, it will be the same as the barcode HRI font specification "0".
104
ITF Matrix 2of5 Industrial 2of5 UPC-A, EAN8 EAN13, UPC-E GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) MSI code list
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 1 1
1
0 0 1 0 2
2
0 0 1 1 3
3
0 1 0 0 4
4
0 1 0 1 5
5
0 1 1 0 6
6
0 1 1 1 7
7
1 0 0 0 8
8
1 0 0 1 9
9
1 0 1 0A
1 0 1 1B
1 1 0 0C
1 1 0 1D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
105
9.8 Barcode
9.8 ESC+BC CODE93 Barcode
CODE93 Barcode
ESC+BC
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BC <42>16<43>16
Parameter aabbbccn~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying CODE93 barcode.
[Format] <BC>aabbbccnn
Parameter
a[Narrow bar width] =
b[Height of barcode] =
c[Digit No. of data] =
n[Print data]
=
Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots Valid range : 01 to 99 Barcode data (Refer to the CODE93 - Code Table)
[Coding Example] Narrow bar width : 02
Height of barcode : 120 Digit No : 12 Print
data
:
ABCD123456xy
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BC>0212012ABCD123456xy
<Q>2
<Z>
[Notes] 1. C/D is an auto-generation. 2. Start code and stop code is automatically added. 3. Maximum entry digit number of data is 99. 4. [Digit No. of data] and No. of input data has to be equal. 5. Command error will occur when No. of input data and [Digit No. of data] is not matching.
106
CODE93 - Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ a q
0 0 1 0 2
" 2BRb r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
' 7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+K k
1 1 0 0C
< L \ l
1 1 0 1D
- = Mm
1 1 1 0 E
> Nn -
1 1 1 1 F
/ O o DEL
00H to 7FH are available in CODE93.
107
9.9 Barcode
C9.9ODEESC1+2B8G (12C8OADE, 11228 8B(12,81A,281C28)B, 128C) BarBcoadercode
ESC+BG
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BG <42>16<47>16
Parameter aabbbn~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying CODE128 barcode.
[Format] <BG>aabbbn~n
Parameter
a[Narrow bar width] =
b[Height of barcode] =
n[Print data]
=
Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots Barcode data (Refer to the CODE128 - Code Table)
[Coding Example]
Narrow bar width : 02 Height of barcode : 120
A)
<A>
<V>100<H>200<BG>02120>GABCD123456
<Q>2
<Z>
Print data : ABCD123456 (START CODE
[Notes]
1. Specify [START CODE] at the head of print data.
(1) START CODE A = [>G]
(2) START CODE B = [>H]
(3) START CODE C = [>I]
2. C/D is an auto-generation.
3. (1) When using "START CODE C", specify print data in even-numbered digit.
(2) When "START CODE C" is set to print data in odd - number digits, specify "START CODE A" or "B" to change
the first one character of print data. And then specify the rest of data with "Code Set Character C" to change it
to even-numbered digit.
e.g.1) 15 digits [123456789012345]
<B>1<C>23456789012345.
e.g.2) 9 digits / Alphanumeric 6 digits [123456789ABC123] <C>12345678<B>9ABC123.
(3) If using "START CODE C" to specify odd-numbered digit, "0" will be added to the tail of print data before
printing.
(4) Note that when the LEGACY COMMAND SUPPORT is on and specify odd-numbered digit with START CODE
C, "0" will be added to the tail of the print data and printed.
(5) When start character is omitted, data will be printed with "START CODE B".
108
CODE128 - Code Table
VALUE
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
Code A
SP " # $ % & ' ( ) * + / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : < = > [Important] - 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Code B
SP " # $ % & ' ( ) * + / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : < = > [Important] - 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P
Code C
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
109
VALUE
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97
Code A Q R S T U V W X Y Z
NUL >SP SOH >
STX >" ETX ># EOT >$ ENQ >% ACK >& BEL >' BS >( HT >) LF >* VT >+ FF > CR >SO > SI >/ DLE >0 DC1 >1 DC2 >2 DC3 >3 DC4 >4 NAK >5 SYN >6 ETB >7 CAN >8 EM >9 SUB >: ESC > FS >< GS >= RS >> US > FNC3 >@ FNC2 >A
Code B Q R S T U V W X Y Z
` >SP a > b >" c ># d >$ e >% f >&
g >' h >( i >) j >* k >+ l > m >n > o >/ p >0 q >1 r >2 s >3 t >4 u >5 v >6 w >7 x >8 y >9 z >: > >< >= >> DEL > FNC3 >@ FNC2 >A
Code C
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97
110
VALUE
98 99 100 101 102
103 104 105
Code A
SHIFT >B Code-C >C Code-B >D FNC4 >E FNC1 >F
START CODE A >G B >H C >I
Code B
SHIFT >B Code-C >C FNC4 >D Code-A >E FNC1 >F
Code C
98 99 Code-B >D Code-A >E FNC1 >F
[Important] 1. Send [START CODE] by all means. 2. [STOP CODE] will be automatically added in the internal product. 3. For the specification of code higher than Value 64 in Code A and Code B, specify it as a two-character code with the addition of [>]. 4. Specification code [>] is described as [>J].
111
9.10 Barcode
9.10 ESC+BP POSTNET
POSTNET
ESC+BP
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BP <42>16<50>16
Parameter nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying POSTNET.
[Format] <BP>n~n
Parameter n =
Print data (refer to the POSTNET code table) Note that the digits other than specified below are not allowed. - 5 digits (POSTNET-32 format) - 6 digits (POSTNET-37 format) - 9 digits (POSTNET-52 format) - 11 digits (POSTNET-62 Delivery Point format)
[Coding Example] Postal code : 11 digits: <A> <V>100<H>200<BP>01234567890 <Q>2 <Z>
01234567890
[Notes] 1. If specifying the value other than 5, 6, 9, and 11 digits for print data, it will be ignored. 2. Only numeric can be specified as print data. Refer to the POSTNET - Code Table.
112
POSTNET - Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 1 1
1
0 0 1 0 2
2
0 0 1 1 3
3
0 1 0 0 4
4
0 1 0 1 5
5
0 1 1 0 6
6
0 1 1 1 7
7
1 0 0 0 8
8
1 0 0 1 9
9
1 0 1 0A
1 0 1 1B
1 1 0 0C
1 1 0 1D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
113
9.11 Barcode
9.11 ESC+BF
UPC Add-on Code
UPC(BAOdOdK-LoAnNDC) ode (BOOKLAND)
ESC+BF
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BF <42>16<46>16
Parameter aabbbn~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify UPC Add-on code (BOOKLAND)
[Format] <BF>aabbbn~
Parameter
a[Narrow bar width] =
b[Height of barcode] =
n[Print data]
=
Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots Numeric (0 to 9) : 2, 5 digits
[Coding Example] Narrow bar width : 03
Height of barcode : 120
<A>
<H>325<V>725<BD>H0315009827721123
<H>640<V>760<BF>0312021826
<H>655<V>730<OB>21826
<Q>1
<Z>
[Notes] 1. The specified barcodes that are other than 2-digit or 5-digit will not be printed. 2. Only numeric can be specified as print data. Refer to the BOOKLAND - Code Table. 3. There is no auto HRI specification. 4. When UPC Add-on code <BF> only is printed, it will not be readable. It is readable only if UPC Add-on is printed with UPC code.
114
UPC Add-on barcode - Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 1 1
1
0 0 1 0 2
2
0 0 1 1 3
3
0 1 0 0 4
4
0 1 0 1 5
5
0 1 1 0 6
6
0 1 1 1 7
7
1 0 0 0 8
8
1 0 0 1 9
9
1 0 1 0A
1 0 1 1B
1 1 0 0C
1 1 0 1D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
115
9.12 Barcode
9.12 ESCU+BPLC-AUPBC-AarcBoardcoede (Without HRI) (Without HRI)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BL <42>16<4C>16
Parameter aabbcccn~n
ESC+BL
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Adjusting the barcode character height of the first and the last digits to the same as that of the guide bar.
[Format] <BL>abbcccn~n
Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data]
= H = Valid range = Valid range = Data
: UPC-A ('H' fixed) : 01 to 36 dots : 001 to 999 dots : 11 fixed digits
[Coding Example] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Print data : 01234567890
<A> <H>100<V>100<BL>H0312001234567890 <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 03
Height of barcode : 120
[Notes] 1. This command supports UPC-A only. When setting [Barcode symbology] to the value other than `H', command error will occur. 2. Settings for guide bar, HRI and Ratio are as follows.
Guide bar Available
HRI Not available
Ratio Fixed
3. The operation when invalid parameters are specified is not guaranteed. 4. The height of the character barcode is the same when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <D>, however,
the height of the first digit and the last digit of the character code will be the same as the guide bar when printing with UPC-A barcode command <BL>.
Guide bar Character barcode
Character barcode Guide bar
Guide bar Character barcode
Character barcode Guide bar
First digit
Last digit
Print result by barcode command <D>
First digit
Last digit
Print result by UPC-A barcode command <BL>
116
9.13 Barcode
9.13 ESCU+BPL~CE-SAC+Bd arcUoPdCe-A Barcode (Se(lSecetiolencoftiHoRnI) of HRI)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BL~ <42>16<4C>16~ Character type
Parameter abbcccn~n~<d>n~n
ESC+BL ~ ESC+d
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Adjusting the barcode character height of the first and the last digits to the same as that of the guide bar.
[Format] <BL>abbcccn~n ~ <d>n~n
Parameter
a[Barcode symbology]
=
b[Narrow bar width]
=
c[Height of barcode]
=
n[Print data]
=
d[Character type specification] =
n[Print data]
=
H Valid range Valid range Data OA OB XU XS XM XB XL U S M WB WL HRI data :
: UPC-A ('H' fixed) : 01 to 36 dots : 001 to 999 dots : 11 fixed digits
12 fixed digits
[Coding Example] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Barcode data : 01234567890
<A> <H>100<V>100<BL>H0212001234567890 <XS>01234567890 <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 02 Character type : XS
Height of barcode : 120 HRI data : 01234567890
117
[Notes] 1. This command supports UPC-A only. When setting [Barcode symbology] to the value other than `H', command error will occur. 2. HRI requires the following terms. For 8 dots/mm, [02] and [03] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 12 dots/mm, [03] and [04] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 24 dots/mm, [06], [07] and [08] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. 3. Please set the correct calculation for the check digit that is the 12th digit of the HRI data by using modulus10. 4. Settings for guide bar, HRI and Ratio are as follows.
Guide bar Available
HRI Available
Ratio Fixed
5. The operation when invalid parameters are specified is not guaranteed. 6. HRI will not be printed when barcode is an error for barcode with HRI. 7. The height of the character barcode is the same when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <D> followed
by <character type> data, however, the height of the first digit and the last digit of the character code will be the same as the guide bar when printing with UPC-A barcode command <BL> followed by <character type> data. Also, HRI can be printed from below the first digit to the last digit because the height of the barcode is shorter when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <D> followed by <character type> data, however, the printable area of HRI will be narrower compared to the barcode command <d> followed by <character type> data when printing UPC-A with UPC-A barcode command <BL> followed by <character type> data because the first digit and the last digit's height is longer.
GuGidueidbeabr ar Character barcode
GuGidueidbeabr ar Character barcode
GuGidueidbeabr ar Character barcode
GuGidueidbearbar Character barcode
First digit
Last digit
Print result of UPC-A of barcode command <D> followed by <character type> data
First digit
Last digit
Print result of UPC-A of UPC-A barcode command <BL> followed by <character type> data
118
9.14 Barcode
9.14 ESCU+BPMC-UAPCB-AaBracrcooddee(With HRI) (With HRI)
ESC+BM
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BM <42>16<4D>16
Parameter abbcccn~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Adjusting the barcode character height of the first and the last digits to the same as that of the guide bar.
[Format] <BM>abbcccn~n
Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data]
= H = Valid range = Valid range = Data
: UPC-A ('H' fixed) : 01 to 36 dots : 001 to 999 dots : 11 fixed digits
[Coding Example] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Print data : 20123948573
<A> <H>100<V>100<BM>H0212020123948573 <Q>2 <Z>
Narrow bar width : 02
Height of barcode : 120
[Notes] 1. This command supports UPC-A only. When setting [Barcode symbology] to the value other than `H', command error will occur. 2. HRI requires the following terms. For 8 dots/mm, [02] and [03] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 12 dots/mm, [03] and [04] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 24 dots/mm, [06], [07] and [08] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. Automatic HRI printing is will not be implemented when the value other than above is specified. 3. Settings for guide bar, HRI and Ratio are as follows.
Guide bar Available
HRI Available
Ratio Fixed
4. The operation when invalid parameters are specified is not guaranteed. 5. The height of the character barcode is the same when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <BD>, however,
the height of the first digit and the last digit of the character code will be the same as the guide bar when printing with UPC-A barcode command <BM>. Also, HRI can be printed from below the first digit to the last digit because the height of the barcode is shorter when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <BD>, however, the printable area of HRI will be narrower when printing UPC-A with UPC-A barcode command <BM> because the first digit and the last digit's height is longer.
Guide bar Character barcode
Guide bar Character barcode
Guide bar Character barcode
Guide bar Character barcode
First digit
Last digit
Print result by barcode command <BD>
First digit
Last digit
Print result by UPC-A barcode command <BM>
119
9.15 Barcode
9.15 ESC+EU Composite Symbol
Composite Symbol
ESC+EU
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
EU <45>16<55>16
Parameter aabb(cc)(ddd) n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify composite symbol EAN and UCC.
[Format 1] <EU>aabbccnn
Parameter a[Composite symbol] =
b[Narrow bar width] = c[Segment width] =
n[Print data]
=
01 : GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 02 : GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 03 : GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 04 : GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B) 05 : GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 06 : GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC/B) / GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B) 07 : UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 08 : UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 09 : EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 10 : EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
01 ~ 12 (dots) 02 ~ 22 (even numbers only)
* Supported only for DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) data
The maxim digit available for 1D data GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) / GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B) UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B) UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B) Specify the 1D data in the format of "XX00000XXX"(X is variables). EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
13 digits 13 digits 13 digits 13 digits 13 digits
74 digits
11 digits Fixed to 10 digits
12 digits 7 digits
* Check digit is automatically calculated and added. * Separate the 1D data and 2D data with '|'(7CH) when specifying composite symbol printing.
Data = 1D data| 2D data * It is necessary to specify the data of GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) in 1 to 16 digits of the GS1 DataBar
Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC=B). * It is possible to input up to 74 digits for numeric and up to 41 digits for alphabet including the data of GS1 DataBar
Composite (CC-A/CC-B) for the GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/C-B). (It is possible to input up to 41 digits for alphanumeric including GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) data) * 0 is added before the data when the specified data are less than the maximum digit for 1D data. * It is possible to input up to 338 digits for 2D data, however, the maximum input digit varies depending on the barcode type. * The barcode may exceed the printable area depending on the data or data digit. The barcode may not be read in that case. Please adjust the data so that the whole barcode can be printed in the printable area. * The input digit of the UPC-A Composite is 11 digits only, however, EAN14 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) will be printed when 12 digits has been input to maintain compatibility.
120
[Format 2] <EU>aabbcccnn
Parameter a[Composite symbol] =
11 :
GS1-128 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)
b[Narrow bar width] = c[Barcode height] =
12 : GS1-128 Composite (CC-C) 01 ~ 12 (dots) 001 ~ 500 (dots)
* Specify the barcode height when the narrow bar width is 01.
The barcode height will be 300 dots when the narrow bar is 03, and barcode height is 100.
n[Print data]
= barcode data (up to 236 digits for 1D and 2D data together)
The maximum digit available for 1D and 2D data (however, there is a limitation for the maximum digit for 1D
data)
GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B
338 digits
GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) with CC-C
2361 digits
The maxim digit available for 1D data
GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B
48 digits
GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) with CC-C
48 digits
* Separate the 1D data and 2D data with '|'(7CH) when specifying composite symbol printing.
Data = 1D data| 2D data
* Please use '#'(23H) when specifying CC-A/B(Micro PDF) or CC-C(PDF417) as the FNC1(GS).
* The 2D data of GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) With CC-A/B can input up to 338 digits.
* When the 2D data of the GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) With CC-A/B is less than 56 digits, it will be CC-A
automatically, and it will be CC-B when it is 57 to 338 digits.
* The digit varies depending on the width of the barcode in GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) With CC-C, and the
maximum digit of the 1D and 2D is 2361 digits.
[Coding Example 1] When using GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>01040361234567890|11990102 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] When using GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>02040361234567890|11990102 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 3] When using GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>03040341234567890|17010200 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 4] When using GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>04040341234567890|17010200 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 5] When using GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>05040351234567890|21ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUV <Q>1 <Z>
121
[Coding Example 6] When using GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>0605220104912345678904 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 7] When using GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>0605020104912345678904 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 8] When using UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>0704331234567890|991234-abcd <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 9] When using UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>08041200000123|15021231 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 10] When using EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>0904331234567890|991234-abcd <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 11] When using EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>10041234567|21A12345678 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 12] When using GS1-128 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>11040260103212345678906|21A1B2C3D4E5F6G7H8 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 13] When using GS1-128 Composite (CC-C) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>120402600030123456789012340|02130123456789 093724#101234567ABCDEFG <Q>1 <Z>
122
[Notes] 1. The format of the parameter varies depending on the 1D barcode type. The segment width can be specified only with DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) (EU06). The barcode height parameter can be specified only with GS1-128(UCC/EAN-128) (EU11, EU12). 2. Composite symbol will not be printed when the data matched to the composite symbol is not set to the data. 3. The print data parameter can be input up to 2361 digits for 1D data and 2D data, however, the data can be specified as 2D data vary according to the 1D barcode type, and conditions such as the alphabet and numeric is mixed in the data. The barcode may not be printed correctly when data exceeded the maximum digit. 4. The size of the composite symbol changes depending on the width of the narrow bar. 5. When the composite symbol exceeded the printable area, the part within the printable area will be printed. The composite symbol may be read correctly by the scanner. 6. According to the specification of composite symbol, the height and width of the 2D code are adjusted by the 1D barcode data. When the width of the 1D barcode is not enough, the composite barcode may not be printed even the data are less than the maximum digit. 7. HRI printing cannot be specified with this command. 8. The rotation command <%> is available, but enlarge command <L> is disabled. 9. Please specify a correct value for YYMMDD when specifying 11(manufactured date), 12(due date for payment), 13(packed date), 15(sell-by date), and 17(warranty date) for application identifier. The print result is not guaranteed when the correct value is not input. 10. Please specify the 2D code data according to the format of the application identifier when GS1 Databar is specified as the barcode type. 11. GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) is automatically stacked according to the segment width and data size, and printed as GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B). 12. The generation module has been changed for the quality improvement. The generated image may be different, however, the reading result is the same.
Composite symbol 2D code-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0
P
p
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ a q
0 0 1 0 2
"2 BR b r
0 0 1 1 3
3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
'7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+ K
k
1 1 0 0C
, <L
l
1 1 0 1D
- =M
m
1 1 1 0 E
> N
n
1 1 1 1 F
/ O o
* Please use '#'(23H) when specifying FNC1.
123
9.16 Barcode
9.16 ESC+BS USPS Barcode
USPS Barcode
ESC+BS
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BS <42>16<53>16
Parameter aabbbccccccdddddddddee
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] USPS code is printed.
[Format] <BS>aabbbccccccddddddddd(ee)
Parameter
a[Barcode ID]
=
b[Service Type ID] =
c[Mailer ID]
=
d[Serial Number] =
e[Routing Code] =
Fixed to 2 digits * Specify 0 to 4 for the second digit. Fixed to 3 digits Fixed to 6 digits Fixed to 9 digits Fixed to 5 digits, 9 digits, or 11 digits (Omissible)
[Coding Example] Barcode ID : 53, Service Type ID : 379, Customer Identifier : 777234 Serial Number: 994544928, Routing Code : 51135759461
<A> <V>100<H>200<BS>5337977723499454492851135759461 <Q>1 <Z>
[Note] Refer to the USPS code table on the next page for the valid parameter.
124
USPS code-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 1 1
1
0 0 1 0 2
2
0 0 1 1 3
3
0 1 0 0 4
4
0 1 0 1 5
5
0 1 1 0 6
6
0 1 1 1 7
7
1 0 0 0 8
8
1 0 0 1 9
9
1 0 1 0A
1 0 1 1B
1 1 0 0C
1 1 0 1D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
125
10 2D Code Commands
10.1 2D Code
10.1 ESC+2D10 PDF417
PDF417
ESC+2D10
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D10 <32>16<44>16<31>16<30>16
Parameter ,aa,bb,c,dd,ee(,f)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying PDF417 of 2D code.
[Format] (For setup) <2D10>,aa,bb,c,dd,ee(,f)
Parameter
a[Minimum module width]
=
b[Minimum module height]
=
c[Security level]
=
d[Number of data codewords per 1 line]=
number of data)
e[Lines per a symbol]
=
number of data)
f [Code type]
=
Valid range: 01~27 (dots)
Valid range: 01~72 (dots)
Valid range: 0~8
Valid range: 01~30
00
: Auto (the width size varies depending on the specified
Valid range: 03~90
00
: Auto (the height size varies depending on the specified
0
: Normal, 0 when omitted (omissible)
1
: Truncated
[Format] (data part) <DN>mmmm,nn
Parameter m[Number of data] n[Print data]
= Valid range: 1~2681 (bytes) = data
[Coding Example 1] Minimum module width: 03 (dots), minimum module height: 09 (dots) Security level: 3, number of data codewords per 1 line: 03, lines per a symbol: 18
<A> <V>100<H>200<2D10>,03,09,3,03,18 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Q>2 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] Minimum module width: 03 (dots), minimum module height: 09 (dots) Security level: 3, number of data codewords per 1 line: 03, Lines per a symbol: 18, code type: truncated
<A> <V>100<H>200<2D10>,03,09,3,03,18,1 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Q>2 <Z>
126
[Notes] 1. Specify the base reference point for PDF417 by using vertical position command <V> and horizontal position command <H>. <V>100<H>200<2D10>*****
200 100
2. The ratio of vertical and horizontal size (aspect ratio) is 1:2 according to the number of data when d=e=00. 3. The printing may not be correct when the number of data specified for d and e does not match. 4. Specify bigger d and e when the specified security level is bigger. 5. Recommended to specify more than 2 dots for 8 dots/mm and 12 dots/mm, and 4 dots for 24 dots/mm because
the minimum module width and minimum module height may not be read by the scanner. 6. The generation module has been changed for the quality improvement. The generated image may be different,
however, the reading result is the same. [Remarks]
1. The sequential numbering is invalid. 2. Print position specification by auto line feed is not available. 3. Print specification o 00H~FFH is available. 4. Format registration is available. 5. Specify bigger minimum module size when improving the print quality. 6. Specify a bigger security level value when improving the scanner readability. 7. The height of the code varies when the data are only alphabet or only numeric, and when the data are
alphanumeric.
127
PDF417-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
! 1 AQa q
0 0 1 0 2
" 2BRb r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
' 7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+ ;K[ k {
1 1 0 0C
, <L \ l |
1 1 0 1D
- =M ] m }
1 1 1 0 E
. >N^ n~
1 1 1 1 F
/ ? O _ o DEL
[00H to 7FH] are available in PDF417.
128
10.2 2D code
10.2 ESC+2D12 Micro PDF417
Micro PDF417
ESC+2D12
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D12
Parameter
<32>16<44>16<31>16<32>16 ,aa,bb,c,dd(,e)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify Micro PDF417.
[Format] (setting part) <2D12>,aa,bb,c,dd(,e)
Parameter
a[Minimum module width]
= Valid range : 01~27 (dots)
b[Minimum module height]
= Valid range : 01~72 (dots)
c[Data codeword number per 1 line](Cols) = Valid range : 1~4
d[Lines per a symbol](Rows)
= Valid range : 2 digits
e[Binary mode specification]
= 0
: Normal, 0 when omitted (Omissible)
1
: Binary mode
[Format] (data part)
<DN>mmmm,nn
: When Binary mode specification is "Binary mode"
<DS>nn
: When Binary mode specification is "Normal"
Parameter m[Number of data] n[Print data]
= Valid range = data
: 0001~0366 (bytes)
[Coding Example] Module width: 02 (dots), minimum module height: 04 (dots) number of data codewords per 1 line: 1, lines per a symbol: 14
<A> <V>100<H>200<2D12>,02,04,1,14 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Lines per a symbol are decided according to the number of data codewords per 1 line. Refer to the "Symbol size and number of data for Micro PDF417" in the next page. 2. Recommended to specify more than 2 dots for 8 dots/mm, 12 dots/mm, and more than 4 dots for 24 dots/mm because the code with the minimum module width and the minimum module height may not be read by a scanner. 3. The generation module has been changed for the quality improvement. The generated image may be different, however, the reading result is the same.
129
* The symbol size of Micro PDF417 is fixed to the following 34 types.
"Symbol size and number of data for Micro PDF417"
Symbol size
The maximum number of data
Cols(c) Rows(d)
Only alphabet
Only numeric
11
6
8
14
12
17
17
18
26
1
20
22
32
24
30
44
28
38
55
8
14
20
11
24
35
14
36
52
2
17
46
67
20
56
82
23
64
93
26
72
105
6
10
14
8
18
26
10
26
38
12
34
49
15
46
67
3
20
66
96
26
90
132
32
114
167
38
138
202
44
162
237
4
14
20
6
22
32
8
34
49
10
46
67
12
58
85
4
15
76
111
20
106
155
26
142
208
32
178
261
38
214
313
44
250
366
Binary mode 3 7 10 13 18 22 8 14 21 27 33 38 43 6 10 15 20 27 39 54 68 82 97 8 13 20 27 34 45 63 85
106 128 150
* Number of characters varies depending of the combination of alphabet (upper case, lower case), numeric and mix of the control code.
130
Micro PDF417-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
! 1 AQa q
0 0 1 0 2
" 2BRb r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
' 7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+ ;K[ k {
1 1 0 0C
, <L \ l |
1 1 0 1D
- =M ] m }
1 1 1 0 E
. >N^ n~
1 1 1 1 F
/ ? O _ o DEL
[00H to FFH] are available in Micro PDF417.
131
10.3 2D code
10.3 ESC+2D20 MaxiCode
MaxiCode
ESC+2D20
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D20
Parameter
<32>16<44>16<32>16<30>16 ,a(,bbb,ccc,dd)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify the MaxiCode.
[Format] (setting part) <2D20>,a(,bbb,ccc,dd)
Parameter a[Mode]
= 2 : 3 : 4 : 6 :
For carrier (numeric) For carrier (alphanumeric) Standard code For reading device
* Please specify the below parameter when mode 2 or 3 is specified.
Please omit the below parameter when mode 4 or 6 is specified.
b[Service class]
= Valid range: 001~999 (numeric)
c[Country code]
= Valid range: 001~999 (numeric)
d[Postal code]
= Valid range: 0~999999999 (mode 2)
000000~999999 (mode 3)
* Maximum 9 digits for mode 2 (only numeric)
Fixed to 6 digits for mode 3 (upper case only for alphabet)
[Format] (data part) <DN>mmmm,nn
Parameter
m[Number of data] = Valid range : 1~138
n[Print data]
= data
* 00H cannot be specified.
Mode
2 3 4 6
Service class
Country code
Postal code
Fixed to 3 digits (Numeric only)
Fixed to 3 digits (Numeric only)
Omit
Maximum 9 digits Fixed to 6 digits (alphanumeric)
The maximum number of print data
Numeric Alphanumeric only
123
84
138
93
[Coding Example] Mode: For carrier (numeric), Service class: 003, country code : 081 Postal code: 123456789
<A> <V>100<H>200<2D20>,2,003,081,123456789 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. The size of the MaxiCode does not vary depending on the number of data. 2. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 3. Specify more than 12 for the print data when mode 4 or 6 is specified. The MaxiCode that print data are equal or less than 11 cannot be read by scanners. 4. The maximum number of print data varies depending on the print data combination when other than alphanumeric code are used for the print data. 5. The generation module has been changed for the quality improvement. The generated image may be different, however, the reading result is the same.
132
MaxiCode-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ a q
0 0 1 0 2
"2 BR b r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
'7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+K k
1 1 0 0C
< L \ l
1 1 0 1D
- = Mm
1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F
> Nn ~
/ O o DEL
[01H to FFH] are available in MaxiCode.
133
10.4 2D code
10.4 ESC+2D30 QR Code (Model 2)
QR Code (Model 2)
ESC+2D30
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D30
Parameter
<32>16<44>16<33>16<30>16 ,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify QR code (model 2)
[Format] (setting part) <2D30>,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
Parameter
a[Error correction level(error correction)] = L
: 7%
M
: 15%
Q
: 25%
H
: 30%
b[Size of a side]
= Valid range : 01~99 (dots)
* Recommend to specify more than 2 dots for 12 dots/mm, and 4 dots for 24 dots/mm for scanner readability.
c[Data setting mode]
= 0
: Manual setting
1
: Auto setting
* Note that the print data specification varies according to this setting.
d[Combine mode]
= 0
: Normal mode
1
: Combine mode
* Please specify the below parameter when combined mode 1 is specified.
Omit the below parameter with the normal mode.
e[Division number of combine mode]
= Valid range : 01 16
* Specify how many divided QR code are to be combined with the combine mode.
f[Sequential number of divided combine mode] = Valid range * Specify what number of divided QR code.
: 01 16
g[Parity data of combine mode]
= Valid range : 00 FF
*Specify the data that is a calculation (exclusive OR) of all divided QR code print data in HEX.
[Format] (data part)
Manual setting (Data setting mode)
<DS>k,nn
* This is used when the input mode is numeric mode, alphanumeric mode and Kanji
code.
<DN>mmmm,nn
* This is used when specified by binary.
Auto setting (Data setting mode)
<DN>mmmm,nn
* The input mode is automatically switched by the input data.
[Format] (version specification)
<QV>pp
* This is used when specifying the version.
Parameter k[Input mode] = 1 : Numeric mode 2 : Alphanumeric mode 3 : Kanji mode(Shift JIS Kanji code)
* Specify this setting only if the manual setting is specified in the data setting mode. * Note that there is a binary specification other than above, however, the data specification command is different.
m [Number of data] = Valid range: 1~2953 * Specify this setting when auto setting in the data setting mode or binary specification in manual setting is specified.
n[Print data] = data
pp [Version] = 0040 (MODEL2) * Use this setting when fix the QR symbol size. When this is not specified, it will be Auto.
It will be Auto when 00 is specified. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. * Refer to the "QR code version specification command" for more details.
134
[Note 1] 1. When Kanji is specified in the <DN>, specify the size of number of Kanji character x2. 2. When auto setting is on and <DN> specification, 80H~9FH and E0H~FFH is treated as Kanji mode and binary cannot be specified.
[Coding Example 1] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal
<A> <V>100<H>200 <2D30>,L,05,0,0 <DS>1,012345 <Q>2 <Z>
[Note 2] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 2. The data specification command in the data part varies according to the setting of the parameter part or specified data contents.
[Coding Example2] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04 Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data setup mode) In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric, Kanji and Binary).
<A> <V>100<H>200 <2D30>,L,04,0,0 <DS>3, <DN>0010,0123456789 <DS>1,123 <Q>1 <Z>
[Note 3] 1. Please specify the data part after the parameter part. Also, specify the data part after the data part continuously. When this fails, printing may not be correct. 2. Make the total number of data (n) less than 7000 bytes in this specification. Also the maximum block number of the continuously specified data part is 200 blocks.
[Coding Example 3] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal, printed with version 5
<A> <V>100<H>200 <2D30>,L,05,0,0 <QV>5 <DS>1,012345 <DN>0004,6789 <Q>1 <Z>
[Note 4] 1. Specify the <QV> command in between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>. 2. When the parameter error occurs, it will be treated as no specification. 3. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. (Please specify the value in the range supported in the model) Setting range (MODEL 1): 00 to 40 4. The command error occurs and the QR code will not be printed when data exceeded the size limit of the specified version data size.
135
QR Code data size table (Model 2)
Version
Error
Correction
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Kanji
L
41
25
10
1
M
34
20
8
21X21
Q
27
16
7
H
17
10
4
L
77
47
20
2
M
63
38
16
25X25
Q
48
29
12
H
34
20
8
L
127
77
32
3
M
101
61
26
29X29
Q
77
47
20
H
58
35
15
L
187
114
48
4
M
149
90
38
33X33
Q
111
67
28
H
82
50
21
L
255
154
65
5
M
202
122
52
37X37
Q
144
87
37
H
106
64
27
L
322
195
82
6
M
255
154
65
41X41
Q
178
108
45
H
139
84
36
L
370
224
95
7
M
293
178
75
45X45
Q
207
125
53
H
154
93
39
L
461
279
118
8
M
365
221
93
49X49
Q
259
157
66
H
202
122
52
L
552
335
141
9
M
432
262
111
53X53
Q
312
189
80
H
235
143
60
L
652
395
167
10
M
513
311
131
57X57
Q
364
221
93
H
288
174
74
Binary
17 14 11
7 32 26 20 14 53 42 32 24 78 62 46 34 106 84 60 44 134 106 74 58 154 122 86 64 192 152 108 84 230 180 130 98 271 213 151 119
Version
Error
Correction
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Kanji
L
772 468 198
11
M
604 366 155
61X61
Q
427 259 109
H
331 200
85
L
883 535 226
12
M
691 419 177
65X65
Q
489 296 125
H
374 227
96
L
1022 619 262
13
M
796 483 204
69X69
Q
580 352 149
H
427 259 109
L
1101 667 282
14
M
871 528 223
73X73
Q
621 376 159
H
468 283 120
L
1250 758 320
15
M
991 600 254
77X77
Q
703 426 180
H
530 321 136
L
1408 854 361
16
M
1082 656 277
81X81
Q
775 470 198
H
602 365 154
L
1548 938 397
17
M
1212 734 310
85X85
Q
876 531 224
H
674 408 173
L
1725 1046 442
18
M
1346 816 345
89X89
Q
948 574 243
H
746 452 191
L
1903 1153 488
19
M
1500 909 384
93X93
Q
1063 644 272
H
813 493 208
L
2061 1249 528
20
M
1600 970 410
97X97
Q
1159 702 297
H
919 557 235
Binary
321 251 177 137 367 287 203 155 425 331 241 177 458 362 258 194 520 412 292 220 586 450 322 250 664 504 364 280 718 560 394 310 792 624 442 338 858 666 482 382
136
Version
Error
Correction
L
21
M
101X101
Q
H
L
22
M
105X105
Q
H
L
23
M
109X109
Q
H
L
24
M
113X113
Q
H
L
25
M
117X117
Q
H
L
26
M
121X121
Q
H
L
27
M
125X125
Q
H
L
28
M
129X129
Q
H
L
29
M
133X133
Q
H
L
30
M
137X137
Q
H
Numeric
2232 1708 1224 969 2409 1872 1358 1056 2620 2059 1468 1108 2812 2188 1588 1228 3057 2395 1718 1286 3283 2544 1804 1425 3517 2701 1933 1501 3669 2857 2085 1581 3909 3035 2181 1677 4158 3289 2358 1782
Alphanumeric
1352 1035
742 587 1460 1134 823 640 1158 1248 890 672 1704 1326 963 744 1853 1451 1041 779 1990 1542 1094 864 2132 1637 1172 910 2223 1732 1263 958 2369 1839 1322 1016 2520 1994 1429 1080
Kanji
572 438 314 248 618 480 348 270 672 528 376 284 721 561 407 315 784 614 440 330 842 652 462 365 902 692 496 385 940 732 534 405 1002 778 559 430 1066 843 604 457
Binary
929 711 509 403 1003 779 565 439 1091 857 611 461 1171 911 661 511 1273 997 715 535 1367 1059 751 593 1465 1125 805 625 1528 1190 868 658 1628 1264 908 698 1732 1370 982 742
Version
Error
Correction
L
31
M
141X141
Q
H
L
32
M
145X145
Q
H
L
33
M
149X149
Q
H
L
34
M
153X153
Q
H
L
35
M
157X157
Q
H
L
36
M
161X161
Q
H
L
37
M
165X165
Q
H
L
38
M
169X169
Q
H
L
39
M
173X173
Q
H
L
40
M
177X177
Q
H
Numeric
4417 3486 2473 1897 4686 3693 2670 2022 4965 3909 2805 2157 5253 4134 2949 2301 5529 4343 3081 2361 5836 4588 3244 2524 6153 4775 3417 2625 6479 5039 3599 2735 6743 5313 3791 2927 7089 5596 3993 3057
Alphanumeric
2677 2113 1499 1150 2840 2238 1618 1226 3009 2369 1700 1307 3183 2506 1787 1394 3351 2632 1867 1431 3537 2780 1966 1530 3729 2894 2071 1591 3927 3054 2181 1658 4087 3220 2298 1774 4296 3391 2420 1852
Kanji
1132 894 634 486
1201 947 684 518
1273 1002
719 553 1347 1060 756 590 1417 1113 790 605 1496 1176 832 647 1577 1224 876 673 1661 1292 923 701 1729 1362 972 750 1817 1435 1024 784
Binary
1840 1452 1030
790 1952 1538 1112
842 2068 1628 1168
898 2188 1722 1228
958 2303 1809 1283
983 2431 1911 1351 1051 2563 1989 1423 1093 2699 2099 1499 1139 2809 2213 1579 1219 2953 2331 1663 1273
137
10.5 2D code
10.5 ESC+2D31 QR Code (Model 1)
QR Code (Model 1)
ESC+2D31
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D31
Parameter
<32>16<44>16<33>16<31>16 ,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify QR code (model 1)
[Format] (setting part) <2D31>,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg)
Parameter
a[Error correction level(error correction)]
= L
: 7%
M
: 15%
Q
: 25%
H
: 30%
b[Size of a side]
= Valid range : 01~99 (dots)
* Recommend to specify more than 2 dots for 12 dots/mm, and 4 dots for 24 dots/mm for scanner
readability.
c[Data setting mode]
= 0
: Manual setting
1
:
Auto setting
* Note that the print data specification varies according to this setting.
d[Combine mode]
= 0
: Normal mode
1
: Combine mode
* Please specify the below parameter when combined mode 1 is specified.
Omit the below parameter with the normal mode.
e[Division number of combine mode]
= Valid range : 01 16
* Specify how many divided QR code are to be combined with the combine mode.
f[Sequential number of divided combine mode] = Valid range : 01 16
* Specify what number of divided QR code.
g[Parity data of combine mode]
= Valid range : 00 FF
* Specify the data that is a calculation (exclusive OR) of all divided QR code print data in HEX.
[Format] (data part)
Manual setting (Data setting mode)
<DS>k,nn
* This is used when the input mode is numeric mode, alphanumeric mode and Kanji code.
<DN>mmmm,nn * This is used when specified by binary.
Auto setting (Data setting mode)
<DN>mmmm,nn * The input mode is automatically switched by the input data.
[Format] (version specification)
<QV>pp
* This is used when specifying the version.
Parameter
k[Input mode]
= 1
: Numeric mode
2
: Alphanumeric mode
3
: Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji code)
* Specify this setting only if the manual setting is specified in the data setting mode.
* Note that there is a binary specification other than above, however, the data specification command is
different.
m [Number of data] = Valid range : 1~486
* Specify this setting when auto setting in the data setting mode or binary specification in manual setting is
specified.
n [Print data]
= data
pp [Version]
= 0040 (MODEL2)
* Use this setting when fix the QR symbol size. When this is not specified, it will be Auto.
It will be Auto when 00 is specified. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40.
* Refer to the "QR code version specification command" for more details.
138
[Note 1] 1. When Kanji is specified in the <DN>, specify the size of number of Kanji character x2. 2. When auto setting is on and <DN> specification, 80H~9FH and E0H~FFH is treated as Kanji mode and binary cannot be specified.
[Coding Example 1] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal
<A> <V>100<H>200 <2D31>,L,05,0,0 <DS>1,012345 <Q>2 <Z>
[Note 2] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 2. The data specification command in the data part varies according to the setting of the parameter part or specified data contents.
[Coding Example 2] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04 Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data setup mode) In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric, Kanji and Binary).
<A> <V>100<H>200 <2D31>,L,04,0,0 <DS>3, <DN>0010,0123456789 <DS>1,123 <Q>1 <Z>
[Note 3] Please specify the data part after the parameter part. Also, specify the data part after the data part continuously. When this fails, printing may not be correct.
[Coding Example 3] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal, printed with version 5
<A> <V>100<H>200 <2D31>,L,05,0,0 <QV>5 <DS>1,012345 <DN>0004,6789 <Q>1 <Z>
[Note 4] 1. Specify the <QV> command in between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>. 2. When the parameter error occurs, it will be treated as no specification. 3. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. (Please specify the value in the range supported in the model) Setting range (MODEL 1): 00 to 14 4. The command error occurs and the QR code will not be printed when data exceeded the size limit of the specified version data size.
139
QR code data size table (Model 1)
Error Version Correction
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Kanji
L
40
24
10
1
M
33
20
8
21X21
Q
25
15
6
H
16
10
4
L
81
49
20
2
M
66
40
17
25X25
Q
52
31
13
H
33
20
8
L
131
79
33
3
M
100
60
25
29X29
Q
81
49
20
H
52
31
13
L
186
113
48
4
M
138
84
35
33X33
Q
114
69
29
H
76
46
19
L
253
154
65
5
M
191
116
49
37X37
Q
157
95
40
H
105
63
27
L
321
194
82
6
M
249
151
64
41X41
Q
201
122
51
H
133
81
34
L
402
244
103
7
M
311
188
80
45X45
Q
253
154
65
H
167
101
43
L
493
299
126
8
M
378
229
97
49X49
Q
301
183
77
H
203
123
52
L
585
354
150
9
M
441
267
113
53X53
Q
369
223
94
H
239
145
61
L
690
418
177
10
M
526
319
135
57X57
Q
433
262
111
H
291
176
74
Binary
17 14 11
7 34 28 22 14 55 42 34 22 78 58 48 32 106 80 66 44 134 104 84 56 168 130 106 70 206 158 126 85 244 184 154 100 287 219 180 121
Error Version Correction
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Kanji
L
800 485 205
11
M
608 368 156
61X61
Q
493 299 126
H
342 207
87
L
915 555 234
12
M
694 421 178
65X65
Q
579 351 148
H
390 236 100
L
1030 624 264
13
M
790 479 202
69X69
Q
656 398 168
H
454 275 116
L
1167 707 299
14
M
877 531 225
73X73
Q
738 447 189
H
498 302 127
Binary
333 253 205 142 381 289 241 162 429 329 273 189 486 365 307 207
140
10.6 2D code
10.6 ESC+2D32 Micro QR Code
Micro QR Code
ESC+2D32
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D32
Parameter
<32>16<44>16<33>16<32>16 ,a,bb,c
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify Micro QR code.
[Format] (setting part) <2D32>,a,bb,c
Parameter
a[Error correction level(error correction)] = L
: 7%
M
: 15%
Q
: 25%
b[Size of a side]
= Valid range : 01~99 (dots)
* Recommend to specify more than 2 dots for 12 dots/mm, and 4 dots for 24 dots/mm for scanner readability.
c[Data setting mode]
= 0
: Manual setting
1
: Auto setting
[Format] (data part)
Manual setting (Data setting mode)
<DS>k,nn
* This is used when the input mode is numeric mode, alphanumeric mode and Kanji
code.
<DN>mmmm,nn
* This is used when specified by binary.
Auto setting (Data setting mode)
<DN>mmmm,nn
* The input mode is automatically switched by the input data.
[Format] (version specification)
<QV>pp
* This is used when specifying the version.
Parameter
k[Input mode]
= 1 : Numeric mode
2 : Alphanumeric mode
3 : Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji code)
* Note that there is a binary specification other than above, however, the data specification command is different.
m [Number of data] = Valid range : 1~15
* Specify this setting only if the auto setting is specified in the data setting mode.
n[Print data]
= data
pp [Version]
= 0040 (MODEL 2)
* Use this setting when fix the QR symbol size. When this is not specified, it will be Auto.
It will be Auto when 00 is specified. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40.
* Refer to the "QR code version specification command" for more details.
[Note 1] 1. When Kanji is specified in the <DN>, specify the size of number of Kanji character x2. 2. When auto setting is on and <DN> specification, 80H~9FH and E0H~FFH is treated as Kanji mode and binary cannot be specified.
[Coding Example 1] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 04 <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D32>,L,04,0 <DS>1,012345 <Q>2 <Z>
[Note 2] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 2. The data specification command in the data part varies according to the setting of the parameter part or specified data contents.
141
[Coding Example2] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04 Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data setup mode) In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric, Kanji, Binary) in a row.
<A> <V>100<H>200 <2D32>,L,04,0 <DS>3, <DN>0010,0123456789 <DS>1,123 <Q>1 <Z>
[Note 3] Please specify the data part after the parameter part. Also, specify the data part after the data part continuously. When this fails, printing may not be correct.
Micro QR code data size table
Version
Error correction
M1 (11×11)
L (Error correction only)
M2
L
(13×13) M
M3
L
(15×15) M
M4 (17×17)
L M Q
Numeric Alphanumeric
5
-
10
6
8
5
23
14
18
11
35
21
30
18
21
13
Kanji
-
6 4 9 8 5
Binary
-
9 7 15 13 9
[Coding Example 3] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal, printed in version M4
<A> <V>100<H>200 <2D32>,L,05,0,0 <QV>4 <DS>1,012345 <DN>0004,6789 <Q>1 <Z>
[Note 4] 1. Specify the <QV> command in between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>. 2. When the parameter error occurs, it will be treated as no specification. 3. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. (Please specify the value in the range supported in the model) Setting range (Micro QR): 00 to 04 4. The command error occurs and the Micro QR code will not be printed when data exceeded the size limit of the specified version data size.
142
QR code (Numeric mode)-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 1 1
1
0 0 1 0 2
2
0 0 1 1 3
3
0 1 0 0 4
4
0 1 0 1 5
5
0 1 1 0 6
6
0 1 1 1 7
7
1 0 0 0 8
8
1 0 0 1 9
9
1 0 1 0A
1 0 1 1B
1 1 0 0C
1 1 0 1D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
143
QR code (Alphanumeric mode)-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0
P
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ
0 0 1 0 2
2 BR
0 0 1 1 3
3 C S
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DT
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EU
0 1 1 0 6
6 F V
0 1 1 1 7
7 GW
1 0 0 0 8
8 H X
1 0 0 1 9
9 I Y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ
1 0 1 1B
+
K
1 1 0 0C
L
1 1 0 1D
-
M
1 1 1 0 E
.
N
1 1 1 1 F
/
O
144
QR code (Binary mode)-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P ` p
0 0 0 1 1
! 1 AQa q
0 0 1 0 2
" 2BRb r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
' 7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+;K[ k {
1 1 0 0C
, <L \ l |
1 1 0 1D
- =M ] m }
1 1 1 0 E
. > N ^ n
1 1 1 1 F
/ ? O _ o DEL
[00H to 7FH], [A0H to DFH] are available in the QR code.
145
QR code (Kanji mode)-Code Table
Symbol
Alphanumeric
Hiragana
Shift JIS 813F 814F 815F 816F 8180 8190 819E 824F 825F 826F 8280 8290 829E 82AE 82BE 82CE 82DE 82EE 833F 834F 835F 836F 8380 8390 839E 83AE 83BE 83CE 843F 844F 845F 846F 8480 8490
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
SP : ´ ¨ - / ...``"" ( ) + ±× ÷ = < > °'" $ % # & * @ §
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z
Katakana
Greek Alphabet
Russian Alphabet
146
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
889E
88AE
88BE
88BE
88CE
88DE
88EE
893F
893F
894F
895F
895F
896F
8980
8990
8990
899E
89AE
89AE
89BE
89CE
89DE
89EE
8A3F
8A4F
8A5F
8A6F
8A80
8A90
8A9E
8AAE
8ABE
8ACE
8ADE
147
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
8ADE
8AEE
8B3F
8B4F
8B5F
8B6F
8B80
8B90
8B9E
8BAE
8BBE
8BCE
8BDE
8BDE
8BEE
8C3F
8C4F
8C4F
8C5F
8C6F
8C80
8C90
8C9E
8CAE
8CBE
8CBE
8CCE
8CDE
8DEE
8D3F
8D4F
8D5F
8D6F
8D80
148
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
8D90
8D9E
8DAE
8DAE
8DBE
8DCE
8DDE
8DEE
8E3F
8E4F
8E5F
8E5F
8E6F
8E80
8E90
8E9E
8EAE
8EBE
8ECE
8EDE
8EEE
8F3F
8F4F
8F5F
8F6F
8F80
8F90
8F9E
8FAE
8FBE
8FCE
8FDE
8FEE
903F
149
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
904F
905F
906F
906F
9080
9090
909E
909E
90AE
90BE
90CE
90DE
90EE
913F
914F
914F
915F
916F
9180
9190
919E
91AE
91AE
91BE
91CE
91DE
91EE
923F
924F
925F
925F
926F
9280
9290
150
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
929E
92AE
92BE
92BE
92CE
92DE
92DE
92EE
933F
934F
935F
935F
936F
9380
9390
939E
93AE
93BE
93CE
93DE
93EE
93EE
943F
943F
943F
944F
944F
945F
945F
946F
9480
9490
949E
94AE
151
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
94BE
94CE
94CE
94DE
94EE
953F
954F
955F
956F
956F
9580
9590
959E
95AE
95AE
95BE
95CE
95CE
95DE
95EE
963F
964F
965F
966F
9680
9690
969E
969E
96AE
96AE
96AE
96BE
96BE
96CE
152
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
96DE
96DE
96EE
96EE
973F
974F
974F
975F
976F
9780
9780
9790
9790
979E
97AE
97BE
97CE
97CE
97DE
97DE
97EE
983F
983F
984F
985F
985F
986F
153
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
989E
989E
989E
989E
989E
989E
98AE
98AE
98AE
98AE
98BE
98CE
98DE
98EE
993F
994F
994F
995F
995F
995F
995F
996F
996F
996F
9980
9980
9980
9990
999E
999E
99AE
99AE
99AE
99AE
154
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
99AE
99BE
99BE
99BE
99BE
99CE
99CE
99CE
99CE
99DE
99EE
9A3F
9A4F
9A5F
9A6F
9A80
9A90
9A90
9A9E
9A9E
9AAE
9ABE
9ACE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9AEE
9B3F
9B4F
9B5F
9B6F
155
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
9B6F
9B6F
9B80
9B90
9B90
9B90
9B90
9B90
9B9E
9B9E
9B9E
9BAE
9BBE
9BCE
9BCE
9BDE
9BDE
9BDE
9BEE
9BEE
9BEE
9BEE
9C3F
9C3F
9C4F
9C4F
9C4F
9C5F
9C5F
9C5F
9C6F
9C6F
9C80
9C90
156
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
9C9E
9CAE
9CBE
9CCE
9CDE
9CEE
9CEE
9D3F
9D3F
9D3F
9D4F
9D5F
9D6F
9D80
9D90
9D9E
9DAE
9DAE
9DBE
9DBE
9DCE
9DCE
9DCE
9DCE
9DCE
9DDE
9DEE
9E3F
9E3F
9E3F
9E4F
9E4F
9E5F
9E6F
157
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
9E80
9E90
9E9E
9EAE
9EBE
9ECE
9EDE
9EEE
9F3F
9F4F
9F4F
9F5F
9F5F
9F5F
9F6F
9F6F
9F6F
9F6F
9F80
9F80
9F80
9F80
9F90
9F9E
9FAE
9FBE
9FCE
9FDE
9FEE
E03F
E04F
E05F
E06F
E06F
158
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E080
E090
E09E
E09E
E09E
E09E
E0AE
E0AE
E0AE
E0BE
E0CE
E0CE
E0DE
E0EE
E13F
E13F
E14F
E14F
E14F
E14F
E14F
E15F
E15F
E16F
E180
E190
E19E
E19E
E19E
E19E
E1AE
E1AE
E1AE
E1BE
159
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E1CE
E1DE
E1DE
E1DE
E1DE
E1EE
E23F
E23F
E24F
E24F
E24F
E25F
E26F
E26F
E280
E280
E290
E290
E29E
E2AE
E2BE
E2CE
E2DE
E2DE
E2EE
E2EE
E33F
E34F
E35F
E36F
E380
E390
E390
E39E
160
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E39E
E3AE
E3AE
E3BE
E3BE
E3BE
E3CE
E3CE
E3DE
E3DE
E3DE
E3EE
E43F
E44F
E45F
E45F
E45F
E45F
E46F
E46F
E46F
E480
E480
E480
E480
E490
E49E
E4AE
E4BE
E4CE
E4DE
E4EE
E53F
E54F
161
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E55F
E55F
E55F
E56F
E580
E590
E59E
E5AE
E5BE
E5BE
E5BE
E5BE
E5CE
E5DE
E5EE
E63F
E63F
E63F
E64F
E64F
E64F
E65F
E66F
E680
E690
E69E
E69E
E6AE
E6AE
E6AE
E6AE
E6BE
E6BE
E6CE
162
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E6CE
E6DE
E6DE
E6DE
E6EE
E73F
E74F
E74F
E75F
E75F
E76F
E780
E780
E780
E790
E79E
E7AE
E7AE
E7BE
E7BE
E7CE
E7CE
E7CE
E7CE
E7DE
E7EE
E83F
E84F
E85F
E86F
E86F
E880
E890
E890
163
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E89E
E8AE
E8AE
E8AE
E8BE
E8CE
E8CE
E8CE
E8CE
E8DE
E8DE
E8DE
E8DE
E8EE
E8EE
E93F
E93F
E93F
E94F
E95F
E95F
E95F
E95F
E96F
E980
E980
E990
E990
E990
E99E
E99E
E99E
E99E
E9AE
164
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E9AE
E9BE
E9CE
E9DE
E9DE
E9EE
EA3F
EA4F
EA5F
EA5F
EA5F
EA5F
EA6F
EA6F
EA6F
EA6F
EA6F
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA90
EA90
EA90
EA90
165
10.7 2D code
10.7 ESC+2D50 Data Matrix (ECC200)
Data Matrix (ECC200)
ESC+2D50
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D50
Parameter
<32>16<44>16<35>16<30>16 ,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify Data Matrix (ECC200).
[Format] (setting part) <2D50>,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
Parameter
a[Horizontal cell size]
= Valid range : 01 to 99 (dots)
b[Vertical cell size]
= Valid range : 01 to 99 (dots)
c[Number of cells per line] = Valid range : 010 to 144
000
: Auto setting
d[Number of cell lines]
= Valid range
: 008 to 144
000
: Auto setting
[Format] (data part) <DN>mmmm,nn
Parameter
m[Number of data]
= Valid range : 1 to 3116
n[Print data]
= data
* Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH.
* The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not
match.
[Coding Example] Horizontal cell size: 3dots, Vertical cell size: 3dots <A> <V>100<H>200<2D50>,03,03,000,000 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Z>
[Notes] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 2. Specify more than 2 mm blank space around the Data Matrix code as a margin for scanner readability when specifying the print format. 3. Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. The number of data is [0002]. 4. When auto setting (000) is specified in the "number of cells per 1 line" and "number of cell lines", square Data Matrix is printed.
Data format Numeric
Alphanumeric Binary (00H~FFH)
Number of data 3116 2335 1556
166
* The symbol size of Data Matrix (ECC200) is fixed to the following 30 types.
"Symbol size and number of data for Data Matrix (ECC200)"
Symbol size
The maximum value for the data digit
Number of cells Number of per 1 line (c) Cell lines(d)
Number of blocks
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Binary
10
10
1
6
3
1
12
12
1
10
6
3
14
14
1
16
10
6
16
16
1
24
16
10
18
18
1
36
25
16
20
20
1
44
31
20
22
22
1
60
43
28
24
24
1
72
52
34
26
26
1
88
64
42
32
32
4
124
91
60
36
36
4
172
127
84
40
40
4
228
169
112
44
44
4
288
214
142
48
48
4
348
259
172
52
52
4
408
304
202
64
64
16
560
418
278
72
72
16
736
550
366
80
80
16
912
682
454
88
88
16
1152
862
574
96
96
16
1392
1042
694
104
104
16
1632
1222
814
120
120
36
2100
1573
1048
132
132
36
2608
1954
1302
144
144
36
3116
2335
1556
18
8
1
10
6
3
32
8
2
20
13
8
26
12
1
32
22
14
36
12
2
44
31
20
36
16
2
64
46
30
48
16
2
98
72
47
* Numeric, alphanumeric and mix of the control code varies depending on the combined number of characters.
167
Data Matrix (ECC200)-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ a q
0 0 1 0 2
"2 BR b r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
'7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+ K k
1 1 0 0C
< L \ l
1 1 0 1D
- = Mm
1 1 1 0 E
> Nn ~
1 1 1 1 F
/ O o DEL
[00H to FFH] are available in Data Matrix. Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH.
168
10.8 2D code
10.8 ESC+2D51 GS1 Data Matrix
GS1 Data Matirx
ESC+2D51
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D51
Parameter
<32>16<44>16<35>16<31>16 ,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify GS1 Data Matrix.
[Format] (setting part) <2D51>,aa,bb,ccc,ddd
Parameter
a[Horizontal cell size]
= Valid range : 01 to 99 (dots)
b[Vertical cell size]
= Valid range : 01 to 99 (dots)
c[Number of cells per line] = Valid range : 010 to 144
000
: Auto setting
d[Number of cell l lines] = Valid range : 008 to 144
000
: Auto setting
[Format] (data part) <DN>mmmm,nn
Parameter
m [Number of data]
= Valid range : 1~3116
n [Print data]
= data
* Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH.
* Specify [1BH, 1BH] when printing 1BH.
* Specify [1BH, 31H] when printing FNC1.
* The contents of the code will not be guaranteed when parameter other than above is specified or number of print
data does not match.
[Coding Example] Horizontal cell size: 3dots, Vertical cell size: 3dots <A> <V>100<H>200<2D51>,03,03,000,000 <DN>0014,<1B>161100123456789 <Z> * <1B>16 is referring to 1BH in the character code.
[Notes] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of digits in the number of data and print data do not match. 2. Specify more than 2 mm blank space around the Data Matrix code as a margin for scanner readability when specifying the print format. 3. Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. The number of data is [0002]. 4. When [7EH] is specified solely, the command error occurs and the code will not be printed. 5. Specify [1BH, 1BH] when printing 1BH. The number of data is [0002]. 6. Specify [1BH, 31H] when printing FNC1. The number of data is [0002]. 7. When [1BH] is specified solely, the printing and the contents are not guaranteed. 8. When auto setting (000) is specified in the "number of cells per 1 line" and "number of cell lines", square Data Matrix is printed. 9. When the same value other than 000 is specified (manual setting) in the "number of cells per 1 line" and "number of cell lines", square Data Matrix is printed. 10. When different value other than 000 is specified (manual setting) in the "number of cells per 1 line" and "number of cell lines", rectangle Data Matrix is printed. 11. The number of data can be specified in the data part depends on the data format. Available number of data is as follows. (Number of cells is auto setting or the maximum cell number is specified):
Data format
Number of data
Numeric
3116
Alphanumeric
2335
Binary (00H~FFH)
1556
169
12. The symbol may not be read by a scanner when the cell size is smaller. In the above case, specify enough cell size for the scanner.
13. The symbol size available in the GS1 Data Matrix is limited to the 30 types in the below table. Also, the maximum number of data is limited depending on the symbol size. Refer to the "The maximum digit of the number of data" table.
14. Be sure to specify 1BH and 31H at the beginning of the data.
"Symbol size and number of data for GS1 Data Matrix"
Symbol size
Number of cells Cell lines(d) Number of
per 1 line (c)
blocks
10
10
1
12
12
1
14
14
1
16
16
1
18
18
1
20
20
1
22
22
1
24
24
1
26
26
1
32
32
4
36
36
4
40
40
4
44
44
4
48
48
4
52
52
4
64
64
16
72
72
16
80
80
16
88
88
16
96
96
16
104
104
16
120
120
36
132
132
36
144
144
36
18
8
1
32
8
2
26
12
1
36
12
2
36
16
2
48
16
2
The maximum value for the data digit
Numeric
Alphanumeric
Binary
6 10 16 24 36 44 60 72 88 124 172 228 288 348 408 560 736 912 1152 1392 1632 2100 2608 3116
10 20 32 44 64 98
3 6 10 16 25 31 43 52 64 91 127 169 214 259 304 418 550 682 862 1042 1222 1573 1954 2335
6 13 22 31 46 72
1 3 6 10 16 20 28 34 42 60 84 112 142 172 202 278 366 454 574 694 814 1048 1302 1556
3 8 14 20 30 47
* Numeric, alphanumeric and mix of the control code varies depending on the combined number of characters.
170
GS1 Data Matrix-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ a q
0 0 1 0 2
"2 BR b r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTdT
0 1 0 1 5
%5EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
'7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+ K k
1 1 0 0C
< L \ l
1 1 0 1D
- = Mm
1 1 1 0 E
> Nn ~
1 1 1 1 F
/ O o DEL
FNC1
Data n 1BH
Data n+1 31H
00H to FFH are available in GS1 Data Matrix. Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. Specify [1BH, 1BH] when printing 1BH. Specify [1BH, 31H] when printing FNC1.
171
10.9 2D code
10.9 ESC+BQ QRQCRodCeode (Compatible (CCoommmpaantdisb) le Commands)
ESC+BQ
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BQ <42>16<51>16
Parameter
Manual setting abcc,(ddeeff,)g(hhhh)n
Auto setting
abcc,(ddeeff,)n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify the QR Code.
[Format] [Manual setting] [Auto setting]
<BQ>abcc,(ddeeff)g(hhhh)n <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff) n
Parameter
a[Error correction level(error correction)]
b[Combine mode]
c[Size of a side]
Example) cc=04 4 dots
= 1
:
2
:
3
:
4
:
= 0
:
1
:
= Valid range:
7% High density Level(L) 15% Standard Level(M) 30% Ultra High Reliability Level(H) 25% High Reliability Level(Q) Normal mode Combine mode 0199 (dots)
4 dots
Media feed
d[Division number of combine mode]
=
e[Sequential number of divided combine mode] =
f[Parity data of combine mode]
=
g[Character mode]
=
h[Number of data]
=
n[Print data]
=
Valid range : 01 16 Valid range : 01 16 Valid range : 00 FF 1 : Numeric mode 2 : Alphanumeric mode 3 : Binary mode 4 : Kanji mode Valid range : 017366 (dots) data
[Coding Example] Error correction level: 30%, Combine mode: Normal, Size of a side: 10 <A> <V>100<H>200<BQ>3010,112345 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specify the data that is a calculation (exclusive OR) of all divided QR code print data in HEX. 2. It is not necessary to specify the number of data parameter when the character mode is other than the binary mode.
[Important] This command is for existing models. Using QR Code (Model 2) command <2D30> and QR Code (Model 2) command <2D31> is recommended
172
QR Code data size table (for model 1)
Version
Error Correction
Numeric
AlphaNumeric
Kanji
L
40
24
10
1
M
33
20
8
21X21
Q
25
15
6
H
16
10
4
L
81
49
20
2
M
66
40
17
25X25
Q
52
31
13
H
33
20
8
L
131
79
33
3
M
100
60
25
29X29
Q
81
49
20
H
52
31
13
L
186
113
48
4
M
138
84
35
33X33
Q
114
69
29
H
76
46
19
L
253
154
65
5
M
191
116
49
37X37
Q
157
95
40
H
105
63
27
L
321
194
82
6
M
249
151
64
41X41
Q
201
122
51
H
133
81
34
L
402
244
103
7
M
311
188
80
45X45
Q
253
154
65
H
167
101
43
L
493
299
126
8
M
378
229
97
49X49
Q
301
183
77
H
203
123
52
L
585
354
150
9
M
441
267
113
53X53
Q
369
223
94
H
239
145
61
L
690
418
177
10
M
526
319
135
57X57
Q
433
262
111
H
291
176
74
Binary
17 14 11
7 34 28 22 14 55 42 34 22 78 58 48 32 106 80 66 44 134 104 84 56 168 130 106 70 206 158 126 85 244 184 154 100 287 219 180 121
Version
Error Correction
Numeric
AlphaNumeric
Kanji
L
800 485 205
11
M
608 368 156
61X61
Q
493 299 126
H
342 207
87
L
915 555 234
12
M
694 421 178
65X65
Q
579 351 148
H
390 236 100
L
1030 624 264
13
M
790 479 202
69X69
Q
656 398 168
H
454 275 116
L
1167 707 299
14
M
877 531 225
73X73
Q
738 447 189
H
498 302 127
Binary
333 253 205 142 381 289 241 162 429 329 273 189 486 365 307 207
173
QR Code (Numeric mode)-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
0 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 1 1
1
0 0 1 0 2
2
0 0 1 1 3
3
0 1 0 0 4
4
0 1 0 1 5
5
0 1 1 0 6
6
0 1 1 1 7
7
1 0 0 0 8
8
1 0 0 1 9
9
1 0 1 0 A
1 0 1 1 B
1 1 0 0 C
1 1 0 1 D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
174
QR Code (Alphanumeric mode)-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0
P
0 0 0 1 1
1 A Q
0 0 1 0 2
2 B R
0 0 1 1 3
3 C S
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4 D T
0 1 0 1 5
% 5 E U
0 1 1 0 6
6 F V
0 1 1 1 7
7 G W
1 0 0 0 8
8 H X
1 0 0 1 9
9 I Y
1 0 1 0 A
* : J Z
1 0 1 1 B
+
K
1 1 0 0 C
L
1 1 0 1 D
-
M
1 1 1 0 E
.
N
1 1 1 1 F
/
O
175
QR Code (Binary mode)-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P ` p
0 0 0 1 1
! 1 A Q a q
0 0 1 0 2
" 2 B R b r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3 C S c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4 D T d t
0 1 0 1 5
% 5 E U e u
0 1 1 0 6
& 6 F V f v
0 1 1 1 7
' 7 G W g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8 H X h x
1 0 0 1 9
) 9 I Y i y
1 0 1 0 A
* : J Z j z
1 0 1 1 B
+ ; K [ k {
1 1 0 0 C 1 1 0 1 D
,<L \ l| - = M ] m }
1 1 1 0 E
. > N ^ n ~
1 1 1 1 F
/ ? O _ o DEL
[00H to 7FH], [A0H to DFH] are available in the QR code.
176
QR code (Kanji mode)-Code Table
Symbol
Alphanumeric
Hiragana
Shift JIS 813F 814F 815F 816F 8180 8190 819E 824F 825F 826F 8280 8290 829E 82AE 82BE 82CE 82DE 82EE 833F 834F 835F 836F 8380 8390 839E 83AE 83BE 83CE 843F 844F 845F 846F 8480 8490
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
SP : ´ ¨ - / ...``"" ( ) + ±× ÷ = < > °'" $ % # & * @ §
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z
Katakana
Greek Alphabet
Russian Alphabet
177
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
889E
88AE
88BE
88BE
88CE
88DE
88EE
893F
893F
894F
895F
895F
896F
8980
8990
8990
899E
89AE
89AE
89BE
89CE
89DE
89EE
8A3F
8A4F
8A5F
8A6F
8A80
8A90
8A9E
8AAE
8ABE
8ACE
8ADE
178
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
8ADE
8AEE
8B3F
8B4F
8B5F
8B6F
8B80
8B90
8B9E
8BAE
8BBE
8BCE
8BDE
8BDE
8BEE
8C3F
8C4F
8C4F
8C5F
8C6F
8C80
8C90
8C9E
8CAE
8CBE
8CBE
8CCE
8CDE
8DEE
8D3F
8D4F
8D5F
8D6F
8D80
179
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
8D90
8D9E
8DAE
8DAE
8DBE
8DCE
8DDE
8DEE
8E3F
8E4F
8E5F
8E5F
8E6F
8E80
8E90
8E9E
8EAE
8EBE
8ECE
8EDE
8EEE
8F3F
8F4F
8F5F
8F6F
8F80
8F90
8F9E
8FAE
8FBE
8FCE
8FDE
8FEE
903F
180
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
904F
905F
906F
906F
9080
9090
909E
909E
90AE
90BE
90CE
90DE
90EE
913F
914F
914F
915F
916F
9180
9190
919E
91AE
91AE
91BE
91CE
91DE
91EE
923F
924F
925F
925F
926F
9280
9290
181
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
929E
92AE
92BE
92BE
92CE
92DE
92DE
92EE
933F
934F
935F
935F
936F
9380
9390
939E
93AE
93BE
93CE
93DE
93EE
93EE
943F
943F
943F
944F
944F
945F
945F
946F
9480
9490
949E
94AE
182
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
94BE
94CE
94CE
94DE
94EE
953F
954F
955F
956F
956F
9580
9590
959E
95AE
95AE
95BE
95CE
95CE
95DE
95EE
963F
964F
965F
966F
9680
9690
969E
969E
96AE
96AE
96AE
96BE
96BE
96CE
183
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
96DE
96DE
96EE
96EE
973F
974F
974F
975F
976F
9780
9780
9790
9790
979E
97AE
97BE
97CE
97CE
97DE
97DE
97EE
983F
983F
984F
985F
985F
986F
184
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
989E
989E
989E
989E
989E
989E
98AE
98AE
98AE
98AE
98BE
98CE
98DE
98EE
993F
994F
994F
995F
995F
995F
995F
996F
996F
996F
9980
9980
9980
9990
999E
999E
99AE
99AE
99AE
99AE
185
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
99AE
99BE
99BE
99BE
99BE
99CE
99CE
99CE
99CE
99DE
99EE
9A3F
9A4F
9A5F
9A6F
9A80
9A90
9A90
9A9E
9A9E
9AAE
9ABE
9ACE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9AEE
9B3F
9B4F
9B5F
9B6F
186
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
9B6F
9B6F
9B80
9B90
9B90
9B90
9B90
9B90
9B9E
9B9E
9B9E
9BAE
9BBE
9BCE
9BCE
9BDE
9BDE
9BDE
9BEE
9BEE
9BEE
9BEE
9C3F
9C3F
9C4F
9C4F
9C4F
9C5F
9C5F
9C5F
9C6F
9C6F
9C80
9C90
187
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
9C9E
9CAE
9CBE
9CCE
9CDE
9CEE
9CEE
9D3F
9D3F
9D3F
9D4F
9D5F
9D6F
9D80
9D90
9D9E
9DAE
9DAE
9DBE
9DBE
9DCE
9DCE
9DCE
9DCE
9DCE
9DDE
9DEE
9E3F
9E3F
9E3F
9E4F
9E4F
9E5F
9E6F
188
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
9E80
9E90
9E9E
9EAE
9EBE
9ECE
9EDE
9EEE
9F3F
9F4F
9F4F
9F5F
9F5F
9F5F
9F6F
9F6F
9F6F
9F6F
9F80
9F80
9F80
9F80
9F90
9F9E
9FAE
9FBE
9FCE
9FDE
9FEE
E03F
E04F
E05F
E06F
E06F
189
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E080
E090
E09E
E09E
E09E
E09E
E0AE
E0AE
E0AE
E0BE
E0CE
E0CE
E0DE
E0EE
E13F
E13F
E14F
E14F
E14F
E14F
E14F
E15F
E15F
E16F
E180
E190
E19E
E19E
E19E
E19E
E1AE
E1AE
E1AE
E1BE
190
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E1CE
E1DE
E1DE
E1DE
E1DE
E1EE
E23F
E23F
E24F
E24F
E24F
E25F
E26F
E26F
E280
E280
E290
E290
E29E
E2AE
E2BE
E2CE
E2DE
E2DE
E2EE
E2EE
E33F
E34F
E35F
E36F
E380
E390
E390
E39E
191
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E39E
E3AE
E3AE
E3BE
E3BE
E3BE
E3CE
E3CE
E3DE
E3DE
E3DE
E3EE
E43F
E44F
E45F
E45F
E45F
E45F
E46F
E46F
E46F
E480
E480
E480
E480
E490
E49E
E4AE
E4BE
E4CE
E4DE
E4EE
E53F
E54F
192
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E55F
E55F
E55F
E56F
E580
E590
E59E
E5AE
E5BE
E5BE
E5BE
E5BE
E5CE
E5DE
E5EE
E63F
E63F
E63F
E64F
E64F
E64F
E65F
E66F
E680
E690
E69E
E69E
E6AE
E6AE
E6AE
E6AE
E6BE
E6BE
E6CE
193
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E6CE
E6DE
E6DE
E6DE
E6EE
E73F
E74F
E74F
E75F
E75F
E76F
E780
E780
E780
E790
E79E
E7AE
E7AE
E7BE
E7BE
E7CE
E7CE
E7CE
E7CE
E7DE
E7EE
E83F
E84F
E85F
E86F
E86F
E880
E890
E890
194
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E89E
E8AE
E8AE
E8AE
E8BE
E8CE
E8CE
E8CE
E8CE
E8DE
E8DE
E8DE
E8DE
E8EE
E8EE
E93F
E93F
E93F
E94F
E95F
E95F
E95F
E95F
E96F
E980
E980
E990
E990
E990
E99E
E99E
E99E
E99E
E9AE
195
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E9AE
E9BE
E9CE
E9DE
E9DE
E9EE
EA3F
EA4F
EA5F
EA5F
EA5F
EA5F
EA6F
EA6F
EA6F
EA6F
EA6F
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA90
EA90
EA90
EA90
196
10.10 2D code
10.10 ESC+BVMaxMiAXCI oCdoede (Compatible (CCoommmpaandtisb) le Commands)
ESC+BV
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BV <42>16<56>16
Parameter a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,nn
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify the MaxiCode.
[Format] <BV>a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,nn
Parameter
a[Symbol number]
= Range
: 1~8
b[Symbol digit]
= Range
: 1~8
c[Mode]
= 2
: For carrier
3
: For carrier
4
: Standard code
6
: For reading device
d [Postal code]
= Valid range : 0~999999999 (mode 2)
000000~999999 (mode 3)
* Maximum 9 digits for mode 2 (only numeric)
Fixed to 6 digits for mode 3 (upper case only for alphabet)
.
e[Country code]
= Valid range : 001~999
f [Service class]
= Valid range : 001~999
n[Low priority message] = Alphanumeric, symbols
Mode
2 3 4 6
Service class Country code
Fixed to 3 digits Fixed to 3 digits (Numeric only) (Numeric only)
Omission
Postal code
Maximum 9 digits Fixed to 6 digits (alphanumeric)
The maximum number of print data
Numeric only Alphanumeric
123
84
138
93
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<BV>1,1,2,123456789,001,002,SAHTHA <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. The size of the MaxiCode does not vary depending on the number of print data. 2. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 3. Specify more than 12 for the print data when mode 4 or 6 is specified. The MaxiCode that print data are equal or less than 11 cannot be read by scanners.
[Important] This command is for existing models. Using Maxi Code command <2D20> is recommended
197
MaxiCode-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ a q
0 0 1 0 2
"2 BR b r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
'7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+ K k
1 1 0 0C
< L \ l
1 1 0 1D
- = Mm
1 1 1 0 E
> Nn ~
1 1 1 1 F
/ O o DEL
[01H to FFH] are available in MaxiCode.
198
10.11 2D code
10.11 ESC+BK PDFP4D1F7417 (Compatible (CCoommmpaandtisb) le Commands)
ESC+BK
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BK <42>16<4B>16
Parameter aabbcddeeffffgg(,h)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify the PDF417.
[Format] <BK>aabbcddeeffffgg(,h)
Parameter a[Minimum module width] b[Minimum module height] c[Security level] c[Number of data codewords per 1 line](Cols)
number of data) e[Lines per symbol]
number of data) f[Number of data digit] g[Print data] h[PDF code type]
= Valid range : 01~27 (dots) = Valid range : 01~72 (dots) = Valid range : 0~8 = Valid range : 01~30
00: Auto (the width size varies depending on the specified
= Valid range : 03~90 00: Auto (the height size varies depending on the specified
= Valid range : 0001~2681 = data = when omitted: PDF417
T : Truncated M : Micro PDF
[Coding Example] Minimum module width: 03 (dots), minimum module height: 09 (dots) Security level: 3, number of data codewords per 1 line: 03, lines per symbol: 18
<A> <V>100<H>200<BK>0309303180010PDF1234567 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. It is possible to specify 01 or 02 dots as the minimum module width, however, the code may not be read by a scanner. 2. It is possible to specify 01, 02 or 03 dots as the minimum module height, however, the code may not be read by a scanner. 3. The ratio of vertical and horizontal size (aspect ratio) is 1:2 according to the number of print data when the number of data codewords per 1 line and lines per symbol are specified as 00. 4. It is necessary to specify bigger lines per symbol or number of data codewords per 1 line when bigger security level is specified. 5. The maximum value for the number of data digit is 2681, however, this varies depending on the minimum module size, security level, and type of the print data. 6. The code will not be printed when a parameter specification or number of print data does not match. 7. When Micro PDF is specified in the PDF code type, the lines per symbol are decided according to the number of data codewords per 1 line. And the maximum value of the number of data digit will be decided, too. Refer to the "Symbol size and number of data for Micro PDF417" in the next page. 8. The security level is disabled when Micro PDF is specified in the PDF code type.
[Important] This command is for existing models. Using PDF417 command <2D10> and Micro PDF417 command <2D12> is recommended
[Remarks] 1. The sequential numbering is invalid. 2. Print position specification by auto line feed is not available. 3. Print specification to 00H~FFH is available. 4. Format registration is available. 5. Specify bigger minimum module size when improving the print quality. 6. Specify a bigger security level value when improving the scanner readability. 7. The height of the code varies when the data are only alphabet or only numeric, and when the data are alphanumeric.
199
* The symbol size of Micro PDF417 is fixed to the following 34 types.
"Symbol size and number of data for Micro PDF417"
Symbol size
The maximum number of data
Cols(c) Rows(d) Only alphabet(A~Z)
Numeric only
11
6
8
14
12
17
17
18
26
1
20
22
32
24
30
44
28
38
55
8
14
20
11
24
35
14
36
52
2
17
46
67
20
56
82
23
64
93
26
72
105
6
10
14
8
18
26
10
26
38
12
34
49
15
46
67
3
20
66
96
26
90
132
32
114
167
38
138
202
44
162
237
4
14
20
6
22
32
8
34
49
10
46
67
12
58
85
4
15
76
111
20
106
155
26
142
208
32
178
261
38
214
313
44
250
366
Binary mode 3 7 10 13 18 22 8 14 21 27 33 38 43 6 10 15 20 27 39 54 68 82 97 8 13 20 27 34 45 63 85
106 128 150
* Alphabet (upper case, lower case), numeric and mix of the control code varies depending on the combined number of characters.
200
PDF417-Code Table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
! 1 AQa q
0 0 1 0 2
" 2BRb r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
' 7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+;K[ k {
1 1 0 0C
, <L \ l |
1 1 0 1D
- =M ] m }
1 1 1 0 E
. >N^ n~
1 1 1 1 F
/ ? O _ o DEL
[00H to FFH] are available in PDF417.
201
10.12 2D code
10.12 DESaCt+aBXMatrDixata(ECMaCtri2x00(E) CC200) (C(oCommppaatitbilbe CleomCmoanmdsm) ands)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BX <42>16<58>16
Parameter aabbccddeeefffghh
ESC+BX
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify Data Matrix (ECC200).
[Format] (setting part) <BX>aabbccddeeefffghh
Parameter a[Format ID] b[Error correction level(error correction)] c[Width of cell] d[Pitch of cell] e[Number of cell in per 1 line]
f [Number of cell lines]
g[Mirror image] h[Size of the guide cell]
= Valid range = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range
000 = Valid range
000 = Valid range = Valid range
: 01 (Fixed) : 20 (Fixed) : 01 to 99 (dot/cell) : 01 to 99 (dot/cell) : 010 to 144 : Auto setting : 008 to 144 : Auto setting : 0 (Fixed) : 01 (Fixed)
[Notes] 1. It is possible to specify 01 and 02 for the width of the cell and pitch of the cell, however, the code may not be read by a scanner. The error occurs with 00. 2. The optimal matrix size will be set automatically when 000 is specified for both numbers of cells per 1 line and number of cell lines.
[Important] This command is for existing models. Using Data Matrix (ECC200) command <2D50> is recommended.
202
10.13 2D code
10.13DESaCt+aDCMaDtartiaxM(aEtrCix C(E2C0C020)0) Data Data(C(ComopmatibpleaCtiobmlmeaCndos)mmands)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
DC <44>16<43>16
Parameter nn
ESC+DC
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify the data of Data Matrix (ECC200).
[Format] (data specification part) <DC>nn
Parameter n [Print data]
= data
[Coding Example] Width of cell: 02, Pitch of cell: 02, number of cell per 1 line: 000, number of cell line: 000 Print data: 1234567890
<A> <V>100<H>200 <BX>01200202000000001 <DC>1234567890 <Q>2 <Z>
[Note] 00H to FFH are available in Data Matrix (ECC200). However, it is not possible to specify 05H, 10H, 11H, 18H, and 1BH because these are product control codes. Specify Data Matrix <2D50> when specifying control codes in the data.
[Important] This command is for existing models. Using Data Matrix (ECC200) command <2D50> is recommended
Data format
Number of data
Numeric
3116
Alphanumeric
2335
Binary (00H~FFH)
1556
* The values above are the maximum number of data available as the barcode data.
203
10.14 2D code
D10a.1t4aEMSCa+tFrXix (ECDCat2a00M) atrSixeq(uEeCnC2ti0a0l)
NumbSeerqiunegnt(iaCl omNupmabteibrilneg Co(Cmommpaatnibdles)
Commands)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
FX <46>16<58>16
Parameter aaabcccdddeee
ESC+FX
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify sequential numbering of Data Matrix (ECC200).
[Format] Sequential numbering <FX>aaabcccdddeee
Parameter a[Number of printing for the same contents] b[Increment/Decrement flag]
c[Number of increment/decrement] d[Digit position specification] e[Number of digit]
= Valid range = +
= Valid range = Valid range = Valid range
: 001~999 : Increment : Decrement : 001~999 : 001~999 : 001~999
[Coding Example]
Number of printing for the same contents: 001, Increment/Decrement flag: +, number of increment/decrement: 001, digit position specification: 005, number of digits: 003
<A> <V>100<H>200 <FX>001+001005003 <BX>01200202000000001 <DC>00006000 <Q>2 <Z>
[Important] This command is for existing models. Using Data Matrix (ECC200) command <2D50> is recommended.
204
GS1 Data Matrix (ECC200)-Code Table (at <DC> specification)
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ a q
0 0 1 0 2
"2 BR b r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
'7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+ K k
1 1 0 0C
< L \ l
1 1 0 1D
- = Mm
1 1 1 0 E
> Nn ~
1 1 1 1 F
/ O o DEL
[00H to FFH] are available in GS1 Data Matrix (ECC200). (However, it is not possible to specify 05H, 10H, 11H, 18H, and 1BH because these are product control codes.) Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH.
205
10.15 2D code
10.15 ESC+2D70 Aztec code
Aztec code
ESC+2D70
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D70
Parameter
<32>16<44>16<37>16<30>16 ,a,bb,cc,ss,e,ff
Valid range and term of
command.
When the power switch is turned off Valid range within item Valid range between itemss
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function] Specify the Aztec code.
[Format] Setting part <2D70>,a,bb,cc,dd,e,ff
Parameters
a [Symbol type]
=
0 : Full range symbol
1 : Compact symbol
b [Error correction percentage] =
0 : default error correction level
01 - 99 : error correction percentage
c [Symbol size]
0 : Auto minimization
1 -4 : 1 - 4 layer (compact symbol) * Refer to the below symbol size table
4 -32 : 4 - 32 layer (full range symbol) * Refer to the below symbol size table
d [Number of symbols at structured append mode]
= 0 : Encode without appending
1 : Auto setting
2 - 26: Structured append block number
e [Message ID] = Y: specify the message ID
N : Do not add message ID
f [Message ID of structured append symbol]
=
Printable ASCII characters (excluding space), up to 24 bytes
[Format] Data part <DS>n - n // in case of ASCII data <DN>mmmm, n - n // in case of binary data
Parameters m [Number of data] = 0001 to 1914 - this parameter is set when print data is binary format
n
[Print data]
= data
- specify [1BH,1BH] when selecting [1BH]
- specify [1BH,30H] when selecting [FNC1]
- be sure to write [1BH,*] when selecting [ECl] ('*' specifies a value between 31H to 36H)
[Coding example] Symbol type: compact, ECC percentage: default, symbol size: 2 layers, number of symbols at structured append: encode without appending, message id: None, message ID of structured append symbol: none, barcode data: THIS IS TEST
<A> <V>0100<H>0100<L>0404 <2D70>,1,0,2,0,N,<DS>THIS IS TEST <Q>1 <Z>
Generated Label
(Note) 1. The symbol might not be printed when a parameter other than described above is specified. 2. The symbol may not be read by a scanner when the size of Aztec code is small. In the case, enlarge the size of the symbol for reading by using <ESC>L command that vertical and horizontal enlarge ratio is the same. 3. The minimum size of the symbol is 15 x 15 module, and the maximum is 151 x 151 module. Refer to the below table for available Aztec code format and the maximum size.
206
Symbol size table
Parameter c
Format
Numeric
Text
1
15x15 compact
13
12
2
19x19 compact
40
33
3
23x23 compact
70
57
4
27x27 compact
110
89
4
31X31
128
104
5
37X37
178
144
6
41X41
232
187
7
45X45
294
236
8
49X49
362
291
9
53X53
433
348
10
57X57
516
414
11
61X61
601
482
12
67X67
691
554
13
71X71
793
636
14
75X75
896
718
15
79X79
1008
808
16
83X83
1123
900
17
87X87
1246
998
18
91X91
1378
1104
19
95X95
1511
1210
20
101X101
1653
1324
21
105X105
1801
1442
22
109X109
1956
1566
23
113X113
2116
1694
24
117X117
2281
1826
25
121X121
2452
1963
26
125X125
2632
2107
27
131X131
2818
2256
28
135X135
3007
2407
29
139X139
3205
2565
30
143X143
3409
2728
31
147X147
3616
2894
32
151X151
3832
3067
*Please use the following capacity listed in the table above.
If you use more than the upper limit of each symbol size, it may result in the command error.
Binary data
6 19 33 53 62 87 114 145 179 214 256 298 343 394 446 502 559 621 687 753 824 898 976 1056 1138 1224 1314 1407 1501 1600 1702 1806 1914
4. Aztec code is settable in the range of (00H - FFH). For binary data, the user needs to set the number of data correctly by using <ESC>DN command. The symbol cannot be printed if the number of data and print data do not match.
5. Specify [1BH, 1BH] when printing 1BH. In the case, the number of data is [0002]. 6. Use a pair of [1BH,*] in the input data when using Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI). '*' specifies a value
between 31H to 36H. The numbers in the below FLG(1) to FLG(6) are the number of digits used for ECI. <ESC>1 -> FLG(1) ECI data to be specified is 1-digit <ESC>2 -> FLG(2) ECI data to be specified is 2-digit <ESC>3 -> FLG(3) ECI data to be specified is 3-digit <ESC>4 -> FLG(4) ECI data to be specified is 4-digit <ESC>5 -> FLG(5) ECI data to be specified is 5-digit <ESC>6 -> FLG(6) ECI data to be specified is 6-digit
Example) Data in case of <ESC>4: <ESC>41111ABCDE Scan data in case of <ESC>4: \001111ABCDE ('\' depends on the setting of the scanner, and it may be
different.) (1) <ESC>4 becomes FLG(4), and trailing [1111 (4 digits)] is treated as ECI data. (2) The leading is padded with '0' because the number of digit is not enough (2 digits), and it will be [\001111].
7. Message ID is enabled only if the number of symbols at structured append mode is auto, or structured append block number is specified, and symbols are printed separately as a result.
207
Aztec code table
S
I
S
O
b8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
b7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
b6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
b5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 b3 b2 b1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P p
0 0 0 1 1
! 1 AQa q
0 0 1 0 2
" 2BRb r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
' 7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+ ;K[ k {
1 1 0 0C
, < L l
1 1 0 1D
- =M ] m }
1 1 1 0 E
. >N^ n~
1 1 1 1 F
/ ? O _ o DEL
FNC1 ECI
Data n 1BH 1BH
Data n+1 30H
31H ~ 36H
Aztec code is settable in the range of (00H - FFH). Specify [1BH,1BH] when setting [1BH]. Specify [1BH,30H] when setting [FNC1]. Specify [1BH,*] when setting [ECI]. ('*' refers a value between 31H to 36H)
208
10.16 2D code
10.16GESSC1+2QD3R4 CGoS1dQeR(CModoed(Meold2el)2)
ESC+2D34
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
2D34
Parameter
<32>16<44>16<33>16<34>16 ,a,bb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function] Specifying GS1 QR Code (Model 2)
[Format] (Setting part)
<2D34>,a,bb
Parameter
a [Error Correction Level]
= L
: 7%
M
: 15%
Q
: 25%
H
: 30%
b [Size of one side of cell]
= Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots
*Specify more than 02 dots when head density is 12 dots/mm, otherwise scanner may have reading problem
[Format] (Data part)
Automatic setup (Data setup mode) <DN>mmmm, n~n * Change input mode automatically according to input data.
[Format] (Version) <QV>pp
* Use when specifying the version.
Parameter
m [Number of data]
= Valid Range : 1 to 7087
n [Print data]
= Data
*Data is in the automatic setup. Depending on the combination of the data, the maximum number of data may not be
specified.
.
pp [Version]
= 00 to 40 (GS1 QR)
*Use when fix the size of QR symbol by specifying the version. When not specified, it will be specified automatically.
It will be Auto when specifying 00. The parameter error will occur when the parameter is out of the range 00 to 40.
*Refer to [QR code version command] for details.
209
[Notes] 1. AI identifier's fixed length and variable length will not be checked. AI identifier is not checked too. When specifying AI identifier that supported the variable data character string, please include FNC1(@1) at the end of data. 2. If you want to include @ character in the data string data, please enter @@. 3. Do not specify @ data other than FNC1(@1), @(@@) in the data string data. If only @ is specified, @ will be deleted. Sample : If you specify 12345@6789 (all 10 characters), it will encode with 123456789 (9 characters). 4. If only @1 is specified in the data string, a command error will occur. 5. If "%" is included in the print data, there is a possibility that "%" cannot be correctly scanned depending on the type of input data or the scanner. If "%" is not the intended scanned result, please specify "%%". For details, please contact each scanner maker. 6. Checking of valid data specified in GS1 QR code is not implemented. 7. GS1 QR code does not support the manual setting mode. 8. GS1 QR code does not support the concatenation mode.
[Coding Example 1] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Concatenation mode: Normal, Version 5
Data : (01)04912345123459(10)ABC123<FNC1>(96)11022888 <A> <V>100<H>200<2D34>,L,05 <QV>5 <DN>0036,010491234512345910ABC123@19611022888 <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Concatenation mode: Normal, Version 5
Data : (01)04993191000019(8200)www.sato.co.jp <A> <V>100<H>200<2D34>,L,05 <QV>5 <DN>0034,01049931910000198200www.sato.co.jp <Q>1 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN> 2. When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification. 3. A parameter error will occur if the parameter is out of range.
For GS1 QR, the setting range is from 00 to 40. (Set the value within the range corresponding to each model) 4. Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and GS1QR code is not printed.
210
List of QR code data size (for GS1 QR)
Version
Error
Alpha-
Collection Numeric Numeric
1
L
40
24
M
33
20
21×21
Q
25
15
H
16
10
2
L
76
46
M
61
37
25×25
Q
47
28
H
33
20
3
L
126
76
M
100
60
29×29
Q
76
46
H
57
34
4
L
186
113
M
148
90
33×33
Q
109
66
H
81
49
5
L
253
154
M
201
122
37×37
Q
144
87
H
105
63
6
L
321
194
M
253
154
41×41
Q
177
107
H
138
84
7
L
369
223
M
292
177
45×45
Q
205
124
H
153
92
8
L
460
279
M
364
220
49×49
Q
258
156
H
201
122
9
L
551
334
M
431
261
53×53
Q
311
188
H
234
142
10
L
651
395
M
512
310
57×57
Q
363
220
H
286
174
Kanji Binary
10
17
8
14
6
11
4
7
19
32
16
26
12
20
8
14
32
53
25
42
19
32
14
24
48
78
38
62
28
46
21
34
65 106
51
84
36
60
27
44
82 134
65 106
45
74
35
58
94 154
75 122
52
86
39
64
118
192
93 152
66 108
51
84
141
230
110
180
80 130
60
98
167
271
131
213
93 151
73 119
Version 11
61×61
12
65×65
13
69×69
14
73×73
15
77×77
16
81×81
17
85×85
18
89×89
19
93×93
20
97×97
Error Collection
L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H
AlphaNumeric Numeric
771
467
603
366
426
258
330
200
882
534
690
418
488
296
373
226
1021
619
795
482
579
351
426
258
1100
667
870
527
620
376
466
283
1249
757
990
600
702
425
529
320
1407
853
1081
655
774
469
601
364
1546
938
1210
734
874
530
673
408
1724 1045
1345
815
946
574
745
451
1902 1152
1498
908
1062
643
812
492
2060 1248
1599
969
1158
702
918
556
Kanji Binary
198
321
154
251
109
177
84 137
226
367
177
287
125
203
95 155
262
425
204
331
148
241
109
177
282
458
223
362
159
258
119
194
320
520
254
412
180
292
135
220
361
586
277
450
198
322
154
250
396
644
310
504
224
364
172
280
442
718
345
560
242
394
191
310
487
792
384
624
272
442
208
338
528
858
410
666
297
482
235
382
211
Version 21
101×101
22
105×105
23
109×109
24
113×113
25
117×117
26
121×121
27
125×125
28
129×129
29
133×133
30
137×137
Error
Alpha-
Correction Numeric Numeric
L
2230 1352
M
1707 1035
Q
1222
741
H
968
587
L
2408 1459
M
1870 1134
Q
1357
822
H
1054
639
L
2619 1587
M
2058 1247
Q
1467
889
H
1107
671
L
2811 1704
M
2187 1326
Q
1587
962
H
1227
744
L
3056 1852
M
2394 1451
Q
1717 1040
H
1285
779
L
3282 1989
M
2542 1541
Q
1803 1093
H
1424
863
L
3516 2131
M
2700 1636
Q
1932 1171
H
1500
909
L
3667 2223
M
2856 1731
Q
2083 1263
H
1579
957
L
3907 2368
M
3035 1839
Q
2179 1321
H
1675 1015
L
4157 2519
M
3288 1993
Q
2357 1428
H
1781 1079
Kanji 572 438 314 248 617 479 348 270 671 527 376 284 721 561 407 314 783 614 440 329 841 652 462 365 901 692 495 384 940 732 534 405
1002 778 559 429
1066 843 604 456
Binary 929 711 509 403
1003 779 565 439
1091 857 611 461
1171 911 661 511
1273 997 715 535
1367 1059
751 593 1465 1125 805 625 1528 1190 868 658 1628 1264 908 698 1732 1370 982 742
Version 31
141×141
32
145×145
33
149×149
34
153×153
35
157×157
36
161×161
37
165×165
38
169×169
39
173×173
40
177×177
Error Correction
L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H
AlphaNumeric Numeric
4416 2676 3485 2112 2472 1498 1896 1149 4685 2839 3691 2237 2669 1618 2021 1225 4963 3008 3907 2368 2803 1699 2155 1306 5251 3183 4133 2505 2947 1786 2299 1394 5527 3350 4342 2631 3081 1866 2359 1430 5835 3536 4587 2780 3243 1965 2523 1529 6151 3728 4774 2893 3415 2070 2623 1590 6478 3926 5038 3053 3598 2180 2734 1657 6742 4086 5311 3219 3790 2297 2926 1773 7087 4295 5595 3391 3991 2419 3055 1852
Kanji 1132
893 634 486 1201 946 684 518 1272 1002 719 552 1347 1060 756 589 1417 1113 789 605 1496 1176 831 647 1577 1224 876 672 1661 1292 922 701 1728 1362 972 750 1817 1434 1023 783
Binary 1840 1452 1030 790 1952 1538 1112 842 2068 1628 1168 898 2188 1722 1228 958 2303 1809 1283 983 2431 1911 1351 1051 2563 1989 1423 1093 2699 2099 1499 1139 2809 2213 1579 1219 2953 2331 1663 1273
212
List of QR code data size (for Model 2)
Version
Error Correction
Chinese Number Alphanumeric characters
Binary
1
L
41
25
10
17
M
34
20
8
14
21 x 21
Q
27
16
7
11
H
17
10
4
7
2
L
77
47
20
32
M
63
38
16
26
25 x 25
Q
48
29
12
20
H
34
20
8
14
3
L
127
77
32
53
M
101
61
26
42
29 x 29
Q
77
47
20
32
H
58
35
15
24
4
L
187 114
48
78
M
149
90
38
62
33 x 33
Q
111
67
28
46
H
82
50
21
34
5
L
255 154
65 106
M
202 122
52
84
37 x 37
Q
144
87
37
60
H
106
64
27
44
6
L
322 195
82 134
M
255 154
65 106
41 x 41
Q
178 108
45
74
H
139
84
36
58
7
L
370 224
95 154
M
293 178
75 122
45 x 45
Q
207 125
53
86
H
154
93
39
64
8
L
461 279 118 192
M
365 221
93 152
49 x 49
Q
259 157
66 108
H
202 122
52
84
9
L
552 335 141 230
M
432 262 111 180
53 x 53
Q
312 189
80 130
H
235 143
60
98
10
L
652 395 167 271
M
513 311 131 213
57 x 57
Q
364 221
93 151
H
288 174
74 119
Version 11
61 x 61
12
65 x 65
13
69 x 69
14
73 x 73
15
77 x 77
16
81 x 81
17
85 x 85
18
89 x 89
19
93 x 93
20
97 x 97
Error Correction
L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H
Chinese Number Alphanumeric characters
Binary
772 468 198 321
604 366 155 251
427 259 109 177
331 200
85 137
883 535 226 367
691 419 177 287
489 296 125 203
374 227
96 155
1022
619 262 425
796 483 204 331
580 352 149 241
427 259 109 177
1101
667 282 458
871 528 223 362
621 376 159 258
468 283 120 194
1250
758 320 520
991 600 254 412
703 426 180 292
530 321 136 220
1408
854 361 586
1082
656 277 450
775 470 198 322
602 365 154 250
1548
938 397 644
1212
734 310 504
876 531 224 364
674 408 173 280
1725 1046
442 718
1346
816 345 560
948 574 243 394
746 452 191 310
1903 1153
488 792
1500
909 384 624
1063
644 272 442
813 493 208 338
2061 1249
528 858
1600
970 410 666
1159
702 297 482
919 557 235 382
213
Version 21
101 x 101
22
105 x 105
23
109 x 109
24
113 x 113
25
117 x 117
26
121 x 121
27
125 x 125
28
129 x 129
29
133 x 133
30
137 x 137
Error Correction
L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H
Chinese Number Alphanumeric characters
Binary
2232 1352 572 929
1708 1035 438 711
1224 742 314 509
969 587 248 403
2409 1460 618 1003
1872 1134 480 779
1358 823 348 565
1056 640 270 439
2620 1588 672 1091
2059 1248 528 857
1468 890 376 611
1108 672 284 461
2812 1704 721 1171
2188 1326 561 911
1588 963 407 661
1228 744 315 511
3057 1853 784 1273
2395 1451 614 997
1718 1041 440 715
1286 779 330 535
3283 1990 842 1367
2544 1542 652 1059
1804 1094 462 751
1425 864 365 593
3517 2132 902 1465
2701 1637 692 1125
1933 1172 496 805
1501 910 385 625
3669 2223 940 1528
2857 1732 732 1190
2085 1263 534 868
1581 958 405 658
3909 2369 1002 1628
3035 1839 778 1264
2181 1322 559 908
1677 1016 430 698
4158 2520 1066 1732
3289 1994 843 1370
2358 1429 604 982
1782 1080 457 742
Error
Version Correction
31
L
M
x
Q
H
32
L
M
145 x 145
Q
H
33
L
M
149 x 149
Q
H
34
L
M
153 x 153
Q
H
35
L
M
157 x 157
Q
H
36
L
M
161 x 161
Q
H
37
L
M
165 x 165
Q
H
38
L
M
169 x 169
Q
H
39
L
M
173 x 173
Q
H
40
L
M
177 x 177
Q
H
Chinese Number Alphanumeric characters
Binary
4417 2677 1132 1840
3486 2113 894 1452
2473 1499 634 1030
1897 1150 486 790
4686 2840 1201 1952
3693 2238 947 1538
2670 1618 684 1112
2022 1226 518 842
4965 3009 1273 2068
3909 2369 1002 1628
2805 1700 719 1168
2157 1307 553 898
5253 3183 1347 2188
4134 2506 1060 1722
2949 1787 756 1228
2301 1394 590 958
5529 3351 1417 2303
4343 2632 1113 1809
3081 1867 790 1283
2361 1431 605 983
5836 3537 1496 2431
4588 2780 1176 1911
3244 1966 832 1351
2524 1530 647 1051
6153 3729 1577 2563
4775 2894 1224 1989
3417 2071 876 1423
2625 1591 673 1093
6479 3927 1661 2699
5039 3054 1292 2099
3599 2181 923 1499
2735 1658 701 1139
6743 4087 1729 2809
5313 3220 1362 2213
3791 2298 972 1579
2927 1774 750 1219
7089 4296 1817 2953
5596 3391 1435 2331
3993 2420 1024 1663
3057 1852 784 1273
214
QR Code (Numeric mode) Code table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
0
0 0 0 1 1
1
0 0 1 0 2
2
0 0 1 1 3
3
0 1 0 0 4
4
0 1 0 1 5
5
0 1 1 0 6
6
0 1 1 1 7
7
1 0 0 0 8
8
1 0 0 1 9
9
1 0 1 0A
1 0 1 1B
1 1 0 0C
1 1 0 1D
1 1 1 0 E
1 1 1 1 F
215
QR Code (Alphanumeric mode) Code table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0
P
0 0 0 1 1
1 AQ
0 0 1 0 2
2 BR
0 0 1 1 3
3 C S
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DT
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EU
0 1 1 0 6
6 F V
0 1 1 1 7
7 GW
1 0 0 0 8
8 H X
1 0 0 1 9
9 I Y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ
1 0 1 1B
+
K
1 1 0 0C
L
1 1 0 1D
-
M
1 1 1 0 E
.
N
1 1 1 1 F
/
O
216
QR Code (Binary mode) Code table
S
I
S
O
B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
B4 B3 B2 B1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF
0 0 0 0 0
SP 0 @ P ` p
0 0 0 1 1
! 1 AQa q
0 0 1 0 2
" 2BRb r
0 0 1 1 3
# 3CS c s
0 1 0 0 4
$ 4DTd t
0 1 0 1 5
%5 EUe u
0 1 1 0 6
&6FV f v
0 1 1 1 7
` 7 GW g w
1 0 0 0 8
( 8HXh x
1 0 0 1 9
)9IYi y
1 0 1 0A
* : JZ j z
1 0 1 1B
+;K[ k {
1 1 0 0C
, <L \ l |
1 1 0 1D
- =M ] m }
1 1 1 0 E
. > N ^ n
1 1 1 1 F
/ ? O _ o DEL
QR Code can specify from 00H to 7FH, and from A0H to DFH.
217
QR code (Kanji mode) Code table
Shift JIS
813F 814F 815F 816F 8180 8190 819E 824F 825F 826F 8280 8290 829E 82AE 82BE 82CE 82DE 82EE 833F 834F 835F 836F 8380 8390 839E 83AE 83BE 83CE 843F 844F 845F 846F 8480 8490
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
SP : ´ ¨ - / ...``"" ( ) + ±× ÷ = < > °'" $ % # & * @ §
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z
218
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
889E
88AE
88BE
88BE
88CE
88DE
88EE
893F
893F
894F
895F
895F
896F
8980
8990
8990
899E
89AE
89AE
89BE
89CE
89DE
89EE
8A3F
8A4F
8A5F
8A6F
8A80
8A90
8A9E
8AAE
8ABE
8ACE
8ADE
219
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
8ADE
8AEE
8B3F
8B4F
8B5F
8B6F
8B80
8B90
8B9E
8BAE
8BBE
8BCE
8BDE
8BDE
8BEE
8C3F
8C4F
8C4F
8C5F
8C6F
8C80
8C90
8C9E
8CAE
8CBE
8CBE
8CCE
8CDE
8DEE
8D3F
8D4F
8D5F
8D6F
8D80
220
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
8D90
8D9E
8DAE
8DAE
8DBE
8DCE
8DDE
8DEE
8E3F
8E4F
8E5F
8E5F
8E6F
8E80
8E90
8E9E
8EAE
8EBE
8ECE
8EDE
8EEE
8F3F
8F4F
8F5F
8F6F
8F80
8F90
8F9E
8FAE
8FBE
8FCE
8FDE
8FEE
903F
221
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
904F
905F
906F
906F
9080
9090
909E
909E
90AE
90BE
90CE
90DE
90EE
913F
914F
914F
915F
916F
9180
9190
919E
91AE
91AE
91BE
91CE
91DE
91EE
923F
924F
925F
925F
926F
9280
9290
222
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
929E
92AE
92BE
92BE
92CE
92DE
92DE
92EE
933F
934F
935F
935F
936F
9380
9390
939E
93AE
93BE
93CE
93DE
93EE
93EE
943F
943F
943F
944F
944F
945F
945F
946F
9480
9490
949E
94AE
223
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
94BE
94CE
94CE
94DE
94EE
953F
954F
955F
956F
956F
9580
9590
959E
95AE
95AE
95BE
95CE
95CE
95DE
95EE
963F
964F
965F
966F
9680
9690
969E
969E
96AE
96AE
96AE
96BE
96BE
96CE
224
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
96DE
96DE
96EE
96EE
973F
974F
974F
975F
976F
9780
9780
9790
9790
979E
97AE
97BE
97CE
97CE
97DE
97DE
97EE
983F
983F
984F
985F
985F
986F
225
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
989E
989E
989E
989E
989E
989E
98AE
98AE
98AE
98AE
98BE
98CE
98DE
98EE
993F
994F
994F
995F
995F
995F
995F
996F
996F
996F
9980
9980
9980
9990
999E
999E
99AE
99AE
99AE
99AE
226
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
99AE
99BE
99BE
99BE
99BE
99CE
99CE
99CE
99CE
99DE
99EE
9A3F
9A4F
9A5F
9A6F
9A80
9A90
9A90
9A9E
9A9E
9AAE
9ABE
9ACE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9ADE
9AEE
9B3F
9B4F
9B5F
9B6F
227
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
9B6F
9B6F
9B80
9B90
9B90
9B90
9B90
9B90
9B9E
9B9E
9B9E
9BAE
9BBE
9BCE
9BCE
9BDE
9BDE
9BDE
9BEE
9BEE
9BEE
9BEE
9C3F
9C3F
9C4F
9C4F
9C4F
9C5F
9C5F
9C5F
9C6F
9C6F
9C80
9C90
228
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
9C9E
9CAE
9CBE
9CCE
9CDE
9CEE
9CEE
9D3F
9D3F
9D3F
9D4F
9D5F
9D6F
9D80
9D90
9D9E
9DAE
9DAE
9DBE
9DBE
9DCE
9DCE
9DCE
9DCE
9DCE
9DDE
9DEE
9E3F
9E3F
9E3F
9E4F
9E4F
9E5F
9E6F
229
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
9E80
9E90
9E9E
9EAE
9EBE
9ECE
9EDE
9EEE
9F3F
9F4F
9F4F
9F5F
9F5F
9F5F
9F6F
9F6F
9F6F
9F6F
9F80
9F80
9F80
9F80
9F90
9F9E
9FAE
9FBE
9FCE
9FDE
9FEE
E03F
E04F
E05F
E06F
E06F
230
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E080
E090
E09E
E09E
E09E
E09E
E0AE
E0AE
E0AE
E0BE
E0CE
E0CE
E0DE
E0EE
E13F
E13F
E14F
E14F
E14F
E14F
E14F
E15F
E15F
E16F
E180
E190
E19E
E19E
E19E
E19E
E1AE
E1AE
E1AE
E1BE
231
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E1CE
E1DE
E1DE
E1DE
E1DE
E1EE
E23F
E23F
E24F
E24F
E24F
E25F
E26F
E26F
E280
E280
E290
E290
E29E
E2AE
E2BE
E2CE
E2DE
E2DE
E2EE
E2EE
E33F
E34F
E35F
E36F
E380
E390
E390
E39E
232
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E39E
E3AE
E3AE
E3BE
E3BE
E3BE
E3CE
E3CE
E3DE
E3DE
E3DE
E3EE
E43F
E44F
E45F
E45F
E45F
E45F
E46F
E46F
E46F
E480
E480
E480
E480
E490
E49E
E4AE
E4BE
E4CE
E4DE
E4EE
E53F
E54F
233
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E55F
E55F
E55F
E56F
E580
E590
E59E
E5AE
E5BE
E5BE
E5BE
E5BE
E5CE
E5DE
E5EE
E63F
E63F
E63F
E64F
E64F
E64F
E65F
E66F
E680
E690
E69E
E69E
E6AE
E6AE
E6AE
E6AE
E6BE
E6BE
E6CE
234
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E6CE
E6DE
E6DE
E6DE
E6EE
E73F
E74F
E74F
E75F
E75F
E76F
E780
E780
E780
E790
E79E
E7AE
E7AE
E7BE
E7BE
E7CE
E7CE
E7CE
E7CE
E7DE
E7EE
E83F
E84F
E85F
E86F
E86F
E880
E890
E890
235
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E89E
E8AE
E8AE
E8AE
E8BE
E8CE
E8CE
E8CE
E8CE
E8DE
E8DE
E8DE
E8DE
E8EE
E8EE
E93F
E93F
E93F
E94F
E95F
E95F
E95F
E95F
E96F
E980
E980
E990
E990
E990
E99E
E99E
E99E
E99E
E9AE
236
Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
E9AE
E9BE
E9CE
E9DE
E9DE
E9EE
EA3F
EA4F
EA5F
EA5F
EA5F
EA5F
EA6F
EA6F
EA6F
EA6F
EA6F
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA80
EA90
EA90
EA90
EA90
11 Graphics Commands
11.1 Graphic
11.1 ESC+G Print of Graphic
Print of Graphic
ESC+G
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
G <47>16
Parameter abbbcccn~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the print of graphic.
[Format] <G>abbbcccn~n
Parameter a[Data specification by HEX and BIN]
H :
B :
b[Specification of crosswise graphic area per byte] c[Specification of lengthwise graphic area per byte] n[Graphic data]
Hex data Divide 8-bit data into 4 bits and output it as hex codecorresponding to ASCII. Binary data Output 8-bit data as one font of data all at once. Refer to the table below Refer to the table below
[Coding Example 1] [] is printed with the below specification when [H: HEX data]
<A> <V>50<H>50 <G>H001001FF818181818181FF <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] [] is printed with the below specification when [B: binary data]
<A> <V>50<H>50 <G>B001001<FF818181818181FF>16 <Q>1 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specification of [B] has a longer program description than that of specification [H]; however, the transfer data length is 50% shorter. This could be advantages in data capacity. 2. Specification of Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are enabled. 3. It is necessary to place enlarge command <L> just before the graphic print command <G> for enlargement. 4. Specify in the order of rotation command <%> and enlarge command <L> when specifying both commands. 5. The crosswise maximum byte and lengthwise maximum byte are specified in the table below, however, it is possible to specify up to 999 bytes to have compatibility with the old model. It is possible to print less than 2,937,600 bytes as the graphic data. 6. The calculation of graphic data size is [crosswise maximum byte x lengthwise maximum byte x 8].
[Parameter Initial Value and Specified Range]
[S84-ex]
Head density
Crosswise max. bytes
8 dots/mm (203 dpi)
104
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
156
24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
312
Lengthwise max. bytes 400 600 999
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Crosswise max. bytes 168 252
Lengthwise max. bytes 400 600
238
11.2 Graphic
11.2 ESC+GM Print of BMP File
Print of BMP File
ESC+GM
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
GM <47>16<4D>16
Parameter aaaaa,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify printing of BMP format image data.
[Format] <GM>aaaaa,n~n
Parameter a[Total bytes of BMP file] n[Data]
[Coding Example] <A> <V>50<H>50<GM>04500,2000288888888...8888 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-bit data as 1 font data all at once). (The file size of BMP file is the total bytes of BMP file, and BMP file data are data) 2. When [Total bytes of BMP file] are not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of malfunction. 3. Total bytes are the file size shown at [Property] and such. 4. BMP file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due to command error. Also, this command is not valid for the BMP compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set to [BMP] before printing. 5. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are enabled. 6. It is necessary to place enlarge command <L> just before the BMP file command <GM> for enlargement. 7. Specify in the order of rotation command <%> and enlarge command <L> when specifying both commands.
239
11.3 Graphic
11.3 ESC+GP Print of PCX File
Print of PCX File
ESC+GP
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
GP <47>16<50>16
Parameter aaaaa,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify PCX file print.
[Format] <GP>aaaaa,n~n
Parameter a[Total bytes of PCX file] n[Data]
[Coding Example] <A> <V>50<H>50<GP>04500,XXXXXXXXXXXX <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-bit data as 1 font data all at once). (The file size of PCX file is the total bytes of PCX file, and PCX file data are data) 2. If [Total bytes of PCX file] are not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of malfunction. 3. Total bytes are the file size shown at [Property] and such. 4. PCX file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due to command error. Also, this command is not valid for the PCX compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set to [PCX] before printing. 5. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are enabled. 6. It is necessary to place enlarge command <L> just before the PCX file command <GP> for enlargement. 7. Specify in the order of rotation command <%> and enlarge command <L> when specifying both commands.
240
12 System Commands
12.1 System
12.1 ESC+CS Print Speed
Print Speed
ESC+CS
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
CS
<1B>16
<43>16<53>16
Refer to the table below.
Parameter aa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specifying the speed of printing.
[Format] <CS>aa
Parameter aa[Print speed]
= Refer to the table below
[Coding Example 1] <A> <CS>6 <Z>
When specifying 6.0 inches/s
[Note] The print speed value that is set directly by the command or LCD input is maintained.
[Remarks] 1. If the value other than setting range is specified, command error will occur and print speed will not be changed. 2. The initial value is settable by default setting operation of the product.
[Parameter Initial Value and Specified Range]
Model S84-ex
S86-ex
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Initial value [aa] 6 6 3
6
6
Parameter valid range
4 ~ 16 4 ~ 14 2 ~ 6
4 ~ 14
4 ~ 12
The print speed corresponding to the parameter
2 : 2 inches/s (50.8 mm/s) 3 : 3 inches/s (76.2 mm/s) 4 : 4 inches/s (101.6 mm/s) 5 : 5 inches/s (127.0 mm/s) 6 : 6 inches/s (152.4 mm/s) 7 : 7 inches/s (177.8 mm/s) 8 : 8 inches/s (203.2 mm/s)
9 : 9 inches/s (228.6 mm/s) 10 : 10 inches/s (254.0 mm/s) 11 : 11 inches/s (279.4 mm/s) 12 : 12 inches/s (304.8 mm/s) 13 : 13 inches/s (330.2 mm/s) 14 : 14 inches/s (355.6 mm/s) 15 : 15 inches/s (381.0 mm/s) 16 : 16 inches/s (406.4 mm/s)
241
12.2 System
12.2 ESC+#F Print Darkness
Print Darkness
ESC+#F
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
#F
<1B>16
<23>16<46>16
Refer to the table below.
Parameter 1) ab 2) aab
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specifying the darkness level of print.
[Format] <#F>ab
Parameter a[Print darkness level] = 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Lightest Darkest
b[Print darkness]
= A (Omissible) Use [A] under normal conditions. Parameter valid range varies depending on the models (Refer to the table below).
[Coding Example] <A> <#F>5A <Z>
[Note] The print darkness value specified by the command or the LCD is maintained.
[Remarks] 1. If the value other than setting range is specified, command error will occur and print darkness will not be changed. 2. The initial value is settable by default setting operation of the product. 3. <#E> (the old print darkness command) is ignored and the print darkness is not changed with the command. (<#E> is enabled by enabling compatible mode (print darkness) in the service mode.)
[Print Darkness Level Specified Range]
Model
Initial value
S84-ex Series
6
S86-ex Series
6
Parameter valid range 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10
Other than a valid range
The command error occurs when other than valid range is specified.
[Print Darkness Specified Range]
Model
Initial value
S84-ex Series
A
S86-ex Series
A
Parameter valid range A A
Other than a valid range
The command error occurs when other than valid range is specified.
242
12.3 System
12.3 ESC+A1 Label Size
Label Size
ESC+A1
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16
Nil
A1 <41>16<31>16
Parameter aaaabbbb VaaaaaHbbbb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specifying the size of the label.
[Format]
<A1>aaaabbbb (a, b fixed) [Note] When the height of the label is equal to or less than 9999.
<A1>VaaaaaHbbbb
(a, b variable specification enabled)
Parameter a[Height of label] b[Width of label]
= Refer to the table below = Refer to the table below
[Specified Range] [S84-ex]
Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Width of label (dots)
1 ~ 832 1 ~ 1248 1 ~ 2496
Height of label (dots)
1 ~ 20000 1 ~ 18000 1 ~ 9600
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Width of label (dots)
1 ~ 1340 1 ~ 2010
Height of label (dots)
1 ~ 9992 1 ~ 14988
[Coding Example 1] <A> <A1>08000640 <Z>
Width of label: 800 dots
Height of label : 640 dots
[Coding Example 2] <A> <A1>V800H640 <Z>
Width of label : 800 dots
Height of label : 640 dots
[Coding Example 3] <A> <A1>12000040 <Z>
Width of label : 1200 dots Height of label : 40 dots
[Coding Example 4] Width of label : 1200 dots Height of label : 40 dots <A> <A1>V1200H40 <Z>
[Coding Example 5] Width of label : 11200 dots Height of label : 240 dots <A> <A1>V11200H240 <Z>
243
[Notes] 1. If using the label smaller than the head width, use this command for specifying the label size and adjust the base reference point corresponding to the label size. 2. For specifying the label size, include the size of backing paper.
Base reference point
1 1
RH
Base reference
point
LH
1
1
Label feed direction
Label feed direction
Label 80 mm×100 mm
100 mm (1) dot
Label 80 mm×100 mm
100 mm (1) dot
80 mm (2) dot
(3) mm (4) dot
80 mm (2) dot
(3) mm (4) dot
(5) mm (6) dot
[S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
[S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
(1) dot 800 1200 2400
(1) dot 800 1200
(2) dot 640 960 1920
(2) dot 640 960
(3) mm 2500 1500 400
(3) mm 1249 1249
(5) mm (6) dot
(4) dot 20000 18000 9600
(5) mm 104 104 104
(4) dot 9992 14988
(5) mm 167.5 167.5
(6) dot 832 1248 2496
(6) dot 1340 2010
244
12.4 System
12.4 ESC+A3 Base Offset Setting
Base Offset Setting
ESC+A3
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
A3
<1B>16
<41>16<33>16
a=+b=000c=+d=000
Parameter VabbbHcddd
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Changes the coordinate of the base point. This is configured in the advanced mode of the product normally.
[Format]
<A3>VabbbHcddd
Parameter
a[Vertical offset code]
(Omissible)
b[Vertical offset (in dot)]
c[Horizontal offset code] (Omissible)
d[Horizontal offset (in dot)]
= +, = Refer to the below table = +, = Refer to the below table
[Coding Example] <A> <A3>V10H10 <Z>
b d
Base point before
Media feed
Base point after
[Notes] 1. Note that when the base point is offset and the image is out of the printable area, the image may not be printed. 2. Note that when offset the base point while using multiple label format, all base points of the formats are offset.
[Remarks] 1. When the print offset is already specified in the advanced mode of the product, and base point offset is specified with the <A3> command, the value specified by the <A3> command become valid. 2. The offset value specified by the <A3> command is registered in the advanced mode of the product. Thus, the offset value specified by the <A3> command is maintained even the product power is off.
[Range] [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
"Horizontal offset (in dot)" 1 - 832 1 - 1248 1 - 2496
"Vertical offset (in dot)" 1 - 1424 1 - 2136 1 - 4272
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
"Horizontal offset (in dot)" 1 - 1340 1 - 2010
"Vertical offset (in dot)" 1 - 1424 1 - 2136
245
12.5 System
12.5 ESC+EP Print End Position
Print End Position
ESC+EP
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
EP <45>16<50>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid.
[Function] Specifying the label stop position in the sensor invalid mode.
[Format] <EP>
[Coding Example] <A> <A1>14240832 <Z> <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XS>ABCD <Q>2 <EP> <Z>
e.g.)
1424 (dots)
ABCD
Stop position without the command <EP>
Stop position with the command <EP>
Label feed direction
[Notes] 1. Use this command in the sensor invalid mode. 2. Use this command in combination with Label Size <A1>. 3. When the media size is specified with <A1> in the format registration command <YS> and foam overlay registration command (&S), do not forget to specify the print end point command <EP> in the format recall command <YR> and foam overlay recall command <&R>.
246
12.6 System
12.6 ESC+* Clear
Clear
ESC+*
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
* <2A>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Clearing the contents registered in the internal memory.
[Format] <*>a
Parameter a[Item to be cleared] = Not specified :
T
:
&
:
X
:
S
:
H
:
Single item receive buffer, editing buffer (No reprint is allowed) Multi item receive buffer, editing buffer (Clears JOB while printing) External character registration area Form overlay All clear (Receive buffer, editing buffer, registration of external character, form overlay)
*Clears JOB while printing
Sub port receive data History (Print log, STATUS5)
[Coding Example 1] <A> <*> <Z>
Clears receive buffer and editing buffer
[Coding Example 2] <A> <*>X <Z>
All clear
[Coding Example 3] <A> <*>T <Z>
Clears external character registration area
[Coding Example 4] <A> <*>S <Z>
Clears receive data from sub port
[Notes] 1. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 2. Sending a=X (all clear) of this command will clear all data sent before the execution of this command. And also, registration of external character and form overlay will be cleared. In this case, the data that were analyzed while printing cannot be cleared.
[Remark] The specification of this command while printing will not stop the print operation.
247
12.7 System
12.7 ESC+@ Offline
Offline
ESC+@
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
@ <40>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and When the power switch is OFF
term of
Valid range within item
command
Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid.
[Function] Changing the printer status from online to offline.
[Format] <@>
[Coding Example] <A> <@> <Z>
[Notes] 1. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 2. In receive mode of the product, specify single-item buffer mode. 3. When this command is used at offline state, the product goes offline when the printer status becomes online next time.
248
12.8 System
12.8 ESC+C Reprint
Reprint
ESC+C
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
C <43>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid.
[Function] Specifying to reprint the previous printed contents.
[Format] <C>
[Coding Example] <A> <C> <Z>
[Notes] Turning off the product will clear the contents; therefore, reprint will not be performed by this command.
[Remarks] For reprinting the format including the field of Sequential Numbering <F>, the same contents as previous printed contents will be printed.
249
12.9 System
12.9 ESC+RPGegistRreagtiisotrantioonf of OpPerartiinonter Operation
Printer
ESC+PG
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
PG
<1B>16
<50>16<47>16
Refer to the table below.
Parameter abcdefghhijklmnooppqqrrstuvwxy
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Registering the operation of the product
[Format] <PG>abcdefghhijklmnooppqqrrstuvwxy
Parameter Refer to the table in the next page for the parameter contents.
[Coding Example] <A> <PG><00 00 04 00 00 00 00 41 01 00 00 03 00 00 01 0C 80 03 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00>16 <Z>
Parameter is described in HEX; <00>16<00>16<04>16<00>16
[Notes] 1. This command is not necessary in the normal label printing operation. 2. Operation settings specified with this command are still in effect after turning off the product. 3. Do not send the printer operation registration command <PG> during the print operation. The sensor of the product may not be disabled if the command <PG> is sent during the print operation. 4. When there is illegal parameter, the command error occurs and the setting is not saved.
[Remark] The registration of the printer operation can be done in the printer configuration mode and advanced mode in the product without using the <PG> command.
250
Parameter
Item
a
Print method
b
Not used
c
Print speed
[S84-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Range (inches/sec)
4 - 16
4 - 14
2 - 6
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (inches/sec)
4 - 14
4 - 12
d
Print operation
e
Not used
f
Dispensing motion
g
Not used
h
Print darkness
h
Print darkness level
i
Sensor type
j
Zero slash
k
Character code
Description
00H:
Thermal transfer
01H:
Direct thermal
* Direct thermal only is available in the direct thermal model.
00H: fixed
00H: 2 (inches/sec) 50 (mm/sec)
01H: 3 (inches/sec) 75 (mm/sec) 02H: 3 (inches/sec) 75 (mm/sec)
03H: 4 (inches/sec) 100 (mm/sec) 04H: 4 (inches/sec) 100 (mm/sec)
05H: 5 (inches/sec) 125 (mm/sec) 06H: 5 (inches/sec) 125 (mm/sec)
07H: 08H: 09H:
6 (inches/sec) 6 (inches/sec) 7 (inches/sec)
150 (mm/sec) 150 (mm/sec) 175 (mm/sec)
0AH: 7 (inches/sec) 175 (mm/sec) 0BH: 8 (inches/sec) 200 (mm/sec)
0CH: 8 (inches/sec) 200 (mm/sec) 0DH: 9 (inches/sec) 225 (mm/sec)
0EH: 9 (inches/sec) 225 (mm/sec)
0FH: 10 (inches/sec) 250 (mm/sec) 10H: 10 (inches/sec) 250 (mm/sec)
11H: 11 (inches/sec) 275 (mm/sec) 12H: 11 (inches/sec) 275 (mm/sec)
13H: 12 (inches/sec) 325 (mm/sec) 14H: 12 (inches/sec) 325 (mm/sec)
15H: 13 (inches/sec) 350 (mm/sec) 16H: 13 (inches/sec) 350 (mm/sec)
17H: 14 (inches/sec) 375 (mm/sec)
18H: 14 (inches/sec) 375 (mm/sec) 19H: 15 (inches/sec) 400 (mm/sec)
1AH: 15 (inches/sec) 400 (mm/sec) 1BH: 16 (inches/sec) 425 (mm/sec)
1CH: 16 (inches/sec) 425 (mm/sec)
00H: Continuous 03H: Dispense (Default) 04H: NONSEPA 00H: fixed 00H: Motion 1 (at head place) 01H: Motion 2 (at dispense place) (Default) 02H: No backfeed 03H: EXT control (order backfeed with EXT) 00H: fixed 41H: A (fixed) 01H: Darkness 1 02H: Darkness 2 03H : Darkness 3 04H : Darkness 4 05H: Darkness 5 (Default) 06H : Darkness 6 07H : Darkness 7 08H : Darkness 8 09H : Darkness 9 0AH : Darkness 10 00H: Reflective sensor 01H: Transmissive sensor (Default) 02H: Ignore sensor 00H: Disable 01H: Enable (Default)
02H: UTF-16 03H: UTF-8 (Default)
251
Parameter
Item
l
Not used
m
Initial feed
n
Proportional Pitch
o
Label height (dots)
p
Label width (dots)
q
Vertical offset value (dots)
r
Horizontal offset value (dots)
s
Not used
t
Time to LCD power saving (in minute)
u
Not used
v
Not used
w
Not used
x
Not used
y
Buzzer setting
Refer to the "Operator Manual" for the default.
Description
00H: fixed
00H: Disable (Default)
01H: Enable
00H: Disable
01H: Enable (Default) with international model
[S84-ex]
Head density
Range (HEX)
Range (DEC)
8 dots/mm (203 dpi)
0001H - 4E20H 1 - 20000 dots
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
0001H - 4650H 1 - 18000 dots
24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
0001H - 2580H
1 - 9600 dots
[S86-ex]
Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (HEX) 0001H - 2708H
Range (DEC) 1 - 9992 dots
0001H 3A8CH 1 - 14988 dots
[S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
[S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (HEX) 0001H - 340H 0001H - 4E0H 0001H - 9C0H
Range (DEC) 1 - 832 dots 1 - 1248 dots 1 - 2496 dots
Range (HEX) 0001H 53CH
Range (DEC) 1 - 1340 dots
0001H 7DAH
1 - 2010 dots
"0000H - 0318H" (0 - 792) (Default: 0) "FFFFH - FCE8H" (-1 - -792) "0000H - 0318H" (0 - 792) (Default: 0) "FFFFH - FCE8H" (-1 - -792) 00H: fixed
"00H - 0FH" (0 - 15) Default: 00H (0)
00H: fixed
00H: fixed
00H: fixed
00H: fixed
00H: None 01H: Low 02H: Medium (Default) 03H: High
252
12.10 System
12.10RESeCg+iPsCtratioRengisotrfatPiornintoef r Printer OperatioOn peration
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
PC
<1B>16
<50>16<43>16
Refer to the table below.
Parameter 1) [a, b, c, d, ... y, z]
ESC+PC
2) aa, b
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Registering the operation of the product
[Format 1] When setting all the items: <PC>a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i1,i2,j,k,l,m,n,o,pppp,qqqq,rrrr,ssss,t,u,v,w,x,y,z
Parameter a[Setting item No.] = F Setting for all the items b[Setting content] = For the contents of parameter, refer to the table below.
[Format 2] When setting specified item: <PC>aa,b
Parameter aa[Setting item No.] = b[Setting content] =
Valid range : 1 to 26 For the contents of parameter, refer to the table below.
[Coding Example 1] Setting all the items: <A> <PC>F,,,4,,,,,A,4,,1,3,,1,1,3200,832,,,,,,,,,0 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] <A> <PC>26,1 <Z>
Setting specified items:
[Notes] 1. Go to the User Mode, Advanced Mode or Service Mode of the product for setting. 2. Operation settings specified with this command are still in effect after turning off the product. 3. To set all the items, entire or part of parameter entry is omissible by using comma. In this case, comma is not omissible. When omitting the settings, the default value will be set. 4. Avoid specifying this command while printing or while print data exist. If so, there is no guarantee of proper operation. 5. When there is illegal parameter, the command error occurs and the setting is not saved.
253
Format1 Format2
Item
b
1
Not used
c
2
Not used
d
3
Print speed
[S84-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Range (inches/sec) 4 - 16
4 - 14
2 - 6
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (inches/sec) 4 - 14
4 - 12
e
4
Not used
f
5
Not used
g
6
Not used
h
7
Not used
i1
8
Print darkness
i2
9
Print darkness level
j
10
Not used
k
11
Zero slash
l
12
Character code
m
13
Not used
0: fixed 0: fixed
0: 2 (inches/sec) 1: 3 (inches/sec) 2: 3 (inches/sec) 3: 4 (inches/sec) 4: 4 (inches/sec) 5: 5 (inches/sec) 6: 5 (inches/sec) 7: 6 (inches/sec) 8: 6 (inches/sec) 9: 7 (inches/sec) 10: 7 (inches/sec) 11: 8 (inches/sec) 12: 8 (inches/sec) 13: 9 (inches/sec) 14: 9 (inches/sec) 15: 10 (inches/sec) 16: 10 (inches/sec) 17: 11 (inches/sec) 18: 11 (inches/sec) 19: 12 (inches/sec) 20: 12 (inches/sec) 21: 13 (inches/sec) 22: 13 (inches/sec) 23: 14 (inches/sec) 24: 14 (inches/sec) 25: 15 (inches/sec) 26: 15 (inches/sec) 27: 16 (inches/sec) 28: 16 (inches/sec)
Description
50 (mm/sec) 75 (mm/sec) 75 (mm/sec) 100 (mm/sec) 100 (mm/sec) 125 (mm/sec) 125 (mm/sec) 150 (mm/sec) 150 (mm/sec) 175 (mm/sec) 175 (mm/sec) 200 (mm/sec) 200 (mm/sec) 225 (mm/sec) 225 (mm/sec)
250 (mm/sec) 250 (mm/sec) 275 (mm/sec) 275 (mm/sec) 325 (mm/sec) 325 (mm/sec) 350 (mm/sec) 350 (mm/sec) 375 (mm/sec) 375 (mm/sec) 400 (mm/sec) 400 (mm/sec) 425 (mm/sec) 425 (mm/sec)
0: fixed 0: fixed 0: fixed 0: fixed A: fixed 1: Darkness 1 2: Darkness 2 3: Darkness 3 4: Darkness 4 5: Darkness 5 (Default) 6: Darkness 6 7: Darkness 7 8: Darkness 8 9: Darkness 9 10: Darkness 10 0: fixed
0: DISABLE 1: Enable (Default)
2: UTF-16 3: UTF-8 (Default) 0: fixed
254
Format1 Format2
Item
n
14
Initial feed
o
15
Proportional Pitch
pppp
16
Label height (dots)
qqqq
17
Label width (dots)
rrrr
ssss
t u v w x y z
18
Vertical offset value (dots)
19
Horizontal offset value (dots)
20
Not used
21
Not used
22
Not used
23
Not used
24
Time to LCD power saving (in minute)
25
Not used
26
Buzzer setting
Refer to the "Operator Manual" for the default.
0: Disable (Default) 1: Enable 0: DISABLE 1: Enable (Default) [S84-ex]
Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Description
Range (HEX) 0001H - 4E20H 0001H - 4650H 0001H - 2580H
Range (DEC) 1 - 20000
1 - 18000
1 - 9600
[S86-ex]
Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (HEX) 0001H - 2708H
Range (DEC) 1 - 9992
0001H 3A8CH 1 - 14988
[S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
[S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (HEX) 0001H - 340H
0001H - 4E0H
0001H - 9C0H
Range (DEC) 1 - 832
1 - 1248
1 - 2496
Range (HEX) 0001H 53CH
0001H 7DAH
Range (DEC) 1 - 1340
1 - 2010
0 - 792 (Default: 0) -1 - -792 0 - 792 (Default: 0) -1 - -792 0: fixed
0: fixed
0: fixed
0: fixed
0 - 15 Default: 0
0: fixed
0: none 1: Small 2: Medium (Default) 3: Large
255
12.11 System
12.11 ESC+E Auto Linefeed
Auto Linefeed
ESC+E
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
E <45>16
Parameter aaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying line pitch and linefeed.
[Format] <E>aaa
Parameter a[Line pitch width] = Valid range
: 0 to 999 dots
[Coding Example] <A> <E>10 <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XM>,ABCDE+CR FGHIJ+CR <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. When CR (0DH) is specified, linefeed based on line pitch will be performed. 2. Rotation <%> is enabled. 3. Line pitch is changeable by this command within items 4. Specify this command before designating the consecutive print of 1-line. 5. Performing auto linefeed by the designation of CR (0DH), print start position of linefeed will be determined based on the pitch specified with <E> and the value specified with Horizontal Print Position <H> designated after <E>. In case that <H> is specified several times after <E>, return position by CR (0DH) will be at the end of <H>.
256
12.12 System
12.12 ESC+KM Kanji Mincho
Kanji Mincho
ESC+KM
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
KM <4B>16<4D>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specifying the MINCHO for Kanji font
[Format] <KM>
[Coding Example] <A> <KM> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304 <K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B <KG> <V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0304 <K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command can be used more than one time in the same item. 2. The default is set to GOTHIC.
257
12.13 System
12.13 ESC+KG Kanji Gothic
Kanji Gothic
ESC+KG
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
KG <4B>16<47>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specifying the GOTHIC for Kanji font
[Format] <KG>
[Coding Example] <A> <KG> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304 <K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B <KG> <V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0304 <K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command can be used more than one time in the same item. 2. The default is set to GOTHIC.
258
12.14 System
12.14 ESC+LD User Download
User Download
ESC+LD
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC
LD
<1B>16
<4C>16<44>16
Refer to the table below
Parameter ,a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Setting the auto-online, availability of zero slash, protocol code and Euro code.
[Format] <LD>,a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j
Parameter Refer to the table below for the details.
Function Protocol code
Auto online Zero slash Euro Code
Parameter
a (Hex) b (Hex) c (Hex) d (Hex) e (Hex) f (Hex) g (Hex) h (ASCII)
i (ASCII)
j (Hex)
Content
STX ETX ESC ENQ CAN NULL Offline 0 : YES NO 0 : YES NO D5H
Standard 02H 03H 1BH 05H 18H 00H 40H 1 : 0 (30H)
1 : 0 (30H)
D5H
Default Non-standard { (7BH) } (7DH) ^ (5EH) @ (40H) ! (21H) ~ (7EH) ] (5DH) 0 (30H)
0 (30H)
D5H
[Coding Example] <A> <LD>,{,},%,#,&,=,~,0,0,<FF>16 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 2. Entire or part of parameter entry is omissible by using comma. In this case, comma is not omissible. Omitted setting will remain as default. 3. If number of commas within parameter is other than 10, or if the specified code is included in the other control code, command, or print data, operation will not be accurate. 4. Parameter a ~ g of Protocol code will be enabled by setting to Non-standard through Protocol code setting screen in the Advanced Mode. 5. When a product receives this command, it prints a list about the protocol code that you set. 6. Restart the product to enable the settings of this command.
259
12.15 System
12.15 ESC+PO Offset
Offset
ESC+PO
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 -
PO <50>16<4F>16
Parameter abcc
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specify the label stop position adjustment in each motion temporary.
[Format] <PO>abcc
Parameter a[offset]
b[offset direction]
c[offset length]
= 1
: dispense mode
3
: continuous mode
= +
: paper feed direction
-
: backfeed direction
= Valid range : 00 to 99 dots
[Coding Example] <A> <PO>3+08 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command is not necessary to specify at the normal label printing. 2. Specify this command when there is a particular misalignment.
260
12.16 System
12.16 ESC+#J Job Modification
Job Modification
ESC+#J
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
#J <23>16<4A>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Register job modification character string.
[Format] <#J>,a,b,c
Parameter
a[ID number]
= Valid range : 0 or 1 to 9 (default: 0 delete all job modification pairs)
b[Search character string] = Valid range : 00 to FF (default: delete designated modification pairs)
c[Replace character string] = Valid range : 00 to FF (default: no replace character string)
[Coding Example] <A> <#J>,1,1B584D,1B584C <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specify the search and replace character string in 2 digits ASCII in HEX. 2. When 0 is specified for an ID number, all job modification pairs are deleted. 3. When the search character string parameter is omitted, the specified job modification pair is deleted. 4. When replace character string parameter is omitted, replace is not done and only search character string is deleted from the input data.
[Remarks] 1. The search or replace character string for job modification is saved in the EEPROM, and it is maintained until it is deleted or job modification function is disabled. 2. The search or replace character string can be specified up to 100 characters, 9 pairs in total. For example, a pair of search/replace character string has 50 characters each, only one pair can be used. 3. The character string is searched in the order of from #J1 to #J9. When higher priority search character string is the subset of lower priority search character string, the lower priority search character string is ignored. 4. When the Hex dump mode is used for the printing of the received data, print output depends on the job modification setting. 5. The job modification function is disabled automatically during the test print mode.
261
13 Memory Card Commands
13.1 Memory Card
13.1 ESC+CC Card Slot for Use
Card Slot for Use
ESC+CC
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
CC <43>16<43>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specifying the slot No. of the memory card for use. The product can access to the media registered to the specified slot.
[Format] <CC>a
Parameter a[Slot No.]
= 0 : 1 : 2 :
Slot 0 (Default: Printer) Slot 1 (Default: FROM) Slot 2 (Default: SD card)
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <GI>H003003001FF000000000000FF <Z>
[Notes] 1. The allocation of the slot number can be changed from the above default in the memory card mode. Items can be set to the each slot number are "Printer", "FROM", "SD card", "USB memory", and "Not used." Refer to the Operator Manual for details. * "Printer": Printer memory, "FROM": Flash ROM 2. It is necessary to specify when accessing to "FROM", "SD card" and "USB memory." 3. The command error occurs when unused slot is specified. 4. Please confirm that the media is mounted when specifying "SD card" or "USB memory." The command error occurs when the product accessed to the slot when the media is not mounted.
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
262
13.2 Memory Card
13.2 ESC+&S Registration of Form Overlay
Registration of Form Overlay
ESC+&S
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
&S <26>16<53>16
Parameter ,aa(,bbbb,ccccc)
When the power switch is OFF Valid range and Valid range within item
term of command Valid range between items
The registered data becomes valid. The registered data are in effect until a new specification is made. The registered data are in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specifying the registration of fixed print contents to a memory card.
[Format] <&S>,aa(,bbbb,ccccc)
Parameter a[Registration No.] b[Size specification of window width] c[Size specification of window height]
= Valid range = Valid range = Valid range
: 1 to 99 : Refer to the table below (Omissible) : Refer to the table below (Omissible)
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100<XM>,MODEL <CC>1 <&S>,1 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specify slot No. with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command. 2. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> with the format to be registered. 3. Registration of identical registration No. is invalid. 4. Both Print data of Graphic <G> and Print of BMP File <GM> can be registered. 5. This command allows up to 99 registries. Note that the capacity of registry may vary depending on the memory card to be used. 6. Data registered with this command can be cleared with Clear <*>R. 7. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
[Valid range of the window size] [S84-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Horizontal direction available range (dot)
1 - 832
1 - 1248
1 - 2496
Vertical direction available range (dot)
1 - 20000
1 - 18000
1 - 9600
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Horizontal direction available range (dot)
1 - 1340
1 - 2010
Vertical direction available range (dot)
1 - 9992
1 - 14988
263
[Valid Commands] Print position
Font
Barcode
2D code Composite
symbol Modification
Graphic
<V> <XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50>
<EU>
<WD> <G>
<H> <XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX>
<FW> <GM>
<XM> <K9>
<XB> <k1>
<XL> <k2>
<BG> <BL> <2D12> <2D51>
<BI> <BL><d> <2D20>
<D> <BM> <BV>
<(> <GP>
<RF>
<FC>
<OA> <k8>
<OB> <k9>
<RD> <U>
<D><d> <BM> <2D30>
<BD> <2D31>
<BT> <2D32>
<FT> <RM>
<$=> <S>
<BW>
<BQ>
<K1> <M>
<BP>
<2D33>
In general, this command is used for [Registration No.] only. Specification of window height and width will control the movement with Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> at the time of calling. For the movement at the time of calling, if registered area is exceeding printable area, the portion outside of the printable area will not be printed.
The following are the brief operation. 1) Normal (To register)
<A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202 <XB>0ABCD <V>60<H>60 <FW>0808V800H400 <V>320<H>60 <FW>04H400 <CC>1 <&S>,1 <Z>
Registered image ABCD
2) When the print is specified after the command <&S> <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202 <XB>0ABCD <V>60<H>60 <FW>0808V800H400 <V>320<H>60 <FW>04H400 <CC>1 <&S>,1 <V>200<H>100<OB>12345 <Z>
Anything specified prior to the command <&S> will be registered as form overlay.
Printing out this part
264
3) When the window size is specified Label Size <A1>00800400, Window width [200], Window height [200] <A> <A1>08000400 <V>100<H>00<P>2<L>0202 <XB>0ABCD <CC>1 <&S>,1,200,200 <Z>
Registering this shadowed area only.
Registering this shadowed area only.
200 dots
A B CD
A B CD
800 dots
200 dots
200 dots
800 dots
Label feed direction
400 dots
[ LH ]
800 dots
200 dots
[RH]
265
13.3 Memory Card
13.3 ESC+&R Form Overlay Call
Form Overlay Call
ESC+&R
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
&R <26>16<52>16
Parameter ,aa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Invoking the contents in memory card with Registration of Form Overlay <&S>.
[Format] <&R>,aa
Parameter a[Registration No.]
= Valid range : 1 to 99
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <&R>,1 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specify slot No. of Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 2. This command can be combined with different registration No. and printed. 3. When registration No. is not specified, this command will be ignored. 4. If specifying unregistered No., Read/Write error will occur. 5. When registering without specifying window, Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> will be ignored and V1 and H1 (Start position of drawing area) will be determined. 6. When specifying and registering window, movement with <V> and <H> will be enabled. Note that when exceeding printable area, the portion outside of the printable area will not be printed. 7. This command is not effective without a memory card. 8. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified.
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
[Valid Commands] Print position Font
Barcode
2D code Modification Graphic
<V> <XU> <K8> <B> <BF> <BK> <2D50> <WD> <G>
<H> <XS> <K9> <BC> <EU> <BQ>
<FW> <GM>
<XM> <k1> <BG> <BL> <BV>
<XB> <k2> <BI> <BL><d> <BX>
<XL> <k8> <BP> <BM> <2D31>
<OA> <k9> <D>
<2D30>
<OB> <$=> <D><d>
<2D32>
<RD> <BD> <2D20>
<K1> <BT> <2D10>
<K2> <BW> <2D12>
<(> <GP>
<RF>
<FC> <FT>
266
13.4 Memory Card
13.4 ESC+YS Registration of Format
Registration of Format
ESC+YS
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
YS <59>16<53>16
Parameter ,aaaaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The registered data becomes valid. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Registering print format.
[Format] <YS>,aaaaa
Parameter aaaaa[Format registration No.] = Valid range
: 00001 to 99999
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <YS>,1 </N>,3,3 <%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM>ABC <Z>
[Notes] 1. When registering multiple formats, Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> with one format. 2. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 3. Use this command and Registration of Field </N> as a set. 4. Attempts to register again with registered No., an error will occur, and the targeted content will be printed. 5. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Valid Commands for Registration]
Print position
<V>
<H>
Font
<XU> <K2>
<XS> <K8>
Barcode
<B>
<BC>
<XM> <K9> <BG>
<XB> <k1> <BI>
<XL> <k2>
<OA> <k8> <D>
<OB> <k9> <D><d>
<RD> <BD>
<$=> <BT>
<K1> <BW>
2D code
Modification System Memory card
<2D10> <2D12> <2D20> <2D30> <2D31> <2D32> <2D50> <2D51> <2D70> <BK>
<BV> <BQ> <BX>
<P>
<L>
<PS> <PR> <%> <FW>
<(>
<WD>
<A1> <A3> <AX> <AR>
<&R> </N> <GR> <GC> <PY>
(Caution) The operation when specified a command that is other than available command is not guaranteed.
[Important] 1. Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 2. The maximum registration with </N> is 99 fields. (Refer to the customizable print command of the field registration (ESC+/N) for the commands that can be registered.) 3. The maximum registration with other than </N> is 50 fields. Refer to the customizable print command for the commands that can be registered.
267
[Remark] Details of Format Registration
A group of commands can be registered to a memory card. Once registered, it saves time to specify the identical command group. The registration also allows a change of print data when invoking the format. Such function is called "Format Registration". One item consists of different command groups necessary for printing, and such groups are called "Field". Note that multiple fields make format.
Commands for format registration : One format consists of a set of commands from Start of Data Transmission <A> to End of Data Transmission <Z>, and specifies Registration of Format <YS> right after <A>. For <YS>, specify [Format registration No.] from 1 to 99999. And then, insert Registration of Field </N> after <YS> to specify [Field No.] and [Digit No. of print quantity]. After [Field No.] and [Digit No. of print quantity] is entered, specify print position, character type, barcode, etc.
[Registration Example]
<A> <YS>,1
Format registration No. Field No.
Digit No. of print quantity
</N>,1,10
<V>10<H>50
<B>2020801234567890
</N>,2,5
<V>100<H>50<L>0101<P>2
<XM>12345
</N>,3,6
<V>200<H>300<L>0101<P>2
<XM>123456
<Z>
Data to be registered to Field No. 1 Data to be registered to Field No. 2 Data to be registered to Field No. 3
Specified by Filed No. 1 Specified by Filed No. 2 Specified by Filed No. 3
12345
123456
Label feed direction
Invoking the registered print contents Specify saved [Format registration No.] from 1 to 99999 with Format Call <YR>. To change print data, use Print of Field <D> to specify [Field No.] to be changed, and continuously specify the changed print data. Note that the underlined parts in the [Registration Example] are changeable.
[Calling Example]
<A> <YR>,1 </D>,2,ABCDE <Q>2 <Z>
Format registration No. to invoke Field No. of print data to be changed
Data to be changed
Changed data
ABCDE 123456
Label feed direction
268
13.5 Memory Card
13.5 ESC+/N Registration of Field
Registration of Field
ESC+/N
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
/N <2F>16<4E>16
Parameter ,aa,bb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The registered data becomes valid. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Registering items within the field of Registration of Format <YS>.
[Format] </N>,aa,bb
Parameter
a[Field No. ]
= Valid range : 1 to 99
b[Digit No. of print quantity] = Valid range : 1 to 99
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <YS>1 </N>,1,3 <%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM>ABC </N>,2,5 <%>0<V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0101<OA>12345 </N>,3,8 <%>0<V>300<H>40<B>40208049123456 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specify the value of [Field No.] in ascending order. 2. Specify Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> for each field. If not, the default value will be set. 3. Specification of digit number when printing external character. External code H, one external character has 4 digits; thus, three external characters make 12 digits for printing. External code B, one external character has 2 digits; thus, three external characters make 6 digits for printing. 4. Use this command and Registration of Format <YS> as a set. 5. Due to the memory capacity limit, it may not save up to 99 registries. 6. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
[Valid Commands for the Change of Print]
Font
<XU> <K2>
<XS> <K8>
<XM> <K9>
Modification <P>
<L>
<PS>
Barcode
<B>
<BC> <BG>
<XB> <k1> <PR> <BI>
<XL> <k2> <%> <D>
<OA> <k8>
<D><d>
<OB> <k9>
<BD>
<RD> <$=> <K1> <BT> <BW> <BL>
2D code
<2D10> <2D12> <2D20> <2D30> <2D31> <2D32> <2D50> <2D51> <2D70> <BK>
<BV>
<BQ> <BX>
269
13.6 Memory Card
13.6 ESC+YR Format Call
Format Call
ESC+YR
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
YR <59>16<52>16
Parameter ,aaaaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Invoking and printing out the format registered with Registration of Format <YS>.
[Format] <YR>,aaaaa
Parameter aaaaa[Format registration No.] = Valid range
: 00001 to 99999
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <YR>,1 </D>,1,DEF </D>,2,78901 </D>,3,49000238 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command cannot invoke multiple formats between Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z>. 2. Use this command and Print of Field </D> as a set. 3. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
270
13.7 Memory Card
13.7 ESC+/D Print of Field
Print of Field
ESC+/D
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
/D <2F>16<44>16
Parameter ,aa,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Invoking the items registered with Registration of Field and specifying data.
[Format]
</D>,aa,n~n
Parameter
a[Field No. ] = Valid range : 1 to 99
n[Data]
= Data to be changed
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <YR>,1 </D>,1,DEF </D>,2,78901 </D>,3,49000238 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Digit No. of print quantity is valid within the range specified with Registration of Field </N>. 2. When digit No. of this command is larger than the one specified with Registration of Field </N>, only the defined digit No. will be available for printing. 3. Use this command and Format Call <YR> as a set. 4. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
271
13.8 Memory Card
13.8 ESC+GI Registration of Graphic
Registration of Graphic
ESC+GI
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
GI <47>16<49>16
Parameter abbbcccdddn~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the registration of graphic pattern data.
[Format]
<GI>abbbcccdddn~n
Parameter
a[Selection of data transfer in HEX or BIN]
= H : Hex data
B : Binary data
Hex data (specify graphic data as 2 characters of ASCII 0-F is equal to 8 dots)
Binary data (specify graphic data as 1 byte of binary data is equal to 8 dots)
b[Specification of crosswise graphic area per byte]
=
c[Specification of lengthwise graphic area per byte] =
d[Registration No.] (Identification No. when invoking) =
n[Data]
=
Refer to the table below Refer to the table below 1 to 999 Graphic data
[Coding Example 1] [H: HEX data] is specified as [Selection of data transfer in HEX or BIN] <A> <CC>1 <GI>H001001999<46463831383138313831383138314646>16 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] [B: Binary data] are specified as [Selection of data transfer in HEX or BIN] [] is registered to the 999th of the slot 1 by the below.
<A> <CC>1 <GI>B001001999 <FF818181818181FF>16 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Specify registered data only. 2. To change the registered content, clear it with Clear <*> to register again. 3. Graphic Call <GR> is for printing out the data registered with Registration of Graphic <GI>. 4. When data are not registered properly, print error may occur. For details on data format, refer to Print of Graphic <G>. 5. Attempts to register again with registered No., an error will occur, and the targeted content will be printed. 6. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 7. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the graphic registration command <GI>. 8. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
272
[Specified Range] [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
[S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Maximum byte in horizontal direction 104 156 312
Maximum byte in horizontal direction 168 252
Maximum byte in vertical direction 400 600 999
Maximum byte in vertical direction 400 600
273
13.9 Memory Card
13.9 ESC+GR Graphic Call
Graphic Call
ESC+GR
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
GR <47>16<52>16
Parameter aaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Invoking and printing out the data registered with Registration of Graphic <GI>.
[Format] <GR>aaa
Parameter a[Registration No.] = Valid range
: 1 to 999
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <GR>1 <Q>1 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the graphic recall command <GR>. 2. Ignoring Base Reference Point Offset <A3> and making no correction. 3. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available for the invoked graphic. 4. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 5. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
274
13.10 Memory Card
13.10 ESC+GT Registration of BMP File
Registration of BMP File
ESC+GT
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
GT <47>16<54>16
Parameter aaa,bbbbb,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the registration of BMP file created by such as Paint Brush of Windows.
[Format] <GT>aaa,bbbbb,n~
Parameter a[Registration No.] b[Total bytes of BMP file]
n[Data]
= 1 to 999 = 1 to 99999 Specify the file size of BMP file for total bytes. = BMP file data Data is sent as binary data (Outputs 8 bits as one character data all at once)
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <GT>1,12345,n~n <Z>
[Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the BMP file registration command <GT>. 2. Data is sent as binary data (Outputs 8 bits as one character data all at once). In this case, the file size of BMP file becomes the total bytes, and BMP file data becomes data. 3. In BMP file, 62 bytes of data is for the header part and the rest of data is for the image data. 4. When [Total bytes of BMP file] are not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of malfunction. 5. Total bytes are the file size shown at [Property] and such. 6. BMP file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due to command error. Also, this command is not valid for the BMP compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set to [BMP] before printing. 7. Specify Card Slot for use <CC> prior to this command. 8. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
275
13.11 Memory Card
13.11 ESC+GC BMP File Call
BMP File Call
ESC+GC
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
GC <47>16<43>16
Parameter aaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Invoking and printing out the data registered with Registration of BMP File.
[Format] <GC>aaa
Parameter a[Registration No.] = Valid range
: 1 to 999
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <GC>1 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the BMP file recall command <GC>. 2. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available for the invoked data. 3. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 4. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
276
13.12 Memory Card
13.12 ESC+PI Registration of PCX File
Registration of PCX File
ESC+PI
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
PI <50>16<49>16
Parameter aaa,bbbbb,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the registration of PCX file created by such as Paint Brush of Windows.
[Format] <PI>aaa,bbbbb,n~n
Parameter a[Registration No.] b[Total bytes of PCX file]
n[Data]
= 1 to 999 = 1 to 99999 Specify the file size of PCX file for total bytes. = PCX file data Data is sent as binary data (Outputs 8 bits as one character data all at once)
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <PI>001,12345,n~n <Z>
[Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the PCX file registration command <PI>. 2. Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-bit data as 1 font data all at once). (The file size of PCX file is the total bytes of PCX file, and PCX file data are data) 3. If [Total bytes of PCX file] are not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of malfunction. 4. Total bytes are the file size shown at [Property] and such. 5. PCX file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due to command error. Also, this command is not valid for the PCX compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set to [PCX] before printing. 6. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 7. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
277
13.13 Memory Card
13.13 ESC+PY PCX File Call
PCX File Call
ESC+PY
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
PY <50>16<59>16
Parameter aaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Invoking and printing out the data registered with Registration of PCX File <PI>.
[Format] <PY>aaa
Parameter a[Registration No.]
= Valid range
: 1 to 999
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <PY>001 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the PCX file recall command <PY>. 2. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available for the invoked data. 3. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 4. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
278
13.14 Memory Card
13.1M4 EeSmC+oTr1y cMaermdor1y6xca1rd6 d16o×t1s6 dots ExtEextrenrnaall FFonotnRtegRisetragtiiosntration
ESC+T1
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
T1 <54>16<31>16
Parameter abbn~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Register 16x16 dots external characters to the memory card.
[Format] <T1>abbn~n
Parameter
a[Select register data type]
= H:
B :
b[Register font code address]
= H:
B :
n[External character registration data]
HEX character Binary code in the range from "21" to "7F", up to 95 items can be registered in the range from 21H to 7FH, up to 95 items can be registered
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <T1>H2100FF00FF3C0000FF <Z>
[Notes] 1. It is possible to overwrite the data that is registered once. 2. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the memory card 16x16 external character registration command <T1>. 3. The error may occur when other registration command and the memory card 16x16 external character registration command <T1> at the same time due to not enough memory in the memory card. As a countermeasure, register other registration to another memory card or use a memory card that has more capacity. 4. The output order of the data is as follows. 5. The error occurs when unused slot is specified.
External file [16x16]
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6
D31 D32
8 dots
16 dots
8 dots
D1 D3 D5 D7 D9 D11 D13 D15 D17 D19 D21
D23 D25
D27 D29 D31
D2
D4
D6
D8
D10
D12
D14
D16
16 dots
D18
D20
D22 D24
D26
D28
D30
D32
When registering the above external character, D1 data are <01>16, D2 data are <80>16 because the constitution of D1 is [00000001], and D2 is [10000000]. In the same manner, D3 is <03>16, D4 is <00>16, D5 is <3F>16, D6 is <FC>16, and the external registration data will be <018003003FFC.....>16 up to D32.
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
279
13.15 Memory Card
13.1M5 EeSmC+oTr2y cMaermdor2y4xca2rd4 d24o×t2s4 dots ExtEextrenrnaallFFonotnRtegRisetragtiiosntration
ESC+T2
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
T2 <54>16<32>16
Parameter abbn~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Register 24x24 dots external characters to the memory card.
[Format] <T2>abbn~n
Parameter
a[Select register data type]
= H:
B :
b[Register font code address]
= H:
B :
n [External character registration data]
HEX character Binary code in the range from "21" to "7F", up to 95 items can be registered in the range from 21H to 7FH, up to 95 items can be registered
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <T2>H2100FF00FF~3C0000FF <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. It is possible to overwrite the data that is registered once. 2. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the memory card 24x24 external character registration command <T2>. 3. The error may occur when other registration command and the memory card 24x24 external character registration command <T2> at the same time due to not enough memory in the memory card. As a countermeasure, register other registration to another memory card or use a memory card that has more capacity. 4. The output order of the data is as follows. 5. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>).
External file [24x24]
D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6
8 dots
24 dots 8 dots
8 dots
D7 D8 D9
D2
D1 D4 D7 D70 D71 D72 D10
D13
D16 D19
D22
D25 D28
D31 D34
D37
D40
D43
D46
D49 D52
D55
D58
D61
D64
D67
D70
D3 D6 D9 D12 D15
D18 D21 D24 D27 24 dots D30 D33 D36 D39 D42 D45 D48
D51 D54 D57 D60 D63 D66 D69 D72
When registering the above external character, D1 dataD7a1re <00>16, D2 data are <3C>16, D3 data are <00>16 because the constitution of D1 is [00000000], D2 is [00111100] and D3 is [00000000]. In the same manner, D4 is <00>16, D5 is <3C>16, D6 is <00>16, and the external registration data will be <003C00003C00.....>16 up to D72.
280
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
281
13.16 Memory Card
1M3.e16mEoSrCy+KC1a(Kr2d) HMoermizooryntCaalrdWHriotriinzogntal EWxrtietinrgnaExl tCerhnaalrCahcatreacrteRr eRcecaallll
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
K1(K2)
Parameter
<4B>16<31>16(<4B>16<32>16) abbn~n
ESC+K1(K2)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Recall the external characters registered to memory card.
[Format] <K1>an~n <K2>ann
Parameter a [External characters registration] = H : B : I : C : J : D : K : E :
HEX character Binary code HEX character with smoothing function Binary code with smoothing function HEX character with highlight function Binary code with highlight function HEX character with smoothing and highlight function Binary code with smoothing and highlight function
n~n [Registration code]
= <GB18030 specification>
H, I, J, K : "8021" ~ "807F"
B, C, D, E :
8021H ~ 807FH
<BIG5/KSX1001 specification>
H, I, J, K : "9021" ~ "907F"
B, C, D, E :
9021H ~ 907FH
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <K1>H9021 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the card slot command <CC> just before the memory card horizontal writing external character recall command <K1>. 2. The error occurs when unused slot is specified.
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
282
13.17 Memory Card
M13e.1m7 EoSCr+yk1C(ka2)rd VMeemrtoircyalCaWrdritVienrtgical ExWteritrinngaElxtCerhnaal rCahcartaectrerRReeccalal ll
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
k1(k2)
Parameter
<6B>16<31>16(<6B>16<32>16) abbn~n
ESC+k1(k2)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Recall the external characters registered to memory card.
[Format] <k1>an~n <k2>ann
Parameter a[External characters registration]
= H: B : I : C : J : D : K : E :
HEX character Binary code HEX character with smoothing function Binary code with smoothing function HEX character with highlight function Binary code with highlight function HEX character with smoothing and highlight function Binary code with smoothing and highlight function
n~n [Registration code]
= <GB18030 specification>
H, I, J, K : "8021" ~ "807F"
B, C, D, E :
8021H ~ 807FH
<BIG5/KSX1001 specification>
H, I, J, K : "9021" ~ "907F"
B, C, D, E :
9021H ~ 907FH
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <k1>H9021 <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the card slot command <CC> just before the memory card vertical writing external character recall command <k1>. 2. The error occurs when unused slot is specified.
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
283
13.18 Memory Card
13.18 ESC+BJF Memory Card Initialization
Memory Card Initialization
ESC+BJF
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BJF <42>16<4A>16<46>16
Parameter aaaaaaaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the format (initialization) of memory card.
[Format] <BJF>aaaaaaaa
Parameter a[User ID] = Specifying up to 8 bytes in alphanumeric and symbols
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <BJF>satocard <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command is not effective without an optional memory card. 2. Specify slot No. registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command by all means. 3. The card will not be formatted and error occurs when the memory card is write-protect. The data is not guaranteed when the memory card is formatted accidentally. Be careful when formatting the memory card. 4. Initialization takes some time. Do not send any command until the initialization finishes. 5. When SD card is selected by the Card slot for use command <CC> and the SD card is formatted, the contents of the SD card are deleted all and then the product creates folders necessary.
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
284
13.19 Memory Card
13.19 ESC+BJS Print of Memory Card Status
Print of Memory Card Status
ESC+BJS
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BJS <42>16<4A>16<53>16
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Printing out the status of the memory card.
[Format] <BJS>
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <BJS> <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command is for printing out the memory card status and it cannot be used in combination with other commands. 2. Status can be checked with the label of W68mm and H90mm.
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
285
13.20 Memory Card
13.20 ESC+* Memory Card Clear
Memory Card Clear
ESC+*
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
* <2A>16
Parameter a,bb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Clearing the entire contents in memory card.
[Format] <*>a,bbb
Parameter a[Item to be cleared]
= G: P : M : F : O : R :
SATO Graphic (Clearing graphic registered with Registration of Graphic <GI>) PCX file (Clearing PCX file registered with Registration of PCX File <PI>) BMP file (Clearing BMP file registered with Registration of BMP File <GT>) Format (Clearing format registered with Registration of Format <YS>) TrueType font (Clearing TrueType font registered with Registration of TrueType Font <BJ>) Form Overlay (Clearing form overlay registered with Registration of Form Overlay <&S>)
b[Registration No.]
= 000 to 099 (Omissible) TrueType font 00001 to 99999 (Omissible) Format 001 to 999 (Omissible) Other than above (When omitting Registration No., all the registered data will be cleared.)
[Coding Example 1] <A> <CC1> <*>G,001 <Z>
Clearing 001 of SATO graphics
[Coding Example 2] <A> <CC1> <*>P,002 <Z>
Clearing 002 of PCX files
[Coding Example 3] <A> <CC1> <*>R <Z>
Clearing Form Overlay entirely
[Notes] 1. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 2. Specify slot No. of Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using.
[Remark] To clear all data of memory card, use Card Format <BJF>.
[Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted.
286
13.21 Memory Card
R13e.2g1iEsStCr+aBtJio, nESoCf+BTJrDueTRyegpisetraFtioonntof (CTorumeTpypaetFibonlte(CComopmatimbleaCnodmsm)ands)
ESC+BJ
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BJ BJD <42>16<4A>16 <42>16<4A>16<44>16
Parameter
(a...ab..b c...cdddde...e
ESC+BJD
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the registration of TrueType font.
[Format] <BJ>(a...ab...b <BJD>c...cdddde...e <BJ>
Parameter a[Font description] b[Date] c[Memory offset] d[No. of data bytes] e[Font data to download]
Specification of 40 bytes font 10 bytes date data 5 bytes memory offset (HEX specification) 0001 to 9999
[Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <BJ>(abcdefghijkabcdefghijkabcdefghijkabcdefghijk29-08-2000 <BJD>00000002203001A004900200000000 <BJ> <Z>
[Note] Specify slot No. registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command by all means.
[Important] 1. Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 2. This command is compatible commands for the previous model. It is recommended to register with the dedicated tool, and print with TrueType font specification <RD> (or Call and Print of Font & Logo <RF>).
287
13.22 Memory Card
13.22 ESTCr+uBeJTTypeTFruoeTnytpeCalFlont Call (C(oCommppaatibtilebCleomCmoanmdsm) ands)
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
BJT <42>16<4A>16<54>16
Parameter ,aa,bb,cc,dd,ee,ffff,n~n
ESC+BJT
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying to invoke TrueType font.
[Format] <BJT>,aa,bb,cc,dd,ee,ffff,n~n
Parameter
a[Font ID]
:
b[Horizontal magnification] :
c[Vertical magnification] :
d[Character pitch]
:
e[Backup]
:
f[No. of print character] :
n[Data]
00 to 99 01 to 12 01 to 12 01 to 99 00 Fixed 0000 to 9999
[Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<CC>1 <BJT>,01,02,02,01,00,0004SATO <Q> <Z>
[Note] Specify slot No. registered with Slot Card for Use <CC> prior to this command by all means.
[Important] 1. Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 2. This command is compatible commands for the previous model. It is recommended to register with the dedicated tool, and print with TrueType font specification <RD> (or Call and Print of Font & Logo <RF>).
288
14 Calendar Commands
14.1 Calendar
14.1 ESC+WT Calendar Setting
Calendar Setting
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
WT <57>16<54>16
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
[Function] Setting the calendar.
[Format] <WT>aabbccddee
Parameter a[Year] = b[Month] = c[Date] = d[Hour] = e[Minute] =
00 to 99 01 to 12 01 to 31 00 to 23 00 to 59
Parameter aabbccddee
ESC+WT
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Coding Example] 2020, January 1, 13:13 <A> <WT>2001011313 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Calendar IC is necessary for this command. This command cannot be used without a calendar IC. 2. When 00 to 80 is specified as the parameter a, 20 is applied to the upper 2 digits and the year is 20aa. When 81 to 99 is specified as the parameter a, 19 is applied to the upper 2 digits and the year is 19aa.
289
14.2 Calendar
14.2 ESC+WP Calendar Addition
Calendar Addition
ESC+WP
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
WP <57>16<50>16
Parameter abbb
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specifying the addition of the calendar.
[Format] <WP>abbb
Parameter
a[Specification of date and time]
= Y:
M :
D :
h :
W :
b[Specification of additional value for date and time]
Year Month Date Hour Week No. = Valid range for Y : 000 to 009
Valid range for M : 000 to 099 Valid range for D : 000 to 999 Valid range for h : 000 to 999 Valid range for W : 000 to 099 0 before the additional value can be omitted.
[Coding Example] Specifying and printing out the date that is three months from today. <A> <WP>M03 <V>100<H>200 <OB><WA>DD/MM/YY <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command requires optional calendar IC. Note that the command cannot be used without the calendar IC. 2. This command can add certain period of time to the specified date of year, month, date, and time. As shown in the above [Coding Example], three months from today can be set. 3. The last <WP> become valid when there are multiple <WP> in 1 item.
290
14.3 Calendar
14.3 ESC+WA Calendar Print
Calendar Print
ESC+WA
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
WA <57>16<41>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify calendar print.
[Format] <WA>parameter
Parameter a[Print contents]
= YYYY(Year) YY(Year) Y(Year) MMM(Abbreviation of month) MM(Month) M(Month) DDDDDDDDD(Day) DDD(Abbreviation of day) DD(Date) D(One character day code) HH(Hour) GG(Hour) hh(Hour) mm(Minute) ss(Second) TT(Morning/Afternoon) JJJ(Julian Date) WW(Week) ww(Week) QQ(Hours/Minutes) C(Shift code)
Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range
: 1981-2080 : 00-99 : 0-9 : Jan-Dec : 01-12 : A-Z, a-z : Sunday-Saturday : Sun-Sat : 01-31 : 0-9, A-Z, a-z : 00-11 : 01-12 : 00-23 : 00-59 : 00-59 : AM/PM : 001-366 : 00-52 : 01-53 : 01-961=15 minutes: 96=24 hours : 1-3
[Coding Example] Print the date of 3 months later from the current date <A> <WP>M03 <V>100<H>200 <OB><WA>DD/MM/YYYY <V>200<H>200 <OB><WA>hh:mm:ss TT <V>300<H>200 <OB><WA>YY JJJ WW ww <Q>2 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Calendar IC is necessary for this command. This command cannot be used without a calendar IC. 2. The printing is in real time when more than 2 QTY is specified. 3. Up to 6 calendar print commands can be specified in 1 form. 4. The maximum calendar print data is 16 characters. 5. WW (Week) of the parameter a is when the starting week is counted as 0, and ww (Week) is when the starting week is counted as 1. (Refer to the WW/ww command week examples below) 6. Specify the font type for calendar printing of the font command (refer to the available command below) before this command. 7. Do not use font type command <OA> and <OB> when printing MMM, M, DDDDDDDDD, DDD, and D of the parameter a. The lower case of the alphabet is not available with those fonts.
291
WW/ww command week examples
Example 1) January 2008, the year that January 1st is Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun
WW
ww
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
0th week
1st week
7
8
9
10 11 12 13
1st week
2nd week
14
15
16 17 18 19 20
2nd week
3rd week
21
22
23 24 25 26 27
3rd week
4th week
28
29 30 31
1
2
3
4th week
5th week
- When it is December 31st, 2007, 0th week is printed for WW (Week). (1st week is printed for ww (Week)) - When it is January 25th, 2008, 3rd week is printed for WW (Week). (4th week is printed for ww (Week)) - When it is January 28th, 2008, 4th week is printed for WW (Week). (5th week is printed for ww (Week)) - When it is February 3rd, 2008, 4th week is printed for WW (Week). (5th week is printed for ww (Week))
Example 2) January 2010, the year that January 1st is Friday, Saturday, and Sunday
Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun
WW
ww
28
29 30 31
1
2
3
52nd week 53rd week
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0th week
1st week
11
12 13 14 15 16 17
1st week
2nd week
18
19 20 21 22 23 24
2nd week
3rd week
25
26 27 28 29 30 31
3rd week
4th week
- When it is January 1st, 2010, 25th week is printed for WW (Week). (53rd week is printed for ww (Week)) - When it is January 4th, 2010, 0th week is printed for WW (Week). (1st week is printed for ww (Week))
* The year, which January 1st is Friday, Saturday, or Sunday, the second week of January is 0th week (1st week for ww (Week))
The table below is the time when [QQ(Time)] parameter is set.
00:00 - 00:14 01
06:00 06:14 25
12:00 12:14 49
00:15 00:29 02
06:15 06:29 26
12:15 12:29 50
00:30 00:44 03
06:30 06:44 27
12:30 14:44 51
00:45 -:00:59 04
06:45 06:59 28
12:45 12:59 52
01:00 01:14 05
07:00 07:14 29
13:00 13:14 53
01:15 01:29 06
07:15 07:29 30
13:15 13:29 54
01:30 -:01:44 07
07:30 07:44 31
13:30 13:44 55
01:45 01:59 08
07:45 07:59 32
13:45 13:59 56
02:00 02:14 09
08:00 08:14 33
14:00 14:14 57
02:15 02:29 10
08:15 08:29 34
14:15 14:29 58
02:30 02:44 11
08:30 08:44 35
14:30 14:44 59
02:45 02:59 12
08:45 08:59 36
14:45 14:59 60
03:00 03:14 13
09:00 09:14 37
15:00 15:14 61
03:15 03:29 14
09:15 09:29 38
15:15 15:29 62
03:30 03:44 15
09:30 09:44 39
15:30 15:44 63
03:45 03:59 16
09:45 09:59 40
15:45 15:59 64
04:00 04:14 17
10:00 10:14 41
16:00 16:14 65
04:15 04:29 18
10:15 10:29 42
16:15 16:29 66
04:30 04:44 19
10:30 10:44 43
16:30 16:44 67
04:45 04:59 20
10:45 10:59 44
16:45 16:59 68
05:00 05:14 21
11:00 11:14 45
17:00 17:14 69
05:15 05:29 22
11:15 11:29 46
17:15 17:29 70
05:30 05:44 23
11:30 11:44 47
17 30 17:44 71
05:45 05:59 24
11:45 11:59 48
17:45 17:59 72
18:00 18:14 73 18:15 18:29 74 18:30 18:44 75 18:45 18:59 76 19:00 19:14 77 19:15 19:29 78 19:30 19:44 79 19:45 19:59 80 20:00 20:14 81 20:15 20:29 82 20:30 20:44 83 20:45 20:59 84 21:00 21:14 85 21:15 21:29 86 21:30 21:44 87 21:45 21:59 88 22:00 22:14 89 22:15 22:29 90 22:30 22:44 91 22:45 22:59 92 23:00 23:14 93 23:15 23:29 94 23:30 23:44 95 23:45 23:59 96
[Valid Commands] Print position Modification
Font
<V> <L> <XU> <U>
<H>
<%> <XS> <S>
<XM> <XB> <XL> <M> <WB> <WL>
<OA> <$=>
<OB>
<$=>
292
14.4 Calendar
14.4 ESC+WU Extended Calendar Print
Extended Calendar Print
ESC+WU
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
WU <57>16<55>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify calendar print.
[Format] <WU>a
Parameter a[Print contents]
= YYYY(Year)
Valid range
YY(year)
Valid range
Y(year)
Valid range
MMM(Abbreviation of month) Valid range
MM(Month)
Valid range
M(Month)
Valid range
DDDDDDDDD(Day)
Valid range
DDD(Abbreviation of day)
Valid range
DD(Date)
Valid range
D(one character day code)
Valid range
HH(Hour)
Valid range
GG(Hour)
Valid range
hh(Hour)
Valid range
mm(Minute)
Valid range
ss(Second)
Valid range
TT(Morning/Afternoon)
Valid range
JJJ(Julian Date)
Valid range
WW(Week)
Valid range
ww(Week)
Valid range
QQ(Time)
Valid range
C(Shift code)
Valid range
Control code
>Z...>Z
: 1981-2080 : 00-91 : 0-9 : Jan-Dec : 01-12 : A-Z, a-z : Sunday-Saturday : Sun-Sat : 01-31 : 0-9, A-Z, a-z : 00-11 : 01-12 : 00-23 : 00-59 : 00-59 : AM/PM : 001-366 : 00-52 : 01-53 : 01-961=15 minutes: 96=24 hours : 1-3
[Coding Example 1] Print the date of 3 months later from the current date <A> <WP>M03 <V>100<H>200 <OB><WU>>ZDD/MM/YY hh:mm>Z <Q>2 <Z>
[Coding Example 2]
Print "DATE" and the current date
<A>
<V>100<H>200
<OB><WU>DATE:>ZDD/MM/YY hh:mm>Z
<Q>2
<Z>
293
[Notes] 1. Calendar IC is necessary for this command. This command cannot be used without a calendar IC. 2. The printing is in real time when more than 2 QTY is specified. 3. Up to 6 calendar print commands can be specified in 1 form. 4. The maximum calendar print data is 16 characters. 5. WW (Week) of the parameter a is when the starting week is counted as 0, and ww (Week) is when the starting week is counted as 1. (Refer to the WW/ww command week examples for calendar print <WA>below) 6. Specify the font type for calendar printing of the font command (refer to the available command below) before this command. 7. Do not use font type command <OA> and <OB> when printing MMM, M, DDDDDDDDD, DDD, and D of the parameter a. The lower case of the alphabet is not available with those fonts. 8. Use the control command >Z in a pair at before and after the parameter. When it is not used in a pair, it will be recognized as text. 9. When there is return or line feed (<0D>16, <0A>16) in between >Z...>Z, it is not recognized as a pair. 10. When printing >Z, place >JZ instead of >Z. 11. When calendar is used as a parameter for barcode, according to the specifications of barcode. For example, it is not possible to specify other than numeric data with GS1-128(UCC/EAN128), therefore MMM cannot be specified as the parameter a. 12. Refer to calendar print<WA> for QQ(Time) of the parameter a.
[Valid Commands] Print position Modification Font
Barcode 2D code
<V>
<L> <XU>
<U> <B> <BP> <2D50>
<H>
<%> <XS> <S> <BC> <BF> <2D51>
<XM> <M> <BG> <BS>
<XB> <XL> <OA> <WB> <WL> <BI> <D> <D><d> <BL> <BL><d> <BM>
<OB>
<BD> <$=>
<$=> <BT>
<BW>
294
14.5 Calendar
14.5 ESC+WV Calendar Case Format
Calendar Case Format
ESC+WV
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
WV <57>16<56>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made
[Function] Specify the alphabet case of calendar "MMM" and "Mmm".
[Format] <WV>a
Parameter a[Case format] = 0 `MMM`,`DDD`,`DDDDDDDDD`Upper case and lower case mixed format (e.g. Jan, Mon, Monday...) 1 `MMM`,`DDD`,`DDDDDDDDD`Upper case format (e.g. JAN, MON, MONDAY)
[Coding Example] <A> <WV>1 <Z>
[Notes] The list below is indicating display for the data format code 'MMM', 'DDD', and 'DDDDDDDDD'.
Month January February March
April May June July August September October November December
Format code `MMM' Case format = 0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Case format = 1 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
Day Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
Format code `DDD' Case format = 0
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat
Case format = 1 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT
Day Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday
Format code `DDDDDDDDD'
Case format = 0
Case format = 1
Sunday
SUNDAY
Monday
MONDAY
Tuesday
TUESDAY
Wednesday
WEDNESDAY
Thursday
THURSDAY
Friday
FRIDAY
Saturday
SATURDAY
295
14.6 Calendar
14.6 ESC+CV Calendar M(Month) and
CaleD(nDdaya)rCMod(eMonth) and D(Day)
ESC+CV
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
CV <43>16<56>16
Parameter a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,l,m
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made
[Function] Specify the month code or day code in 1 character.
[Format] <CV>,a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,l,m
Parameter
a[Set Month or Day code]
=
b[Month code for January/Day code for Sunday] =
c[Month code for February/Day code for Monday] =
d[Month code for March/Day code for Tuesday] =
e[Month code for April/Day code for Wednesday] =
f[Month code for May/Day code for Thursday] =
g[Month code for June/Day code for Friday]
=
h[Month code for July/Day code for Saturday] =
i[Month code for August]
=
j[Month code for September]
=
k[Month code for October]
=
l[Month code for November]
=
m[Month code for December]
=
Valid range: M or D Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:A), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:1) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:B), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:2) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:C), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:3) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:D), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:4) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:E), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:5) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:F), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:6) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:G), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:7) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:H) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:J) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:K) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:L) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:M)
[Coding Example] <A> <CV>,D,S,M,T,W,R,F,Z <Z>
[Notes] 1. The default is used when the month code is omitted. e.g. The month code is set as X, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L, Y with <CV>,M,X,,,,,,,,,,Y 2. The default is used when the day code is omitted. e.g. The day code is set as X, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Y with <CV>,D,X,,,,,Y 3. The default is used when invalid month code is specified. e.g. The month code is set as M, N, O, P, E, R, S, T, U, V, W, X with <CV>,M,M,N,O,P,#,R,S,T,U,V,W,X 4. The default is used when invalid day code is specified. e.g. The day code is set as A, B, C, 4, E, G with <CV>,D,A,B,C,#,E,F,G
296
15 Intelligent Commands
15.1 Intelligent Command
15.1 ESC+IK Media Feed Control
Media Feed Control
ESC+IK
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IK <49>16<4B>16
Parameter a(,bbbb)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Feed or backfeed the media for the specified length.
[Format] <IK>a(,bbbb)
Parameter a[Feed direction]
b[Feed length]
= 0
:
1
:
= Valid range:
Forward direction Backward direction Refer to the table on the next page (Omissible for forward direction) One label will be fed when this parameter is omitted.
[Coding Example 1] <A> <IK>0,120 <Z>
Head position
Before the command
(1)
(2)
(3)
After the command
After the command
(1)
(2)
(3)
Feed 120 dots for forward direction
The printing starts from the current position when print data are received without returning to the original position with <IK>1,120.
[Coding Example 2] <A> <IK>0 <Z>
Feed for one label
Before the command After the command
After the command
Head position
(1)
(2)
(3)
(1)
(2)
(3)
Feed for one label
297
[Notes] 1. Use this command in between Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z>. This command is disabled when this is specified in the item with print data. 2. Do not specify too long feed distance for backward direction. When too long distance is specified in the backward direction, printing may be overlapped or the media fell off from the platen roller and the paper end error may be falsely detected. 3. Do not specify the feed length of the backward position for more than 30 mm when the print method is thermal transfer. The command error occurs due to the possibility of ribbon end false detection. Furthermore, do not specify the media feed command for the backward direction continuously. 4. Do not specify the media feed command for backward direction just after dispensed label in dispense mode. 5. The feeding speed is fixed for 4 inches/sec when media feed length is specified. 6. The operation of the product when the feeding length is omitted for forward direction is the same as the media feed when FEED button is pressed while the product is offline. 7. The media feeding by this command is done when the product is online. 8. Control of feeding is not available by the external signal. 9. The command error occurs when the feeding length is omitted with backward direction. 10. The media feed by <IK>0 (feeding length is omitted) cannot be done when the sensor is ignored in the continuous printing mode. 11. The command error occurs when the feeding length is out of range. 12. Note that the printing may be overlapped according to the feed length of backward direction. 13. The accuracy may vary depending on the product, used media and environment. Adjust the feeding length when using.
[Valid range (For forward direction)]
[S84-ex]
Head density
Valid range (dots)
8 dots/mm (203 dpi)
48 - 1600
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
72 - 2400
24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
144 - 4800
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Valid range (dots) 48 - 1600 72 - 2400
[Valid range (For backward direction)]
[S84-ex]
Head density
Valid range (dots)
8 dots/mm (203 dpi)
48 - 240
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
72 - 360
24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
144 - 720
[S86-ex] Head density
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Valid range (dots) 48 - 240 72 - 360
298
15.2 Intelligent Command
15.2 ESC+IM Displayed Messages
Displayed Messages
ESC+IM
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IM <49>16<4D>16
Parameter a(,bbbb)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Specify the messages to be shown while the product is online, normal mode. The maximum 16 digits alphanumeric and symbols can be specified.
[Format] <IM>a(,bbbb)
Parameter a[]Switching of display/no display =
b[Displayed message]
=
0
:
1
:
2
:
Displayed range :
No display Display on the upper row Display on the lower row Alphanumeric and symbols (20H-7EH of ASCII) 16 digits This parameter can be omitted for no display.
[Coding Example 1] Change the display of the upper row
<A> <IM>1,FORMAT01
Before the
After the
Print Data
<Q>100 <Z>
ONLINE QTY:000000
FORMAT01 QTY:000000
[Coding Example 2] <A> <IM>0 <Z>
Return back the shown message
Before the
FORMAT01 QTY:000000
After the
ONLINE QTY:000000
[Notes] 1. The shown message is returned back to the normal display after the product power off. 2. When a specified message is exceeded the maximum digit, the message within the valid digit is shown. 3. The message is left aligned and when the message is less than the maximum display digit (16 digits), space (20H) is filled. 4. The message will not be changed when the shown data are omitted. 5. The specified message is shown only in the normal mode, online state. It is not shown in the offline state and error state. 6. Invalid code in the shown data will be replaced with space (20H) and shown. 7. The product will process it as the control code when control codes (00H-1FH) are included in the display data. Do not specify any control code in the display data to prevent the product false operation. 8. The printing quantity display during the printing is not shown when message display is specified in the lower row.
299
15.3 Intelligent Command
15.3 ESC+IF Internal Buffer Registration
Internal Buffer Registration
ESC+IF
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IF <49>16<46>16
Parameter aa,bb,cc(,dddd)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Store the specified data in the internal buffer. It is possible to store up to 32 digits for 16 blocks in the internal buffer (RAM). The stored data can be recalled by the data acquisition command <IB> and use them as the print data.
[Format] <IF>aa,bb,cc(,dddd)
Parameter a[Internal buffer number] b[Input digit] c[Data] d[Data item name]
[Coding Example]
<A> <IF>1,2,49,DATA1 <IF>2,6,123456,DATA2 <IF>3,4,1234,DATA3 <IF>6,4,0010,QTY <Z>
= Valid range : 1 16 = Valid range : 1 32 = For the digit specified by the parameter b (any code can be specified) = Valid range : Only alphanumeric and symbols 16 digits (omissible)
Internal buffer
No Item name Number Data contents
of digits
01 DATA1
2
49
02 DATA2
6
123456
03 DATA3
4
1234
04
0
05
0
06
QTY
4
0010
07
0
08
0
09
0
10
0
11
0
12
0
13
0
14
0
15
0
16
0
[Notes] 1. The stored data is cleared when the product power is off. 2. The item name will not be changed when [Data item name] parameter is omitted. 3. Only for the available digit of the data from the start will be stored when the specified number of data exceeded the input digit. Note that the data exceeded the available digit are not maintained. e.g.) <IF>1,5,12345678 -> only 5-digit data "12345" is stored 4. When the data are less than the input digit, following parameter or command sequence become the buffer input data and it will not operate normally. e.g.) <IF>1,5,456,DATA1 -> 5-digit data "456,D" is stored and nothing will be stored for the item name. 5. When specified already stored internal buffer number, the stored data is overwritten and stored in the buffer.
300
15.4 Intelligent Command
15.4 ESC+IB Internal Buffer Recall
Internal Buffer Recall
ESC+IB
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IB <49>16<42>16
Parameter aa(,aa,aa)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Recall the data stored in the internal buffer to be used as character strings or print data for the barcode.
[Format] <IB>aa(,aa,aa)
Parameter a[Internal buffer number]
= Valid range : 1 16 It is possible to combine multiple data by delimiting with comma and specifying them.
[Coding Example] Print JAN13 by using the internal buffer data
Original data <A> <V>100<H>100 <IB>1,2,3 <BD>304120 <IB>6 <Q> <Z>
Data after processing <A> <V>100<H>100 <BD>304120491234561234 <Q>0010 <Z>
4 12345 1234
0010
Internal buffer
No Item name Number Data contents
of digits
01 DATA1
2
49
02 DATA2
6
123456
03 DATA3
4
1234
04
0
05
0
06
QTY
4
0010
07
0
08
0
09
0
10
0
11
0
12
0
13
0
14
0
15
0
16
0
The registered data 1, 2, and 3 are combined and used as the barcode data in the above example.
[Notes] 1. The stored data is cleared when the product power is off. 2. Refer to the table on the next page for the command that can be replaced for the print data and parameters. 3. Specify the internal buffer recall command <IB> before the command replaced for the data. 4. The internal buffer recall command <IB> is valid only if the data and parameter of the command to be replaced are not specified. The replacement of data by the internal buffer data recall command <IB> will not be done when parameter is specified for the command to be replaced. 5. The maximum 1024 bytes of the internal buffer data for one time can be recalled. 6. It is possible to specify the same internal buffer number repeatedly in the command.
301
Table of command that can be specified as parameter
Classification
Command
Command name
Font
<XU> <XS> <XM> <XB>
XU font XS font XM font XB font
<XL>
XL font
Barcode
<OA> <OB> <$=> <RD> <B> <D> <D><d>
OCR-A font OCR-B font Outline font print CG font Barcode (Ratio 1:3) Barcode (Ratio 1:2) Barcode (HRI selection)
<BD> <BW> <BI>
<BC> <BG> <BF> <BP> <BL> <BL><d>
Barcode (Ratio 2:5) Barcode print by ratio registration Exclusive for standard carton ID GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) CODE93 CODE128 BOOKLAND POSTNET UPC-A barcode (without HRI) UPC-A barcode (HRI)
2D code
<BM> <2D10> <2D12>
UPC-A barcode (with HRI) PDF417 Micro PDF417
<2D20> <2D30>
MaxiCode QR code (model 2)
<2D31>
QR code (model 1)
<2D32>
Micro QR code
<2D33>
SQR code
<2D50> <2D51> <BQ>
Data Matrix (ECC200) GS1 Data Matrix (ECC200) QR code
<BV> <BK> <DC>
MaxiCode PDF417 Data Matrix (ECC200) data
Control Intelligent
<Q> <IT>
Print quantity Data sending form
The parameter can be replaced (underlined part)
<XU>nn <XS>nn <XM>nn <XB>1nn * Smoothing is fixed to valid <XL>1nn * Smoothing is fixed to valid <OA>nn <OB>nn <$=>nn <RD>abb,ccc,ddd,nn <B>abbcccnn <D>abbcccnn <D>abbcccnn <D>nn <BD>abbcccnn <BW>aabbbnn <BI>aabbbcnn
<BC>aabbbccnn <BG>aabbbnn <BF>aabbnn <BP>nn <BL>abbcccnn <BL>abbcccnn <d>nn <BM>abbcccnn <DN>aaaa,nn <DN>nn * Only if binary mode is 0=Normal. <DN>aaaa,nn <DS>k,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <DS>k,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <DS>k,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <DS>k,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <DN>aaaa,nn
<DN>aaaa,nn <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff,)g(hhhh)nn <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff,)nn <BV>a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,nn <BK>aabbcddeeffffgg,h <BX>aabbccddeeefffghh <DC>nn <Q>nn <IT>aa,bb,nn
[Important] There are restrictions with QR code and manual mode mixed as follows: - It is possible to replace normally when number of mix=1 - When the number of mix is bigger than 1, the print data that is acquired by the internal buffer recall command that is specified before the QR code print command will be specified for replace for the number of mix. - Recommend to use in auto mode when replacing the print data by internal buffer recall command.
302
15.5 Intelligent Command
15.5 ESC+IC
Internal Buffer Data
coInmtpearrinsoanl Buffer Data
ESC+IC
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16
IC <49>16<43>16 Nil
Parameter a,bb,cc
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Compare the stored data in the internal buffer. The data after this command will be analyzed when the comparison result is the same as the parameter a (Match/Mismatch). The data after this command until the data end <Z> will be invalid when the comparison result is not the same as the parameter a (Match/Mismatch).
[Format] <IC>a,bb,cc
Parameter a[Comparison result]
= Valid range
b[Internal buffer number(original)]
= Valid range
c[Internal buffer number(to be compared)] = Valid range
: 0 Match : 1 Mismatch : 1 16 : 1 16
[Coding Example] <A> <IC>0,01,02 <V>100<H>400<L>0404<XM>,OK <Q>1 <Z>
Comparison
Result) The below label will be printed when the data are the same.
OK
Internal buffer
No Item name Number of Data contents
digits
01 DATA1
5
12345
02 DATA2
5
12345
03 DATA3
8
12345678
04
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16
0
The label will not be printed when the data is not the same.
[Note] The command error occurs when the parameter is in invalid range and the comparison of the internal buffer data will not be done.
303
15.6 Intelligent Command
15.6 ESC+I* Internal Buffer Data Print
Internal Buffer Data Print
ESC+I*
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16
I* <49>16<2A>16 Nil
Parameter Nil
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Print the stored data in the internal buffer.
[Format] <I*>
[Coding Example] <A> <I*> <Z>
Internal buffer
No Item name Number Data contents
of digits
01 DATA1
5
12345
02 DATA2
5
12345
03 DATA3
8
12345678
04
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16
0
Internal buffer number
Print result
Item name
INtERNAL BuFFER DAtA DuMP
#01 DATA1
(5)
31 32 33 34 35
#02 DATA2
(5)
31 32 33 34 35
#03 DATA3
(8)
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
Number of digits Data contents
[Note] Use this command in between Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z>.
304
15.7 Intelligent Command
15.7 ESC+I# Exclusive Key Start-End
Exclusive Key Start-End
ESC+I#
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
I# <49>16<23>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Disable the normal key input temporally and user can specify key exclusively. The key operation information is stored to the key buffer during the exclusive key function. The information stored in the key buffer can be acquired by the key information acquisition command [SOH+KI].
[Format] <I#>a
Parameter a[Exclusive key start-end switch] = Valid range : 1 Start exclusive key 0 End exclusive key
[Coding Example] <A> <I#>1 <IM>1,PRINT <IM>2,PUSH <Z>
START FEED KEY
PRINT START PUSH FEED KEY
(Possible to acquire with the key information acquisition command [SOH+KI])
Key press detection
Key buffer
<A> <I#>0 <IM>0 <Z>
ONLINE QTY:000000
(Possible to acquire with the key information acquisition command [SOH+KI])
[Notes] 1. This command is valid only in the online mode. 2. The size of the key buffer is 1KB. The maximum 512 inputs can be maintained because 2 bytes are used with one key information. 3. The key buffer is a ring buffer. When the key input is stored above the maximum item, the oldest information will be overwritten. 4. The key buffer is initialized when start exclusive key with this command. 5. The key buffer is not initialized when end exclusive key with this command. Thus, it is possible to acquire the key information when exclusive key is ended. 6. Label printing and printer error detection are done normally when the exclusive key use has started. 7. The exclusive key use is temporarily release when an error occurs, and back to exclusive key use when the product is in online state after recovering from the error. 8. The default after the product power on is not exclusive use. 9. The key input command <IZ> is disabled when the exclusive key use is on.
305
10. The specification of key information acquisition command is as follows.
(1) Command
SOH + KI
(01H 4BH 49H)
(2) Return Status
[STX] + number of key information + key information string + [ETX]
1) Number of key information
Indicate the following number of key information.
Number of key information is equal to the number of key pressing detection.
The information is stored in ASCII, binary and 5 bytes.
0
1
2
3
4
The ten
The
The
The The
thousands thousands hundreds tens ones
place
place
place place place
Shown in the numeric character from "00000" to "99999."
The information is notified in 5 digits even the key press detection is less than 5 digits by filling 0 at the
beginning.
2) Key information string
The all key information is notified consecutively.
One key information consists of 2-byte binary value.
NO.
Item
Description
Number of bytes
1 Key
Key press information
2
information Output the ON/OFF status of the key to the bit corresponding to
the key.
(Refer to the table below for the bit corresponding to the key)
0: Key is released
1: Key is pressed
The bit corresponding to the key (2 bytes) BIT15 BIT14 BIT13 BIT12 BIT11 BIT10 BIT9 BIT8 BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3
BIT2 BIT1 BIT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FUNC TION
CANCEL ENTER LINE FEED
3) Acquired sequence Host
Printer
<A> + <I#>1 + <Z> SOH + KI
+ CANCEL
STX +"00002"+ [0000 0000 0010 0000][0000 0000 0000 1000]* + ETX
<A> + <I#>0 + <Z>
2. The key information stored in the key buffer can be cleared by key buffer initialization command.
(1) Command
SOH + KC
(01H 4BH 43H)
(2) Return Status
STX+ 0 + ETX (02H 30H 03H)
0 is fixed.
* Bit description in []
306
15.8 Intelligent Command
15.8 ESC+IZ Key Input
Key Input
ESC+IZ
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IZ <49>16<5A>16
Parameter aa,bb,cc,dddd
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Store the data input from the operation panel to the internal buffer. Change the data with buttons and move the cursor with buttons. Fix the input value with the ENTER button and store it in the internal buffer. The display transit in this state. It is possible to store input data up to 32 digits for 16 blocks in the internal buffer (RAM). The stored data can be recalled by the internal buffer acquisition command <IB> and use them as the print data.
[Format] <IZ>aa,bb,cc,dddd
Parameter a[Internal buffer number] b[Input digit] c[Default data] d[Data item name]
[Coding Example] <A> <IZ>1,5,12345,DATA <IZ>2,4,0001,QTY <Z>
= Valid range : 1 16 = Valid range : 1 32 = For number of digits specified by b (Display available range: ASCII 20H-7EH) = Valid range : Only alphanumeric and symbols 16 digits
DATA 12345
ONLINE QTY:000000
QTY 0001
ENTER ENTER
Internal buffer
No Item name Number
of digits
01 DATA
5
02 QTY
4
03
0
04
0
05
0
06
0
07
0
08
0
09
0
10
0
11
0
12
0
13
0
14
0
15
0
16
0
Data
12345 0001
ONLINE
QTY:000000
[Notes] 1. The stored data is cleared when the product power is off. 2. The input data is shown up to 16 digits. When the data exceeded 16 digits, display the data with button scrolling. 3. The product returns back to the original display after input. 4. Data input and message display is only available in the online state. Data input is not available when offline state and error state. 5. The message is left aligned and when the message is less than the maximum display digit (16 digits), space<20>16 is filled. 6. The moving range by buttons for input cursor depends on the input digit specification. 7. Invalid code in the shown data will be replaced with space<20>16 and shown. 8. The code can be changed by buttons is <20>16<7E>16 in ASCII. 9. It is not possible to change by key input when control code (<00>16<1F>16 in ASCII) is included in the default data. Even the code has been changed by input cursor, the applicable code is discarded when storing to the internal buffer.
10. The command error occurs when input digit and the number of default data are not consistent. 11. The error will not be occurred even a printer error is detected during input waiting. 12. This command is invalid when the keys are used exclusively by <I#>1.
307
15.9 Intelligent Command
1I5n.9teErSnCa+IlRBuInftfeernraRl eBugffiesrtrRaetgiiostnration (Rec(eRiveedcDeaitva)ed Data)
ESC+IR
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16
Nil
IR <49>16<52>16
Parameter aa,bb(,cccc)(,d)(,eeee)(,ffffff)(,gggg...g)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Acquire received data from the sub port. It is possible to store acquired data up to 32 digits for 16 blocks in the internal buffer (RAM). The stored data can be recalled by the data acquisition command <IB> and use them as the print data.
[Format]
<IR>aa,bb(,cccc)(,d)(,eeee)(,ffffff)(,ggggg)
Parameter
a[Internal buffer number]
= Valid range : 1 16
b[Acquired digit]
= Valid range : 1 32
c[Received data import start position] = Valid range : 0 9999 (Omissible)
d[Digit of terminate code]
= Valid range : 1 4 (Omissible)
e[Terminate code]
= No code range specification, 4 digits (Omissible)
f[Timeout time]
= Valid range : 0 999999 (1=5 ms) (Omissible)
When this parameter is omitted, the product will not be proceeded to the next
command analysis until data for specified digit are received.
g[Data item name]
= Valid range : Only alphanumeric and symbols 16 digits (omissible)
[Coding Example 1] <A> <IR>1,6 <Z>
Host
Store the received 6-byte data to the internal buffer (Start code, terminate code, time out time and data item name are omitted)
(2) Received data "123456"
(1) Send <IR>
Sub Port
Data Port Printer
External peripherals
(3) Store the data
Internal buffer
No Item name Number Data
of digits
01
6 123456
02
0
03
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16
0
[Coding Example 2] Store the received 6-byte data to the internal buffer (Start position and terminate code are omitted)
<A> <IR>1,6,,,,1000,ITEMCODE <Z>
(2) Received data "ABCDEF"
External peripherals
(1) Send <IR>
Sub Port
(3) Store the data
Data Port
Host
Printer
Internal buffer
No Item name Number Data
of digits
01 ITEM_CODE 6 ABCDEF
02
0
03
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16
0
308
[Coding Example 3] Store the data by specifying the import start position and terminate code
(Timeout time and data item name are omitted)
<A> <IR>1,32,1,2,*CR <Z>
Host
(2) Received data "*0123456*CR" Sub Port
(1) Send <IR>
Data Port Printer
External peripherals
(3) Store the data
Internal buffer
No Item name Number Data
of digits
01
7 0123456
02
0
03
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16
0
Received Data
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
C R
Cut
Store
Cut
* Use this method when there are data that you wish to discard at before and after the received data. * Either of the import start position and terminate code specification can be omitted. Also, both can be specified at the same
time. * Specify the maximum 32 digits for the acquired digit when digits to be received are unknown.
[Notes] 1. The stored data is cleared when the product power is off. 2. Do not use this command together with the print data. 3. The data that exceeds the specified digit are not stored in the internal buffer. 4. The allocation of the data port and sub port is according to the setting in the interface mode. 5. Enable the setting of the sub port on the LCD in advance to be able to acquire output data of external peripheral with this command. 6. The data receive waiting status of this command can be released with the following cancel the operation. (1) Send CAN to the data port (2) Print job cancel by LCD menu operation (OFFLINE-> CANCEL-> YES-> ENTER) 7. Note that 0016 is specified as terminate code for the specified digit when terminate code is specified and terminate code itself is omitted. 8. The time out time is the waiting time for 1 byte receive data. Thus, the monitoring time is cleared at every 1 byte receive, and wait for the specified time again for receive. This is repeated for the specified receive digits. 9. When the time to receive is out, store the received byte to the internal buffer and stop the command operation. The digit item in the internal buffer will be the actual received bytes, not the specified digits.
10. When the time to receive is out, the command finishes normally even the data are not enough for the specified receive data. 11. When the command finished due to the receive timeout while receiving terminate code, already received terminate code may
be stored in the internal buffer. In this case, set longer timeout time. 12. When received data are less than the specified [acquire digit], the product will wait receiving for the specified [timeout time]. 13. When the received data are more than the [acquire digit], the data for the acquire digit are stored in the internal buffer and rest
are remained in the receive buffer. These can be stored in the internal buffer by using <IR> again.
309
15.10 Intelligent Command
15.10 ESC+IT Data Sending
Data Sending
ESC+IT
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IT <49>16<54>16
Parameter a,b[,cccc,dddd]
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Send data to the specified port. The maximum data for sending is 1024 bytes.
[Format] <IT>a,b,cccc,dddd
Parameter a[Port to be sent] =
b[Sending text format] =
c[Sending digit]
=
d[Data to be sent] =
1
:
2
:
0
:
1
:
2
:
3
:
Valid range :
Valid range :
Data port Sub port No additional code Add STX(02H) at the beginning and ETX(03H) at the ending Add CRLF(0D0AH) at the ending Add CR(0DH) at the ending 1 1024 For the digits specified by c, no limitation for code range
[Coding Example 1] Send data from the host via product to the external peripheral
<A>
<IT>2,0,6,123456
<Z>
(2) Sent data "123456"
External
peripherals
Sub Port
(1) Send <IT>
Host
Data Port Printer
[Coding Example 2] Upload the contents in the internal buffer from the host <A> <IB>1 <IT>1,2,6 <Z>
External peripherals
Sub Port
Host
(1) Send <IT>
(3) Data sending "123456CRLF"
Data Port Printer
(2) Reading data
Internal buffer
No Item name Number Data
of digits
01 ITEM
6 123456
CODE
02
0
03
0
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
16
0
310
[Notes] 1. Do not use this command together with the print data. 2. Data sending is valid only if the bidirectional communication is available. 3. The allocation of the data port and sub port to the interface card 1 or 2 is according to the setting in the interface mode. 4. Be sure to match the digit of sending and sending data. When the digit is not matched, the following data may not be analyzed correctly. 5. Data will not be sent to the external peripherals when the cable of sub port is not connected. 6. There is a similar command called "Receive data acquisition request." The product returns the data received from the status port to the data port by receiving this command.
(1) Command SOH(01H) + RD
(2) Return Status [STX] + number of receive bytes + receive data + [ETX]
(3) Return status list
NO.
Item
Description
Number of bytes
1
Number of receive bytes
2 Received Data
(4) Acquired sequence
Number of receive data (0-10240) Data received from the status port
5
For number of receive bytes
Host
Data Port
Printer
Status port
External peripherals
[SOH]RD [STX]00000[ETX]
Receive data check There is no received data
[SOH]RD [STX]00006,12345[CR][ETX]
Receive data check 12345[CR]
12345[CR]
[SOH]RD [STX]00006,12345[CR][ETX]
Receive data check There is no received data
[SOH]RD
[STX]00012, 12345[CR]67890[CR][ETX]
Receive data check 12345[CR]67890[CR]
12345[CR] 67890[CR]
311
15.11 Intelligent Command
15.11 ESC+IO External Signal Input/Output
External Signal Input/Output
ESC+IO
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IO <49>16<4F>16
Parameter a,b,c[,dddddd]
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify input/output of the designated pin number of the external signal.
[Format] <IO>a,b,c[,dddddd]
Parameter a[Input or output] =
b[Pin number]
=
c[Input/Output level] =
0 : Input 1 : Output Valid range : 0 : Low 1 : High
1 25
d[Timeout for input] = Valid range : 0 999999 (1=5 ms) (Omissible) * When it is [Input], this parameter is the input timeout time. When this parameter is omitted, the product does not proceed to the next command analysis until the next input from the designated port.
[Output time]
= Valid range : 0 999999 (1=5 ms) (Omissible)
* When it is [Output], this parameter is the output time.
The signal level will be returned to the status before this command after the specified time has been passed when this
parameter is specified.
The signal will be output continuously at the specified level when this parameter is omitted.
[Coding Example 1] Wait until HIGH level is input from the EXT20 pin (with 5 seconds timeout) <A> <IO>0,20,1,1000 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] Output LOW level for 5 seconds to the EXT17 pin (before this command the signal is HIGH level) <A> <IO>1,17,0,1000 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Set the external signal output for "DISABLE" in the advanced mode when using this external signal input/output command <IO>. When it is set to "ENABLE", the signal changes regardless with this command because the signal is output on the product. 2. The timing of signal output is not related the print operation of the product but when this command is processed. 3. Refer to the input or output for the below table. 4. There may be about 5 msec margin of error in the specified output time and the actual signal output time. 5. When the output level and the current output level is the same, the output level will not be changed even the specified output time has passed.
312
[Input or Output]
Pin number
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Input or Output
14 pins 25 pins
Output
-
-
-
Output Output
Output Output
Input
Output
Output Output
Input
Input
-
Input
Input
Input
Output
Input
Pin number
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Input or Output
14 pins 25 pins
Input
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Output
Output
Output
Output
Input
Pin number
21 22 23 24 25
Input or Output 14 pins 25 pins
Input Input Input
-
313
15.12 Intelligent Command
15.12 ESC+IW Print Start Waiting Time
Print Start Waiting Time
ESC+IW
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IW <49>16<57>16
Parameter aaaaaa
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Specify the waiting time to the print start.
[Format] <IW>aaaaaa
Parameter a[Print start waiting time]
= Valid range : 0 999999 (1 = 5 ms)
[Coding Example] <A> <IW>1000 Print Data <Q>1 <Z>
Wait until 5 seconds has been passed
With the above example, the product waits for 5 seconds after print data edition has been finished, then print the data.
[Notes] 1. When there are multiple items continuously received, the product starts printing after the time specified by this command has been passed from the previous item print finish. 2. This command is valid only for the first label when multiple print is specified by <Q> command, and it will be printed continuously without waiting time from the second label. 3. This command is invalid when external signal is enabled. 4. Specify this command together with print data. This command is invalid when there are not print data. 5. When there is a printer error or the product becomes the offline state while waiting for print start, the product waits again for the specified time when the printing has been resumed. 6. When the printing has been stopped by receiving print stop request command (DLE) while waiting for print start, the waiting for print start is also stopped. When the printing has resumed by receiving print start request command (DC1), the waiting time is resumed at the stopped time. 7. The product will not wait for print start when reprint by reprint command <C> or FUNCTION button.
314
15.13 Intelligent Command
15.13 ESC+IU Internal Buzzer Sound
Internal Buzzer Sound
ESC+IU
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IU <49>16<55>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Beep the buzzer inside the product.
[Format] <IU>a
Parameter a[Sound pattern]
= Valid range : 0 4 0 : One short beep 1 : One long beep 2 : Two short beep 3 : Two long beeps 4 : Three long beep
[Coding Example] One short beep <A> <IU>0 <Z>
[Notes] 1. The beep time for the short beep is 100 msec, and 500 msec for the long beep. 2. The interval between beeps for the sound pattern 2, 3, and 4 is 5 msec or longer. 3. The analysis of received data stops while a buzzer beeping. 4. The timing of buzzer sound may be untimely with the current printing item when multi buffer operation. Acquire the printer status and send this command in order to synchronize with the item print timing.
315
15.14 Intelligent Command
15.14 ESC+I@ Internal Buffer Initialization
Internal Buffer Initialization
ESC+I@
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
I@ <49>16<40>16
Parameter (aa)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Initialize the internal buffer.
[Format] <I@>(aa)
Parameter a[Internal buffer number to be initialized]
= Valid range : 1 16 (omissible) All the internal buffer will be initialized when the buffer number is omitted.
[Coding Example 1] Initialize the internal buffer number 6 <A> <I@>06 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] Initialize all the internal buffer <A> <I@> <Z>
Internal buffer
No Item name Number Data contents
of digits
01 DATA1
2
49
02 DATA2
6
123456
03 DATA3
4
1234
04
0
05
0
06
QTY
4
0010
07
0
08
0
09
0
10
0
11
0
12
0
13
0
14
0
15
0
16
0
[Notes] 1. Do not specify this command in the same item as data receive command <IR> and data send command <IT>. 2. It is not possible to undo the internal buffer data that are initialized. 3. The digit of appropriate buffer number becomes 0, and item name and the data contents string are deleted after the initialization.
316
15.15 Intelligent Command
15.15 ESC+IY Exclusive Display Start-End
Exclusive Display Start-End
ESC+IY
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IY <49>16<59>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] The message area (upper and lower column) that is specified by display message command <IM> is exclusively used and messages from the product system will not be shown temporarily.
[Format] <IY>a
Parameter a[Exclusive display start-end]
= 1 : 0 :
Start exclusive display End exclusive display
[Coding Example 1] Start exclusive display <A> <IY>1 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] End exclusive display <A> <IY>0 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Do not specify this command together with other SBPL commands in the same item. 2. Send this command only if the product is online and operation stop (waiting for receive) status. 3. The data that this command is included are not received while the product is operating. This is true for both start/end exclusive display. The data will be received when the product operation stopped. 4. The icon display area is not possible to use exclusively. 5. This command is invalid when the product is offline or error state. 6. Error messages are not shown while the display is used exclusively. Confirm with icons only. 7. The display will not be used exclusively when message display is not specified by the <IM> command.
317
16 RFID Commands
16.1 RFID Command
16.1 ESC+IP0 EPC Code Write
EPC Code Write
ESC+IP0
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IP0 <49>16<50>16<30>16
Parameter Please refer the below.
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] This command writes the EPC code and other data to the EPC corresponding RFID tag.
[Format] [Standard format] <IP0>e:h(,pcw:xxx)(,epc:xxxx...xxxx)(,usr:xxxx...xxxx)|(,usa:dddd,aaaaa...aaaa)(,lck:bbbbb);
[Conventional format] <IP0>e:a,c:d,s:d,d:ddddddddddddd(,o:xxx)(,m:bbbbb)(,k:xxxxxxxx)(,a:xxxxxxxx)(,p:xxxxxxxx); [When SSCC96 code conversion is used]
<IP0>e:c,f:d,c:d,t:d,d:ddddddddddddddddd,n:dddddddddddd(,o:xxx)(,m:bbbbb)(,k:xxxxxxxx)(,a:xxxxxxxx)(,p:xxxxxxxx); [When SGTIN96 code conversion is used]
<IP0>e:z(,d:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx)(,u:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx)(,k:xxxxxxxx)(,a:xxxxxxxx) (,p:xxxxxxxx)(,o:xxx)(,m:bbbbb)(,k:xxxxxxxx)(,a:xxxxxxxx)(,p:xxxxxxxx) ;[When free mapping is used]
Note: The above sample specifies typical parameters only. Please refer the below for more details.
Parameter EPC encoding type parameter
EPC encoding Type e: Specify the parameter right
after <IP0>. The parameter cannot be omitted.
[Standard format]
h
Use a 3-character parameter identifier after declaration. It is possible to write to extended memory areas by each IC chip
manufacturer other than the normal Gen2 tag.
[Previous format] SSCC96 code conversion
Use the "one-character parameter identifier".
a
When the Company prefix / Serial reference / Filter value is
received, then converted to an SSCC96 compliant code, and
written to the tag.
[Previous format] SGTIN96 code conversion
Use the "one-character parameter identifier".
c
When the Company prefix / Serial reference / Filter value is
received, then converted to a GTIN96 compliant code, and written
to the tag.
[Previous format] Free mapping
z
Use the "one-character parameter identifier".
When data is written as is without performing code conversion.
318
Standard format
This is an extended format to support tags made by IC chip manufacturers that have an EPC area over 96 bits. Specify these parameters after specifying <IP0>e:h There is no specific order in the parameter after <IP0>e:h is specified.
Three-character parameter identifier
Parameters related to Gen2 basic operation (Omissible)
In the PC area, there is length information that controls the number of digits of
the data to be recorded to EPC. You can change the number of digits of the EPC
data by specifying number multiples of four from 4 to 124 in decimal code to this
pcw:
Specify PC rewrite
parameter. Specifying this parameter is not necessary in most cases because the
length information is written to the PC automatically by judging from the data
length specified by epc:, if this parameter is not specified. (The maximum value
of the length information of PC is 124 digits.)
afi:
AFI write data
Specify the number from 000 to 1FF in HEX code. Synthesize data together with current PC length information and write.
epc:
EPC write data
Specify 4 to 124 digits hexadecimal string. Digits can be varied in multiples of four. A parameter error will occur if the character string specified is larger than specified with pcw:, meanwhile if smaller the empty digits will be filled with 0.
Specify numeric string to write to USER area in hexadecimals. Specify the
usr:
USER memory write
number of digits in the multiples of four. It is possible to specify in 4-128 digits range, however, the maximum number of
digits depends on the used tag.
usa:
USER memory ASCII write
Specify numeric string to write to USER area in ASCII data. Writing the data containing the control code (00H to 1FH) is also available. It is necessary to have data area and data size information separated with a comma before the data. For example in specifying a data size as 64, specify as follows: usa:64,abcde... Specify the digits in multiples of two. It is possible to specify in 2-64 digits range, however, the maximum number of digits depends on the used tag.
Standard format tag operation parameter (Omissible)
lck:
Lock
Specify the area to be locked by five bits in binary code such as lck:10101. The display order is USER, TID, ACCESS, KILL, and EPC from the top. If the access password is specified, it results in a password lock, and if the access password is not specified, it results in a permanent lock.
apw: psw:
Access password Unlocking password
To perform locking or read protect with a password, specify a fixed eight-character HEX code.
To access an area on which a password lock or password read lock is applied, specify the same number sequence as that used when locking. Specify unlocking area with lck:.
kpw:
Kill code
Specify the kill code with eight-character HEX code. You cannot execute the kill by writing the code only.
Secure related parameter dedicated for NXP G2XL (Omissible) (Cannot be used in a Gen2 chip other than NXP G2XL.)
rlk: G2X,
Read protect
Specify 0 or 1 to indicate whether read protection is to be set or canceled. 1 for set and 0 for reset. Reads in all areas will be restricted if read protect is set. A lock password other than "00000000" shall be used together with this. Use the same numeric string as the lock password to reset. (dedicated for NXP G2XL)
eas: G2X,
EAS bit data
Specify 0 or 1 as EAS bit value. 1 for set and 0 for reset. A lock password other than "00000000" shall be used together with this. Use the same numeric string as the lock password to reset. (Dedicated for NXP G2XL)
319
Secure related parameter dedicated for NXP G2iM/G2iL (Omissible) (Cannot be used for Gen2 chips other than NXP G2iM/G2iL)
rlk: G2I,
Read protect
Specify 0 or 1 to indicate whether read protection is to be set or canceled. 1 for set and 0 for reset. Reads in all areas will be restricted if read protect is set. A lock password other than "00000000" shall be used together with this. Use the same numeric string as the lock password to reset. (Dedicated for G2iM/G2iL)
eas: G2I,
EAS bit data
Specify 0 or 1 as EAS bit value. 1 for set and 0 for reset. A lock password other than "00000000" shall be used together with this. Use the same numeric string as the lock password to reset. (Dedicated for G2iM/G2iL)
Feed control related parameters (Omissible)
Usually, for RFID write item without print data, only writing of RFID data
is performed, and the label is not fed. (Other than cases where the tag
offset is set to other than default.) When "1" is specified in this parameter,
fsw: Feed without printing
the label is fed even if the item does not contain print data. When "0" is specified for this parameter, the label is not fed for the item
without print data, and the operation is the same as when fsw: is not
specified.
Valid range: 0 to 1
SSCC96/SGTIN96 standard code conversion parameters
Declare when executing conversion according to the code standard. SSCC96
and SGTIN96 can be specified. Specifying "a" will set to SSCC96 and "c" to
enc:
Declaration of code standard conversion
SGTIN96. The converted data is written in the EPC area. Therefore, you can no longer
use the epc: parameter identifier
Valid range: a, c
flt:
Filter value
Specify the filter value with the number from 0 to 7. Refer to the filter value standard table described later.
com: Company prefix
Specify the company prefix with a 6 to 12-digit decimal number.
srl: Serial reference
itm:
Item reference (Only for SGTIN96)
In case of SSCC96, specify serial reference in 5-11 digit decimals so that in total it is 17 digits or less when placing together with the numeric string specified in "com:". Even if the value does not reach 17 digits, leave it as is since the upper digits are filled with a zero inside the product.
In the case of SGTIN96, specify the serial number with a 12-digit fixed decimal number. Specify 274877906943 or a smaller number. A parameter error will occur if it is less than 12 digits.
For item reference, specify 1-7 digit decimal so that in total it is 13 digits or less when placing together with numeric strings specified in "com:". Even if the value does not reach 13 digits, leave it as is since the upper digits are filled with a zero inside the product.
Coding example of standard format (3-character parameter identifier)
[Coding example 1] When data is written in an arbitrary length in the EPC region in the IC chip manufacturer extension specifications tag <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>SECURE RFID EPC DATA WRITE <IP0>e:h,epc:01234567890123456789012345678901; (in digits that are multiples of 4) <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding example 2] When EPC and user memory are written in a batch in the IC chip manufacturer extension specifications tag, and permanent locking is performed <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>SECURE RFID EPC & USER DATA WRITE <IP0>e:h,epc:01234567890123456789012345678901,usr:012345678.........5676789012345678901,lck:10001; <Q>1 <Z>
320
[Coding example 3] When data is written in EPC by specifying the SSCC96 standard code conversion in the Gen2 tag, and permanent locking is performed <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>SECURE RFID SSCC96 DATA WRITE <IP0>e:h,enc:a,flt:0,com:12345678,srl:012345678,lck:00001; <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding example 4] When data is written in EPC by specifying the SGTIN96 standard code conversion in the Gen2 tag <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>SECURE RFID SGTIN96 DATA WRITE <IP0>e:h,enc:c,flt:0,com:123456,itm:0123456,srl:012345678901; <Q>1 <Z>
Previous format
This format is supported only for Gen2 tags (Class1Generation2). Use standard format for tags with IC chip manufacturer tags that have an EPC area over 96 bits. <IP0>e: Write these parameters after specifying *.
Previous format: 1-character identifier (SSCC96 code conversion / STGIN96 code conversion / Free mapping) EPC data parameter
Specify the EPC data. The restrictions on the number of digits based on each EPC encoding type are as follows:
When SSCC96 code conversion is specified <IP0>e:a,..
A 17-digit decimal number sequence in which the company prefix and serial reference are joined together
d: EPC data
When SGTIN96 code conversion is specified <IP0>e:c,..
A 13-digit decimal number sequence in which the company prefix and item reference are joined together
A hexadecimal string containing 24 or less number of digits in
When Free mapping is specified multiples of four, which is written without conversion in the
<IP0>e:z,..
EPC area. Use the standard format in an application
exceeding 24 digits (96 bits).
SSCC96/SGTIN96 conversion parameter
f:
filter value
Refer to the filter value and the filter value standard table described later.
c:
company prefix
s:
serial reference
t:
item reference
Number of digits of the company prefix A number within 6-12, the number of digits for company prefix specified in the first half of the data specified with parameter "d".
Number of digits for serial reference (only if SSCC96 is selected) Number of digits of the serial reference in the latter half of the data specified in the parameter "d". Specify a number from 5 to 11, so that when combined with c, the resultant value is 17.
Number of digits for item reference (only if SGTIN96 is selected) Specify a number within 1-7 to make it 13 together with "c"
n:
serial number
Specify 12-digit (fixed) serial number (only if SGTIN96 is selected). Should be 274877906943 or less.
Feed control related parameters (Omissible)
g:
Feed without printing
Usually, for RFID write item without print data, only writing of RFID data is performed, and the label is not fed. (Other than cases where the tag offset is set to other than default) When "1" is specified in this parameter, the label is fed even if the item does not contain print data. When "0" is specified for this parameter, the label is not fed for the item without print data, and the operation is the same as when g: is not specified.
321
Gen2 memory bank operation parameters (Omissible)
Specify numeric string to write to USER area in hexadecimals. The maximum
number of digits depends on the used tag. Specify the number of digits in the
u:
User Memory HEX
multiples of four.
It is possible to specify in 4-128 digits range, however, the maximum number
of digits depends on the used tag.
Specify numeric string to write to USER area in ASCII data. It is necessary to
have data area and data size information separated with a comma before the
data. For example in specifying a data size as 16, specify as follows:
v:
User Memory Ascii
V:16,abcd... Maximum number of digits depends on the tag to be used.
Specify the digits in multiples of two.
It is possible to specify in 2-64 digits range, however, the maximum number
of digits depends on the used tag.
o:
AFI code
Application Family Identifier. Specify a hexadecimal number from 0H to 1FFH. To write as AFI, specify the ninth bit (MSB) as 1.
5-digit binary number. Set the bit of the bank to be locked as 1.
If you specify the access code, it results in a "password lock", and if you
omit the access code, it results in a "permanent lock".
Bit
Area that will be locked
m:
Locking
bit0 (LSB) bit1
EPCdata KillCode
bit2
AccessCode
bit3
TIDdata
bit4 (MSB) UserMemory
Example: If only the EPCdata area is locked "m: 00001"
8-digit hexadecimal numeric string. Used when writing the kill code.
k:
kill code
Specify an 8-digit hexadecimal numeric string, consisting of numbers 0-9 and A-F that is not "00000000". The purpose of this parameter is only to write the
kill code. You cannot kill the tag actually.
An 8-digit numeric string to specify when locking with password.
a:
access code
An 8-digit hexadecimal numeric string consisting of numbers 0-9 and A-F can be used. To apply the password lock, specify other than "00000000". If
you omit this parameter, and specify m: Locking, a permanent lock is
applied to the specified area.
An 8-digit numeric used for re-writing the tag that is locked with a password.
Specify an 8-digit hexadecimal numeric string consisting of numbers 0-9 and
A-F to be used when writing to tag with password lock. Specify the same
p:
password code
number sequence as the access code used at the time of locking. By specifying a number sequence same as the access code specified at the
time of password lock in the "password code", and specifying "00000000" in
the "access code", the tag on which a password lock has been applied can
be returned to an open state.
322
1 character identifier parameter format coding examples (SSCC96 code conversion / SGTIN96 code conversion / free mapping)
[Coding example 1] Country code 49 / Company code 12345 / Serial no. 789 When SSCC 96 data is written to a Gen2 corresponding tag <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>49123450000000789 <IP0>e:a,c:7,s:10,f:1,d:49123450000000789; <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding example 2] Country code 49 / Company code 12345 / Item 67890 / Serial no. 789 When SGTIN96 data is written to a Gen2 corresponding tag <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>4912345067890000000000789 <IP0>e:c,c:7,t:6,f:1,d:4912345067890,n:000000000789; <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding example 3] When free mapping data is written in the EPC area of a Gen2 corresponding tag <A> <V>50<H>50<BD>101080*301803CB4F48B38000000001* <IP0>e:z,d:301803CB4F48B38000000001; <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding example 4] When data is written in free mapping in the EPC area of a Gen2 corresponding tag, data is written in the user area, and at the same time, a permanent lock is applied to both the EPC and USER areas <A> <V>50<H>50<BD>101080*0123456789ABCDEF01234567* <IP0>e:z,d:0123456789ABCDEF01234567,u:0123456789ABCDEF0123456789ABCDEF0123456789ABCDEF,m:10001; <Q>1 <Z>
[Coding example 5] When data is written in free mapping in the EPC area of a Gen2 corresponding tag, and a password lock is applied to the EPC area. When the password is set as 12345678 <A> <V>50<H>50<BD>101080*0123456789ABCDEF01234567* <IP0>e:z,d:0123456789ABCDEF01234567,a:12345678,m:00101; <Q>1 <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command can be specified for the one time in one print job. 2. In case if the EPC code could not be written, an error message will be printed and will retry or discard depending on the retry/release setting. 3. Unused parameters are omissible. 4. In case if the settings are made to ignore the sensor, the command error occurs upon reception of this command. 5. In case of a command error due to erroneous format of print job including this command, the product will not print labels (so as not to waste label) but there is a short beep and the product goes OFFLINE. The label will not be printed until the reason of command error is removed. Please check the format and values. 6. The product suspends data writing until it goes to online when the product received RFID writing item that does not include print command during offline. When the product receives an RFID writing command during other item printing, it will write to RFID tag after other item printing has finished. 7. In case the item does not include any print command other than this command, the product writes to the RFID tag only, and label is not fed. There are 6 short beeps with an RFID tag error such as writing to defective tag. Specify fsw: 1 (or g: 1) when label feed is needed same as an RFID item with print command when the item does not include print command. However, a label is fed even with the item not including print command when tag offset is set other than the default value. List of operations with items that include <IP0> command (no printing)
No printing IP0 item
No printing IP0
item + fsw: 1 specification
No printing IP0 item +
PWP enabled
With printing IP0 item
Write success
No operation
Feed blank tag
Feed blank tag
Print and feed
Write failure
6 short beeps
Error printing Retry operation
Error printing Retry operation
Error printing Retry operation
323
8. For filter values used in SSCC96/SGTIN96, please refer to the table below.
Filter value standard table
Filter value
SSCC96
SGTIN96
0
All Others
All Others
1
Reserved
Point of Sale (POS) Trade Item
2
Full Case for Transport
Full Case for Transport
3
Reserved
Reserved
4
Reserved
Inner Pack Trade Item Grouping for Handling
5
Reserved
Reserved
6
Unit Load
Unit Load
7
Reserved
Unit inside Trade Item or component inside a product not intended for individual sale
9. SSCC96 code conversion This function is used to generate a code according to the SSCC96 standard when a company prefix, serial reference, and filter value are applied. It is possible to use with Gen2. The command/parameter configuration is explained with the below values. These are all decimal numbers. Company prefix: 4011661 (7 digits) Serial reference: 3000000001 (10 digits) Filter value: 0 (Select the filter value from the filter value standard table described earlier. In this example, the filter value is 0
from "All Others") The total digit number of company prefix and serial reference needs to be 17 under the standard, and it is not possible to change. Of these 17 digits, the proportion of the company prefix and the serial reference can be selected from the seven combinations described in the table below.
Partition value
Company prefix digits
Serial reference digits
0
12
5
1
11
6
2
10
7
3
9
8
4
8
9
5
7
10
6
6
11
In this example, according to the table above, Company prefix digit number: 7 Serial reference digit number: 10 The partition value is 5, but since this value is generated within the product, it is not necessary to be specified.
When the standard format is used <IP0>e:h,enc:a,com:4011661,srl: 3000000001,flt:0; Description of each parameter
e:h,------------- Specifies the standard format enc:a------------ Specifies SSCC96 code conversion com:4011661,----- The company prefix is 4011661 srl:3000000001,-- The serial reference is 3000000001 17 digits when combined with com: flt:0 ----------- The filter value is All Others ;---------------- End terminal
When the one-character parameter identifier in the conventional format is used <IP0>e:a,c:7,s:10,f:0,d:40116613000000001; Description of each parameter
e:a,-------------- Specifies SSCC96 code conversion c:7,-------------- The company prefix is 7 digits s:10,------------- The serial reference is 10 digits 17 digits when combined with c: f:0,-------------- The filter value is All Others d:40116613000000001 Number in which the company prefix and serial reference are joined together It is 17 digits. ;---------------- End terminal
When these commands are executed, the above parameters are converted to SSCC96 code 3114F4DA34B2D05E01000000 and 24 characters (18 characters in actuality), and are written in a tag.
324
10.SGTIN96 code conversion
This function is used to generate a code according to the SGTIN96 standard when a company prefix, item reference, filter
value, and serial number are applied. It is possible to use with Gen2. This function is explained with the below values. All
numbers below are in decimals.
Company prefix: 003885 (6 digits)
Item reference: 4006606 (7 digits)
Filter value: 0 (Select the filter value from the filter value standard table described earlier.
Serial number: 000000000001 (fixed to 12 digits)
The total digit number of company prefix and item reference needs to be 13 under the standard, and it is not possible to
change. Of these 13 digits, the proportion of the company prefix and the item reference can be selected from the seven
combinations described in the table below.
Partition value
Company prefix digit
Item reference digit
0
12
1
1
11
2
2
10
3
3
9
4
4
8
5
5
7
6
6
6
7
In this example, according to the table above, Company prefix digit number: 6 Item reference digit number: 7 The partition value is 6, but since this value is generated within the product, it is not necessary to be specified.
Under this condition, if the format of <IPO> EPC code write is applied, it results in the following:
When the standard format is used <IP0>e:h,enc:c,com:003885,itm:4006606,flt:0,srl:000000000001; Description of each parameter
e:h,------------- Specifies the standard format enc:c,------------ Specifies SGTIN96 code conversion com:003885,-------------- The company prefix is 6 digits itm:4006606,------------- The item reference is 7 digits 13 digits when combined with com: flt:0 ----------- The filter value is All Others srl:000000000001--- Serial number, fixed at 12 digits 274877906943 or a smaller number. ;---------------- End terminal
When the one-character parameter identifier in the conventional format is used <IP0>e:c,c:6,t:7,f:0,d:0038854006606,n:000000000001; Description of each parameter
e:c,------------ Specifies SGTIN96 code conversion c:6,-------------- The company prefix is 6 digits t:7,------------- The item reference is 7 digits 13 digits when combined with c: f:0,-------------- The filter value is All Others d:0038854006606, Number in which the company prefix and item reference are joined together It is 13 digits. N:000000000001--- Serial number, fixed at 12 digits 274877906943 or a smaller number. ;---------------- End terminal
When these commands are executed, the above parameters are converted to SGTIN96 code 301803CB4F48B38000000001 and 24 characters, and are written in a tag.
325
16.2 RFID Command
16.2 ESC+IP1 EPC Code Read
EPC Code Read
ESC+IP1
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IP1 <49>16<50>16<31>16
Parameter b
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Read information from EPC, Gen2 supported RFID tag.
[Format] <IP1>: read from EPC area only <IP1>,b:x; Specify areas of tags that have multiple memory areas such as Gen2 X = memory bank specification 1 EPC area 2 TID area 3 USER area 4 PC/AFI area <IP1>,U; User area in hexadecimal (128 characters) for big capacity tags such as NXP G2XM tag <IP1>,u; User area in ASCII (up to 64 characters) for big capacity tags such as NXP G2XM tag (Optional) ,RS Acquisition of RSSI (radio field intensity for response)
[Return status format]
Return status list
The return format of when "<IP1>" and "<IP1>,b:x;" format is used
Item
Content (Binary)
STX
Start code (02H)
Data
EPC area data, others
ETX
End code (03H)
Number of bytes
1 byte 96 bytes A blank area is filled with space (20H) "EPC_Tag_Err" is set at read failure.
1 byte
The return format of when reading USER area in hexadecimal by using "<TP1>,U;" format
Item
Content (Binary)
Number of bytes
STX
Start code (02H)
1 byte
Data
USER area data
128 bytes A blank area is filled with space (20H) "EPC_Tag_Err" is set at read failure.
ETX
End code (03H)
1 byte
The return format of when reading USER area in ASCII by using "<TP1>,u;" format
Item
Content (Binary)
Number of bytes
STX
Start code (02H)
1 byte
Flag
Failed (30H)/Succeed (31H)
1 byte
Length
4-digit decimal string that expresses the data length
4 bytes
Comma Comma (20H)
1 byte
Data ETX
USER area data End code (03H)
64 bytes in maximum "EPC_Tag_Err" is set at read failure.
1 byte
The below data is inserted before ETX of the return format when the optional ",RS" is specified.
Item
Content (Binary)
Number of bytes
Comma Comma (20H)
1 byte
Identifier RS(52H 53H)
2 bytes
Colon
Colon (3AH)
1 byte
Data
RSSI(dBm)
Variable Number of byte is 0 when failed.
326
[Coding Example 1] <A> <IP1>,b:1; <Z>
[Return status example 1-1]
When data [8000 0000 4000 0001] is written to EPC supported tag
02
Start code
38 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 34 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 EPC code (16 bytes)
20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (80 bytes)
03
End code
* The data is consecutive in the actual use, and data is expressed in hexadecimal.
[Return status example 1-2]
When reading from EPC supported tag is failed
02
Start code
45 50 43 5F 54 61 67 5F 45 72 72 20 20 20 20 20 Return "EPC_Tag_Err" in ASCII
20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (85 bytes)
03
End code
* The data is consecutive in the actual use, and data is expressed in hexadecimal.
[Coding Example 2] Read the USER area of tag in hexadecimal specification <A> <IP1>,U; <Z>
[Return status example 2-1]
The USER area of the tag is "ABCDEFGH", and reading in hexadecimal is succeeding
02
Start code
44 41 44 42 44 43 44 44 44 45 44 46 44 47 44 48 USER area data (16 bytes)
20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (112 bytes)
03
End code
[Return status example 2-2]
The USER area reading in hexadecimal is failed
02
Start code
45 50 43 5F 54 61 67 5F 45 72 72 20 20 20 20 20 Return "EPC_Tag_Err" in ASCII
20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (117 bytes)
03
End code
[Coding Example 3] Read the USER area of tag in ASCII specification <A> <IP1>,u; <Z>
[Return status example 3-1]
The USER area of the tag is "ABCDEFGH", and reading in ASCII is succeeding
02
Start code
31 30 30 30 38 2C
Reading success: 1 + Data amount: 0008 + Comma
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
USER area data "ABCDEFGH" (8 bytes)
03
End code
[Return status example 3-2] The USER area reading in ASCII is failed 02 30 30 30 31 31 2C 45 50 43 5F 54 61 67 5F 45 72 72 03
Start code Reading failure: 0 + Data amount: 0011 + Comma Character string "EPC_Tag_Err" (11 bytes) End code
327
[Coding Example 4]
Optional RS is specified.
<A> <IP1>,b:1;,RS <Z>
[Return status example 4-1]
When the RSSI value is 10 dBm
02
Start code
38 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 34 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 EPC code (16 bytes)
20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (80 bytes)
2C 52 53 3A 31 30
,RS:10
03
End code
* The data is consecutive in the actual use, and data is expressed in hexadecimal.
[Return status example 4-2]
When RSSI acquisition is failed
02
Start code
38 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 34 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 EPC code (16 bytes)
20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (80 bytes)
2C 52 53 3A
,RS:
03
End code
* The data is consecutive in the actual use, and data is expressed in hexadecimal.
[Notes] 1. This command cannot be specified in combination with commands other than <A> and <Z>. 2. This command is not processed when receiving during printing. Processed after printing is completed. 3. It takes a few seconds to return all return status to the host after sending this command. If the port is disconnected before all statuses are returned to the host, RFID tag information will not be correctly returned and the data other than return status format is returned. 4. If this command results in an error, return "EPC_Tag_Err" with ASCII characters. 5. Unused area is filled with space (20H). 6. When the USER area is read by specifying ',u' (in ASCII), the product regards the first NULL character (00H) as the end of the character string, and returns the character string before the NULL character. When a NULL character is not included in the character string, the product returns character strings up to 64 characters.
328
16.3 RFID Command
16.3 ESC+F EPC Sequential Number
EPC Sequential Number
ESC+F
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
F <46>16
Parameter aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] This command is set before EPC code write (<IP0> command), and is used to write the sequential number of the specified data to the EPC area.
[Format] <F>aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f)
Parameter
aaaa "Number of printing for the same contents" =
b "Increment/decrement setting"
=
cccc "Increment/decrement value setting"
=
Valid range Valid range
: 1 to 9999 : Addition : Subtraction : to 9999
dd "Sequential numbering digits"
= Valid range : 1 to 24, 24 if omitted (omissible)
ee "Lower disabled digits"
= Valid range : 0 to 99, 0 if omitted (omissible)
f
"Decimal or HEX serial number"
= 0
: Decimal, 0 if omitted (omissible)
1
: HEX
[Coding Example]
Number of printing for the same contents: 1, Increment/Decrement: , Increment/decrement value: 1, Sequential numbering
digits: 5, Lower disabled digits: 0
<A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202 <F>1+1,5,0<XM>0123456789ABCDEF01234567 <F>1+1,5,0<IP0> e:h,epc,0123456789ABCDEF01234567; <Q>10 <Z>
[Notes] 1. Sequential number can be specified up to 1 point per format. 2. Black/white reverse image printing <(> cannot be specified for sequential number data. 3. Auto linefeed <E> is not available. 4. EPC sequential numbering is enabled only if specified immediately before the EPC code write (<IP0> command). 5. The only EPC area is targeted for the sequential numbering. 6. Note that sequential numbering is applied to converted EPC code when SSCC96/SGTIN96 code conversion is used together with the sequential numbering. 7. This command can be used together with sequential numbering of character and barcode, up to 8 places in one item including EPC sequential numbering. 8. This command cannot be used with the item that doesn't have print command. However, this command can be used when blank label feed (fsw: 1) of EPC code write command <IP0> is specified. 9. This command cannot be used in items that include the <TU> command.
329
16.4 RFID Command
16.4 ESC+IP5 Antenna Output Power
Antenna Output Power
ESC+IP5
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
IP5 <49>16<50>16<35>16
Parameter aaa(,bbb)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] This command specifies the antenna output power. The antenna output power for the write command and the antenna output power for the read command can be set to separate values.
[Format] <IP5>aaa(,bbb)
Parameter aaa = A 3-digit number of antenna output power (dBm) multiplied by 10. Range: 000 to 240. bbb = A 3-digit number made by multiplying the read command's antenna output power by 10. (Omissible) Range: 000 to 240.
When only aaa is specified, the same antenna output power is set for both write and read commands. When both aaa and bbb is specified, antenna output power for write command can be set with aaa and for read command with bbb. For details on the actual antenna output power, refer to the antenna output power setting table.
[Coding Example 1] <A> <IP5>170 <Z> Antenna output power will be set to 17.0 dBm for both write and read commands without having to restart the product. This value will be maintained after power is switched off.
[Coding Example 2] <A> <IP5>120,090 <Z> This will change the antenna power to 12.0 dBm for write command and 9.0 dBm for read command without restart. These settings are maintained after turning off the product.
[Notes] 1. This command cannot be specified in combination with commands other than <A> and <Z>. 2. This command is not processed when receiving during printing. Processed after printing is completed. 3. Since the antenna output power changes, it may not be possible to read or write some tags depending on their type. 4. A command error occurs when an invalid parameter is specified. 5. 100 is the default at shipping for both write and read commands. 6. While a value from 0 to 240 can be recorded in the nonvolatile memory of the product, the units place is rounded off to 0 during transmission to the reader/writer module. 7. Values less than 100 shall be filled with 0 in the upper digit to make a 3 digit.
330
8. Antenna output power table
Parameter
Antenna output power
aaa
(dBm)
(mW)
0 - 9
0
1.0
10 - 19
1.0
1.2
20 - 29
2.0
1.5
30 - 39
3.0
1.9
40 - 49
4.0
2.5
50 - 59
5.0
3.1
60 - 69
6.0
3.9
70 - 79
7.0
5.0
80 - 89
8.0
6.3
90 - 99
9.0
7.9
100 - 109
10.0
10.0
110 - 119
11.0
12.5
120 - 129
12.0
15.8
Parameter aaa
130 - 139 140 - 149 150 - 159 160 - 169 170 - 179 180 - 189 190 - 199 200 - 209 210 - 219 220 - 229 230 - 239
240
Antenna output power
(dBm)
(mW)
13.0
19.9
14.0
25.1
15.0
31.6
16.0
39.8
17.0
50.1
18.0
63.0
19.0
79.4
20.0
100.0
21.0
125.8
22.0
158.4
23.0
199.5
24.0
250.0
[Note] Example: Even when 199 is specified, actually, 19.0 dBm is set.
331
16.5 RFID Command
16.5 ESC+TM Trademark Print
Trademark Print
ESC+TM
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
TM <54>16<4D>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] This command specifies the printing of the trademark of EPC Global Logistics Group in the tag label.
[Format] <TM>a
Parameter a=[Number of logo]
1: 1:
2:
2:
[Coding Sample1] <A> <V>50<H>50<TM>1 <Z>
[Coding Sample2] <A> <V>50<H>50<TM>2 <Z>
[Valid command]
Modification command <V>
<H>
<L>
<%>
[Notes] 1. The specification of coordinates <V><H>, rotation <%>, and magnification <L> is enabled. 2. To perform magnification <L>, the command must be specified immediately before the trade mark print command <TM>. 3. The image size of trademark is (Image 1: W143 x H101 dots, Image 2: 202 x H101 dots). (When magnification is not specified)
332
16.6 RFID Command
16.6 ESC+TU Printing Tag Data
Printing Tag Data
ESC+TU
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
TU <54>16<55>16
Parameter a,bbcccddd n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid.
[Function] Reads data from a specified area and specified address of RFID tag and develops to specified direction to make it possible to print on labels.
[Format] <TU>a,bbcccdddn~n
Parameter a = To use this functionality or not 1 : Read data and start using 0 : Cancel use bb = Block number 01 : EPC area 02 : TID area 03 : USER area ccc = Start address of memory. Range: 000 to 999 (in decimal) ddd = End address of memory. Range: 000 to 999 (in decimal) n = Specify ID. Specify any string within 4 to 16 characters to be used for assigning data. (All parameters should be in the ASCII format)
[Notes] 1. The amount of information per one address is 2 bytes (4 characters) in case of Gen2. An RFID tag error occurs if you specify an address that exceeds tag capacity. 2. The upper limit of the read data is 32 characters, even there is enough capacity in the read targeted area. 3. It is not possible to acquire CRC/PC in the EPC area with this command. Please specify 02H in the below figure "Memory map of Gen2 standard RFID chip" as the base reference: 0, when specifying EPC area address. 4. 1 address is one word (= 16 bits), and it is equal to 4 characters.
Memory map of Gen2 RFID chip
Address
00000000
Bank
00H 01H 02H 03H 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B . . . . . H H H H H H H H
EPC area
CRC PC EPC
TID area
TID
USER area
USER
333
[Coding Example 1] A sample specifying 24 characters from start address 0 to end address 5 in EPC area of Gen2 tag, using SATO as ID. (The amount of information per one address: 4 characters)
<A> <TU>1,01000005SATO <%>0 <V>0410 <H>0090 <P>00 <L>0101 <XM>SATO <%>0 <V>0060 <H>0040 <D>102120*SATO* <%>0 <V>0195 <H>0055 <P>00 <L>0101 <XM>*SATO* <%>1 <V>0595 <H>0520 <D>102060*SATO* <TU>0 <Q>00001 <Z>
[Coding Example 2] A sample specifying 16 characters from start address 02h to end address 05h in the USER area (03) of Gen2 tag, using SATO as ID. (The amount of information per one address: 4 characters)
<A> <TU>1,03002005SATO <%>0 <V>0410 <H>0090 <P>00 <L>0101 <XM>SATO <%>0 <V>0060 <H>0040 <D>102120*SATO* <%>0 <V>0195 <H>0055 <P>00 <L>0101 <XM>*SATO* <%>1 <V>0595 <H>0520 <D>102060*SATO* <TU>0 <Q>00001 <Z>
334
SATO
[Valid command] Font
Barcode
<XL> <XM> <XS> <XU> <XB>
<B>
<D>
<BD>
<2D10> <2D12> <2D20> <2D30> <2D31> <2D50>
<DN>
<DS>
[Notes] 1. This command support 1D barcode commands: <B>, <D>, and <BD>. Regarding only CODE39 can be specified. 2. When using 2D code and also specifying the ID by using <DN> in the data part, specify the number of characters before conversion to the number of data. Example: <DN>0004,SATO 3. Alphanumeric characters can be used when using QR code. (Numeric and Kanji mode is not available.) Micro QR code is not available. ID cannot be specified to the secured part of the Security QR code. 4. In case if tag data could not be read, an error message will be printed and will retry with the next label or discard depending on the retry/release setting. 5. In case of a command error due to erroneous format of print job that includes this command, the product will not print label (so as not to waste label) but will ring the buzzer once short to go to OFFLINE. The label will not be printed until the reason of command error is removed.
6. In case if the settings are made to ignore the sensor, the command error occurs upon reception of this command. 7. This command cannot be used for the label that tag offset is set to other than default. 8. This command cannot be used with dispense mode behavior 2. 9. The item including this command does not support <C>, and <0> command, external signals, and reprint by key operation. 10. This command can be used together with EPC code write command <IP0>. In this case, the product read (TU), write (IP0)
and print, regardless the order of command. Therefore, the data written by <IP0> command cannot be read with this command. 11. It is possible to specify a pair of <TU>1 and <TU>0 in 1 item. Be sure to specify <TU>0 when <TU>1 is specified. 12. This command cannot be specified together with sequential printing or registering formats. 13. You cannot specify multiple labels for print jobs that include this command. Even if you specify 2 or more labels with <Q> command, it will be interpreted as 1. 14. This command will not be executed while the product is printing. It will be executed after the print is complete.
335
16.7 RFID Command
16.7 ESC+RU TID Return
TID Return
ESC+RU
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 0
RU <52>16<55>16
Parameter a
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made.
[Function] Configure to return the result of writing to tags by IP0 command, and read data after writing to the host.
[Format] <RU>a
Parameter a=Return format specification
0: No return
(default setting)
1: Write result status, EPC/TID return
2: Final write result and TID return upon receiving SOH+RU
3: Read and return TID of the tag at antenna position
When the parameter is 2 and 3, [Coding Example 1]
<A> <RU>2 <IP>e:z,d:491234567891234567890104; <XM>491234567891234567890104 <Z>
[Return status format]
The following data is returned by receiving SOH+RU when a data is written to Gen2 tag which TID is E20060030238E5EC.
Write success
STX
Status
TID (96 bytes)
ETX
(read success)
0x02
1(0x31)
E20060030238E5EC 0x03
(Spaces are filled with 20H.)
Write success
STX
Status
TID (96 bytes)
ETX
(read failure)
0x02
1(0x31)
Blank (0x20)
0x03
Write failure
STX
Status
TID (96 bytes)
ETX
0x02
0(0x30)
Blank (0x20)
0x03
[Notes] 1. The result of writing and TID returned after RFID writing is completed. 2. Data writing and TID reading are performed separately, and if TID read failed, blank is returned even if writing resulted successfully.
336
Return sequence of RU2 When writing 491234567891234567890104 to EPC area of Gen2 tag that TID is E20060030238E5EC, and return the result of writing and TID
<RU>2 *1 Specify return by SOH+RU
Host
Product
<IP>e:h,epc:491234567891 234567890104;
Write success
SOH+RU
Return the final write status (write success) and TID STX + 1 + E20060030238E5EC + ETX *2
*1. Most common commands such as <A>, <Z> are not described in the above diagram. *2. The above is only one example. The actual value varies depending on tags. Blank after data is filled with the space (20H).
[Notes] 1. The product writes data to tags and then read TID when <IP0> command is received. 2. STX + "0" (0x30)+ "Blank" (0x20) ... + STX (writing reading failure) is returned when specifying RU2 and requesting the reply by SOH+RU without writing.
When the parameter is 1, [SOH+RU return data format (normal)] [STX]a...a,b,c,d...d[ETX]
[Return data] Symbol a b
c
d
Parameter name Total number of data byte * This is the total number of bytes after parameter b. Delimiter comma between parameters a and b, and ETX are not included. The data size from the first identifier to before ETX. Write result status
Error symbol
EPC/TID return data
Valid range Data size from the first write result status until before [ETX] Maximum 5-digit characters
0: Write failure 1: Write success *Text format NNo error EEPC write error TTID read error MReserved AAll errors *Text format Refer to the following [EPC/TID return data]: *Text format
337
[UID/EPC return data format] "Specify memory"":""Data" "Line feed (0DH,0AH)" ee:f...f(,gg:h...h)[CR][LF]
Specifying the memory to be recorded <RA>-product setting IF:RFID setting section parameter DATA_TO_RECODE: The data to be read differs according to the settings of the RFID data record.
"0": BOTH (EPC and TID are returned) "1": EPC (only EPC is returned) "2": TID (only TID is returned) Below is the sample of <RA> setting. <A> <RA>,24,IF,18,DATA_TO_RECODE:0[CR][LF] <Z>
To set the above from the settings menus, you can perform the same from "RFID USER MODE"->"LOG DATA"
[EPC/TID return data] Symbol Parameter name Memory e(g...)
f(h...) Data
Valid range EPEPC IDTID
For UHF band only Maximum 256-digit characters
Data Example) EP:E0123456789ABCDEF0123456,ID:E200680612345678
[Return data format (when a command error occurs)] [NAK]<15>16
[Exception processing] Parameter name Identifier
Exceptional condition
A value outside the range is The specified size and received size
specified
are different
Command error
Invalid receive data
Terminology Command error
Invalid receive data
Description
The receive data after command error will not be regarded as a parameter for this command. The data after the 2 byte identifier will be ignored.
[Coding example 2] <A> <RU>01 <IP0>e:h,epc:E0123456789ABCDEF0123456; <XM>E0123456789ABCDEF0123456 <Z>
[Return status example] When SOH+RU is received using a tag with E200680612345678 for TID and specified to return TID only.
Write success (TID read success) [STX]25,1,N,ID:E200680612345678[CR][LF][ETX]
Write success (TID read failure) [STX]9,1,T,ID:[CR][LF][ETX]
Write fail (EPC write failure) [STX]9,0,E,ID:[CR][LF][ETX]
[Notes] 1. The write status and EPC/TID is returned when SOH+RU is received after RFID write. 2. Although write is successful, status will be returned without data if you fail to read EPC/TID since EPC/TIC read will be done separately from write. 3. When there is an EPC code write but there is no print data, write result status is "0: writing failed" and error symbol is "A: all error" in the return data.
338
The return sequence of <RU>01 (In case of Gen2 tag that has TID= E200680612345678)
Host
Product
<RU>01 *1
Specify return by SOH+RU
The setting of return by SOH+RU is maintained
Enabled until power is turned OFF
<IP0>e:h,epc:E0123456789ABCDEF0123456; Write command
Acquire TID immediately after successful write, and store it in the memory with the success status.
SOH+RU
Return the write status (write success) and TID data [STX]24,00,ID:E200680612345678[CR][LF] [ETX] *2
*1. Most common commands such as <A>, <Z> are not described in the above diagram. *2 Content of the return EPC/TID is an example. The actual value varies depending on the tag.
[Notes] 1. EPC/TID data to be returned is up to 256 characters. 2. The product writes data to tags and then read EPC/TID when <IP0> command is received.
339
16.8 RFID Command
16.8 ESC+RA RFID Mode Setting
RFID Mode Setting
ESC+RA
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16
RA <52>16<41>16
Refer to the table below.
Parameter a(,Ec:b)(,Ce:c)(,To:ddd)(,Pw:eee)(,Pr:fff)(,Ps:g)(,Tb:h)(,Mr:i)(,Ed:j) (,Es:k)(,Eo:l)(,Pl:m)(,Pm:n)(,Iv:o)(,It:p)(,Rc:q)(,Rs:r)(,La:y)(,Lb:z)
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item
Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. (Valid when Rs: 0 is specified) The parameter preset will be invalid. (Valid when Rs: 0 is specified)
[Function] Switch between Normal mode and RFID enabled mode, and change RFID settings.
[Format] <RA>a (,Ec:b)(,Ce:c)(,To:ddd)(,Pw:eee)(,Pr:fff)(,Ps:g)(,Tb:h)(,Mr:i)(,Ed:j)(,Es:k)(,Eo:l)(,Pl:m)(,Pm:n)(,Iv:o)(,It:p)(,Rc:q)(,Rs:r) (,La:y)(,Lb:z)
Parameter (All parameters should be ASCII format) a=[Operation mode] : Valid range "0,2" 0: RFID disabled mode 2: RFID enabled mode
When the operation mode setting is 2: RFID enabled mode, you can specify the extended parameters to set each of detailed setting of RFID. Specify the setting category by identifier, and set the value after the identifier to the designated category. (Restart is necessary after setting change)
Extended parameter Item Identifier
b
"Ec:"
c
"Ce:"
ddd
"To:"
eee
"Pw:"
fff
"Pr:"
Category/Description
Number of retries Specify the upper limit of number of retry in the range from 0 to 9 when tag error is occurred with EPC code write command <IP0>. (Default Value: 1)
Print restraint function at the time of command error When the error occurs in the command contained in the RFID print item, set whether or not to print. 0(30H) Don't print (Default) 1(30H) Print When "Don't print" is set, and a command error and a parameter error occur in the item including the RFID print -related command, the product discards the item in error, ring the buzzer, stops printing and goes to OFFLINE.
Tag offset Change the tag offset. Unit is in mm. From 0 to 240 can be specified. (Default Value: 0) Specify the value that does not exceed the label size and the size specified with <A1> command. Note that a white streak may appear at the pause position. You need to consider it to avoid as it affects the print layout.
Radio output power setting (at writing) Specify the value of radio output power setting of RFID module. The value is dBm x 10. Example: 17.0 dBm is 170 The value is sent to RFID module after restart, and the specified radio output power becomes valid. (Default Value: 100) Use "Antenna Output ESC+IP5" when the specified radio output power needs to be valid immediately.
Radio output power setting (at reading) Specify the value of radio output power setting of RFID module. The value is dBm x 10. Example: 17.0 dBm is 170 The value is sent to RFID module after restart, and the specified radio output power becomes valid. (Default Value: 100) Use "Antenna Output ESC+IP5" when the specified radio output power needs to be valid immediately.
Valid range "0" to "9" 1 digit
(0,1) 1 digit
"0" to "240" Maximum 3
digits
"0" to "240" Maximum 3
digits (Necessary
to restart after
changing)
"0" to "240" Maximum 3
digits (Necessary
to restart after
changing)
340
Item Identifier
Category/Description
This is not used with this specification. This parameter is ignored.
Timeout/Number of retry (Default: 4)
Change the setting of timeout/number of retry in the module.
g
"Mr:"
Specified number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ThingMagic (msec)
50
100 200 500 1000 1500 2000 4000
Recovery at tag error
h
"Ed:"
Set recovery method at tag error. (Default Value: 0) 0(30H) : RETRY mode
1(31H) : RELEASE mode
Slash printing at tag error (default: 1)
i
"Es:"
0 (30H) : Disable
1 (31H) : Enable
Signal setting at tag error (default: 1)
j
"Eo:"
0(30H) : PULSE
1(31H) : LEVEL
Pulse length
Setting the pulse length of external signals at RFID tag error. (Default Value: 1)
k
"Pl:"
Specified number
1
2
3
4
5
Msec
100
200
300
400
500
Valid range
"0" to "7" 1 digit
(Necessary to restart after changing)
(0,1) 1 digit
(0,1) 1 digit
(0,1) 1 digit
"1" to "5" 1 digit
PREND TYPE 3/4 setting
l
"Pm:"
Setting the external signal PREND type 3/4 (Default 0) 0 (30H): Normal
(0,1) 1 digit
1 (31H): Reflect tag writing period to the signal
Inventory setting
Setting whether to check the captured label or not before writing data by EPC code
write command <IP0> and read data by tag data print command <TU>. The default
is "1: INVENTRY enabled."
When this setting is enabled, and the number of captured tag is more than 1,
(0,1)
"MULTI TAG ERROR" occurs to prevent writing to (or reading from) the neighbor
1 digit
m
"Iv:"
tag. When "MULTI TAG ERROR" occurs frequently, some measures need to be taken such as lowering radio power setting.
(Necessary to restart
Note that checking the number of captured tag by this INVENTRY setting is not
after
possible when the default value of each EPC area is the same to the neighbor tag. changing)
Thus, this setting is valid only for products that EPC default value is unique code to
the neighbor tag.
0 (30H) : INVENTRY disabled
1 (30H) : INVENTRY enabled (default)
INVENTRY timeout setting (Default value: 3) Setting the timeout time for INVENTRY that is enabled with Iv: item.
"0" to "7" 1 digit
n
"It:"
Specified number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
(Necessary to restart
ThingMagic (msec)
25
50
75 100 150 200 300 500
after changing)
RFID Counter clear
Clear RFID counter. RFID life counter is not cleared.
o
"Rc:"
This specification is not recorded to the memory.
0 (31H) : Don't clear (Default when omitted)
1 (31H) : Clear
(0,1) 1 digit
Restart after setting
Set whether or not to restart the product after executing this command.
When this parameter is omitted, it becomes "Restart".
This specification is not recorded to the memory.
0 (30H) : Don't restart (With 3 short beeps)
1 (31H) : Restart (With 3 long beeps, default when omitted)
p
"Rs:"
2 (32H) : Don't restart (Without beep) Note: Be sure to specify restart when switching RFID enabled/disabled mode or
"0" to "2" 1 digit
changing the setting of RFID module.
341
Item Identifier
Category/Description
RFID log setting (Default: 0)
w
"La:"
0 (30H) : Disable
1 (31H) : Enable
RFID log data setting (Default: 0)
x
"Lb:"
0 (30H) : EPC and TID 1 (31H) : EPC
2 (32H) : TID
1. The parameter that doesn't need to be changed can be omitted.
2. When omitted the item, the previous value will be maintained. (Excluding Rs:Rc: parameter) 3. When there is an error in a part of parameter, the other parameters specified together are disabled.
4. After changing the setting of parameter that is necessary to restart, be sure to specify restart.
Valid range
(0,1) 1 digit
"0" to "2" 1 digit
[Coding Example] <A> <RA>2,Ec:03,Ce:0,Rs:0 <Z>
Explanation: the product is configured to RFID enabled, the number of retries is 3, and do not print at command error. The product is not restarted after execution of this command.
[Notes] 1. This command is valid only for the RFID option equipped product. 2. This command cannot use together with other than <A><Z> command. 3. There are 3 long beeps and the product is restarted automatically when this command is sent to the product. When restart is not necessary, specify the parameter "Rs:0". There are 3 short beeps when the product is not restarted. Specify "Rs:2" when restart and buzzer sound are not necessary. 4. Be sure to feed one label for adjusting the position after restart. 5. After changing the setting of parameter that is necessary to restart, be sure to specify restart. 6. The setting values of the menus listed below are changed accordingly by changing the value with this command.
Extended parameters that values are changed accordingly and menu screens
Item Identifier Screens changed accordingly
a
-
RFID module setting screen
b
"Ec:" MAX. ERR COUNT setting screen
ddd
"To:" RFID_TAG OFFSET setting screen
eee
"Pw:" ANTENNA POWER setting screen
fff
"Pr:" ANTENNA POWER setting screen
h
"Ed:" RFID RETRY MODE setting screen
i
"Es:" RFID ERR SLASH setting screen
j
"Eo:" RFID ERR OUTPUT setting screen
k
"Pl:" LENGTH OF PULSE setting screen
l
"Pm:" PREND TYPE 3/4 setting screen
m
"Iv:"
INVENTRY setting screen ENABLE/DISABLE
n
"It:"
INVENTRY setting screen TIMEOUT
w
"La:"
Log setting screen
x
"Lb:"
Log setting screen
Menu RFID Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode Service Mode RFID Mode RFID Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode
342
17 XML Commands
17.1 XML
17.1 ESC+/Y Register Print Template Name
Register Print Template Name
ESC+/Y
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
/Y <2F>16<59>16
Parameter ,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting. The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting.
[Function] To register the Print Template name inside the product memory.
[Format] </Y>,n~n
Parameter n~n [Print Template name] = Valid range
: 1 to 32 ASCII characters
[Coding Example]
<A> <CC>1 <YS>,1 </Y>,Material Label </X>,14,10,ProductID <%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM> <Z>
[Notes] 1. Only first 32 characters of the print template name will be registered into the product memory. 2. The character "," (HEX: 2C) is not allow in template name registration. 3. This command must be used together with the <YS> command.
343
17.2 XML
17.2 ESC+/X Set XML Variable Name
Set XML Variable Name
ESC+/X
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
/Y <2F>16<58>16
Parameter ,a,b,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function] To set the XML variable field name for the format field number.
[Format] </X>,a,b,n~n
Parameter a [Field number] b [Max field length] n~n [Print Template name]
= 01 to 99 = 01 to 99 = Up to maximum 60 ASCII characters
[Coding Example] Assign XML variable name ProductID to the field number 14, with Maximum input field length up to 10 characters.
<A> <CC>1 <YS>,1 </Y>,Material Label </X>,14,10,ProductID <%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM> <Z>
[Notes] 1. This command must be used together with the <YS> command. 2. Please refer to valid command list from Registration of Field command </N> command.
344
17.3 XML
17.3 ESC+/R Remove Print Template
Remove Print Template
ESC+/R
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
/R <2F>16<52>16
Parameter ,a,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function] To clear content registered XML print template inside product memory.
[Format] </R>,a,n~n
Parameter a [Remover template]
n~n [Print template name or format number]
= 0 : Represent by print template name 1 : Represent by print template format number
= Valid range (Template name) : 1 to 32 ASCII characters Valid range (Format number) : 001 to 999
[Coding Example] Clear Print Template with the template name "SATO Barcode".
<A> <CC>1 </R>,0,SATO Barcode <Z>
[Notes] 1. To avoid incorrect response from product, this command should not use in conjunction with other commands. 2. This command is valid only if the desired template is registered inside the product memory initially. 3. When parameter (n~n) is not inserted or inserted wrong reference name, this </R> command will become invalid and the command is not effected. 4. Parameter `a' will be set as `0' if not assigned. 5. The product will response "ACK" back to the host PC if the operation successes, else the product will response "NAK" to the host PC if the operation fails.
345
17.4 XML
17.4 ESC+/S Set Print Template Name
Set Print Template Name
ESC+/S
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
/S <2F>16<53>16
Parameter ,aaa,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting. The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting.
[Function] To change the print template name that is already registered inside the product memory.
[Format] </S>,aaa,n~n
Parameter aaa [Print template format number] n~n [Print template name]
= 001 to 999 = Valid range (Template name) : 1 to 32 ASCII characters
[Coding Example] Change Print Template with the template name "SATO Barcode".
<A> <CC>1 </S>,001,SATO Barcode <Z>
[Notes] 1. To avoid incorrect response from product, this command should not use in conjunction with other commands. 2. Only first 32 characters of the print template name will be registered into the product memory. 3. The character "," (HEX: 2C) is not allow in template name registration. 4. The product will response "ACK" back to the host PC if the operation successes, else the product will response "NAK" to the host PC if the operation fails. 5. If the parameter "aaa" is not assigned, </S> command will be ignored.
346
17.5 XML
17.5 ESC+/G Get Print Template Information
Get Print Template Information
ESC+/G
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
/S <2F>16<47>16
Parameter ,a,n~n
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function] To recall the print templates data or print template names from the product memory.
[Format] </G>,a,n~n
Parameter a [Type of desired template data]
n~n [Print template name]
= 0: Get current print template name 1: Get all print template names 2: Get all print templates 3: Get standardized print template 4: Get specific print template
= Valid range (Template name) : 1 to 32 ASCII characters This parameter n~n is needed when a = 4 was specified.
[Coding Example] Recall all the registered template names from the product memory
<A> <CC>1 </G>,1 <Z>
Recall the print template with the template name "SATO Barcode"
<A> <CC>1 </G>,4,SATO Barcode <Z>
[Notes] 1. To avoid incorrect response from product, this command should not use in conjunction with other commands. 2. This command is valid only if the product memory has at least one registered format. 3. Print template name will be returned only if the desired template name is registered by </Y> command together with the <YS> commands. 4. Parameter `a' will be set as `0' if not assigned. 5. For (a=1), the character `, `(HEX: 2C) will act as separators between each reply template name. (Note: No separator will be used, if there is only one template name installed inside the memory) 6. The product will response "ACK" back to the host PC if the operation successes, else the product will response "NAK" to the host PC if the operation fails. 7. In case the user gave same name to different formats, the </G>,4 command will recall the template with the smaller format number.
347
17.6 XML
17.6 ESC+/A Air Protocols Management
Air Protocols Management
ESC+/A
Hexadecimal code
Initial value
ESC <1B>16 Nil
/A <2F>16<41>16
Parameter ,a,b
Valid range and term of
command
When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items
The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid.
[Function] To set the type of Air Protocols to be used and get the information about supported Air Protocols.
[Format] </A>,a,b
Parameter a [Air Protocol management]
b [Print template name]
= 0: Get a list of all the supported Air Protocols 1: Get the type of Air Protocol that is in use 2: Set the type of Air Protocol to be used
= 0: Set "EPC Class 0+" 1: Set "EPC Class 1" 2: Set "GEN 2" (Supported in CL4NX printer only) 3: Set "EPC Class 1.19(UCODE)" This parameter b is needed when a = 2 was specified.
[Coding Example] Get the type of Air Protocol that is in use.
<A> </A>,1 <Z>
Set the type of Air Protocol to "EPC Class 1".
<A> </A>,2,1 <Z>
[Notes] 1. To avoid incorrect response from product, this command should not use in conjunction with other commands. 2. Parameter `a' will be set as `0' if not assigned. 3. Air Protocol setting by "</A>,2,b" is maintained until next changes is made in LCD panel or "</A>,2,b" command again. 4. For (a=2), the command will become invalid if the parameter `b' is not assigned or assigned wrong reference number. (Note: Depending on the RFID modules, the command will become invalid if user set the RFID option that is not supported by module.) 5. For (a=0), the character `, `(HEX: 2C) will act as separators between each reply Air Protocol. (Note: No separator will be used, if there is only one supported Air Protocol.) 6. For (a=0), user cannot send any request command to the product until the product finished sending the requested data. 7. Gen2 protocol is the only protocol setting supported in CL4NX printer currently, if other protocols were specified, it will return as a command error.
348
Part 2 Interface Specification
1 Overview
1.1 Overview
There are built-in interfaces for data communication with the host system, and an interface that connect external interface for communication of the product and peripherals.
The product has the following built-in interfaces. 1) RS-232C interface (DP9pin (female terminal)) 2) LAN interface (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX auto-detecting, RJ45 connector) 3) USB interface (USB2.0 High speed, type A connector / type B connector) 4) IEEE1284 interface (communication mode: ECP mode/compatible, Amphenol 36 pin) 5) External signal interface (D-SUB25 pin)
The following interfaces are optional. 1) Wireless LAN unit (802.11b/g/n) 2) Bluetooth interface (Ver.2.0+EDR Class 2)
1.2 Function setting
You need to configure each interface in the interface mode of the product before using it.
1) Procedure to enter the interface mode Here is the procedure to enter the interface mode to configure each interface.
ONLINE QTY:000000
(1)
Power on the product, press the LINE button once while the product is ONLINE.
The product goes OFFLINE.
OFFLINE QTY:000000
(2) Press the ENTER button once. The product goes to the MODE MENU.
ONLINE MODE
(3) Press the right arrow button twice to move the cursor to
.
INTERFACE
(4) Press the ENTER button once. The product enters the interface mode.
*When you changed the configuration, be sure to turn the product's power off and turn it on again.
349
2) How to configure each interface You need to configure both "Data Port" and "Sub Port". The following are overview of each ports. (1) Data Port This port receives print data from PC. All SBPL commands are available in this port. <Configurable interfaces for the Data Port> USB, LAN, IEEE1284, RS-232C, Bluetooth (optional), wireless LAN (optional) The interface configured as Sub Port cannot be used as the Data Port interface. (2) Sub Port This port monitors the printer status. Please refer to "2.2 Return Status " for available commands in this port. <Configurable interfaces for the Sub Port> USB, LAN, IEEE1284, RS-232C, Bluetooth (optional), wireless LAN (optional) The interface configured as Data Port cannot be used as the Sub Port interface.
Data Port - SBPL commands (print data) - Printer status
Sub Port - Printer status
1.3 Combination of interfaces
The following combinations are available for the Data Port and the Sub Port. Data Port
RS-232C IEEE1284
USB
LAN
Sub Port
RS-232C
IEEE1284
USB
LAN
Wireless LAN
×
Bluetooth
Wireless LAN
×
Bluetooth
[: configurable, ×: not configurable] (Notes)
1. It is not possible to select Wireless LAN in the interface mode when a wireless LAN unit is not connected. 2. It is not possible to use wireless LAN and USB at the same time because the wireless LAN unit is connected to the product
through USB. 3. The Sub Port cannot be used when Interface Auto Detection is enabled.
350
2 Communication Protocol
2.1 Communication protocols and Receive Mode
There are 2 kinds of receive mode; single item and multiple, and the receive mode will be different according to the combination of the interface and the communication protocol.
Single item receive Single item (ESC A - ESC Z) can be received after the previous single item has printed.
Multiple receive mode Enabling receiving data up to near full size during printing.
Bidirectional communication (Status 2, Status 3, Status 4, Status 5) Monitoring printer status and perform data communication.
Unidirectional communication (READY/BUSY) Data communication is controlled by the hardware.
Refer to each interface section for details on READY/BUSY, XON/XOFF, Status 3, Status 4 and Status 5.
Available communication protocol is as follows.
Interface
Communication Protocol
Single item receive Unidirectional communication
Multiple receive Unidirectional communication READY/BUSY Single item receive Unidirectional communication READY/BUSY Multiple receive Unidirectional communication XON/XOFF Single item receive Bidirectional communication XON/XOFF Multiple receive Bidirectional communication Status 2 Single item receive Bidirectional communication Status 3 Multiple receive Bidirectional communication Status 4 Multiple receive Bidirectional communication Status 5 Multiple receive Bidirectional communication
RS-232C
× ×
IEEE1284
× × × × × ×
USB
× × × × × × × ×
LAN
Bluetooth (optional)
Wireless LAN
(optional)
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
[: available, ×not available]
351
2.2 Return Status
Purpose of return status is to control the printer status from the host, and the product returns the status after receiving the status request command. There are 4 kinds of return status; Status 2, Status 3, Status 4, and Status 5. The return status is as follows. The product returns the status after receiving the status request command.
Communication Protocol
Command
READY/BUSY
XON/XOFF
Status 2
ENQ
CAN
Status 3
ENQ
CAN
Status 4
ENQ
CAN
DLE
DC1
Status 5 SOH + ENQ
SOH + CAN
SOH + DLE
SOH + DC1
Status 3 Status 4 Status 5
SOH + MG SOH + SB SOH + EB
SOH + FO
SOH + CR
SOH + LW
SOH + LA
SOH + WI
SOH + H5
SOH + wa
SOH + wr
SOH + WS
Command name
Status request command Cancel request command Status request command Cancel request command Status request command Cancel request command Print pause request command Print resume request command Status request command Cancel request command Print pause request command Print resume request command Print configuration request System version information request Free memory space information request Form overlay information request Status 5 setting information request Status 5 history data information request LAN information request Wireless LAN field intensity information request Wireless LAN interface information request Association Threshold information request Roaming Threshold information request Work shift information request
Data Sub Port Port
Note
×*1
×*1
Excluding Hex dump mode
*2
Excluding Hex dump mode
*2
Excluding Hex dump mode
*2
× Disabled in Bluetooth
× Disabled in Bluetooth
Excluding Hex dump mode
*2
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
[supported, ×not supported]
*1 The Sub Port of READY/BUSY and XON/XOFF is configurable, but the commands that can be used for the Sub Port are not supported.
*2 Cancel is not allowed when receiving print data. Cancel behavior when receiving data is not guaranteed.
352
(Note) In order to obtain a return status from the product, insert the time interval of sending and receiving after sending each command to the product.
Command ENQ (05H
CAN18H DLE10H DC111H
Command name Status request
Cancel request Print pause request Print resume request
A time interval of sending and receiving (Guideline) 1 msec or more * In case of wireless LAN, 300
msec or more
500 msec or more
(1) ENQ (Status request)
Host
Printer
Send Write Send/Receive interval (more than 1msec)
Receive Read
ENQ05H STX xxA000000 ETX
Create status information
Send buffer STX xxA000000 ETX
(2) CAN (Cancel request) Host
Send Write
Send/Receive interval (more than 500msec)
Receive Read
CAN(18H) ACK
Printer
Cancel process Send buffer: ACK(06H)
ACK(06H)Normal state NAK(15H)Printer error
The values stated above are reference of waiting time until the product confirms the ACK return. Actual value varies depending on the type of interface, settings and the conditions. Guideline of send and receive time interval of cancel request at buffer near full is more than 900 msec.
353
2.2.1 Return status of Status 2
The product returns the printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host. The product initializes the receive buffer and cancels the print job by receiving the cancel request command. The details of each request command and return status are as follows.
1) Status request command The product returns the state of the receive data, the receive buffer and the product by receiving this command sent from the host. (1) Command ENQ (HEX 05H) (2) Return status/format
STX Status 1 Status 2 Status 3 CR
LF
ETX (7bytes)
Printer status Receive buffer status Receive data status
STX(HEX 02H) ETX(HEX 03H) LF (HEX 0AH) CR (HEX 0DH)
(3) Status list State of receive data
Status return
Description
"0" (HEX 30H)
Indicates the receive text was received normally.
"0" (HEX 31H)
State of receive buffer
Indicates the receive text was received normally. (Communication error, receive buffer overflow)
Status return
Description
"0" (HEX 30H) "9" (HEX 39H)
Printer status
Indicates no data exists in the receive buffer. Indicates data exists in the receive buffer.
Status return
Description
"0" (HEX 30H)
Normal (Receivable state)
"0" (HEX 31H)
Offline or print pause
"@" (HEX 40H)
Ribbon end
"A" (HEX 41H)
Paper end
"B" (HEX 41H)
(Unused) Cutter sensor error
"E" (HEX 45H)
Head Open
"G" (HEX 47H)
Head error
"J" (HEX 4AH)
Card error
"k" (HEX 6BH)
Other error
* There is no ribbon end with the direct thermal model.
2) Cancel request command This command enables you to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of the receive buffer. Note that the product doesn't return the status with this command. Be sure to send the next data after the elapse of 500 msec as delay time after sending the cancel request. This command is also effective in offline state and the time of the error.
(1) Command CAN (HEX 18H)
354
2.2.2 Return status of Status 3
The product returns the printer status and reply as the status by receiving 3 types of request commands and print command with this communication protocol. Details of request commands and return status are described below.
1) Status request command The product returns the job ID number of receive data that is currently printing, the printer status and the number of the remaining labels to print to the host by receiving this command. Return all "0" (HEX 30H) as the print quantity after printing is finished or there is no more receive data. If the command Job ID Number <ID> is not specified, the ID number returns space (HEX 20H). Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause return status error or print error.
(1) Command ENQ (HEX 05H) (2) Return status format (for other than Port 3 (9100) that LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled)
STX
ID No.
Status Remaining print No.
ETX (11 bytes in total)
000000 - 999999
Job ID number will be set by the job ID number specified by job ID number Specify <ID> in the ESC<A>-ESC<Z>.
When there are multiple receive data, ID number of the current printing Receive data will be set.
Return status format (for Port 3 (9100) that LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled, and for Port 1 (1024) when using Wireless LAN)
Size STX
0000000BH (4 bytes)
ID No.
Status
No. of remaining labels
ETX (Total 15 bytes)
From 000000 to 999999
Job ID number will be set by the job ID number specified by job ID number Specify <ID> in the ESC<A>-ESC<Z>.
When there are multiple receive data, ID number of the current printing Receive data will be set.
355
(3) Status list
Description
Offline status
No error Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full Ribbon near end *1 & buffer near full
(Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1
(Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full
Online status
Reception standby
No error Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full Ribbon near end *1 & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1
(Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full
No error
Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full
Printing
Ribbon/Label near end *1 & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1
(Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full
Standby (Dispense or cut
No error Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full Ribbon near end *1 & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1
(Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full
No error Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full
Analysis/edit ing
Ribbon near end *1 & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1
Error detection
Buffer over *2
(Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full
Head Open
Paper end Ribbon end *1 Media error (print skip error)
Sensor error
(Unused) Barcode read/verification error
(Unused) Barcode reader connection error Head error
Cover open
(Unused) Cutter open error
(Unused) Ribbon core non-lock error *1
Card error (Unused) Cutter error
Other error
(Unused) Cutter sensor error
(Unused) Stacker or rewinder full Rewind full
RFID Tag error RFID protect error
(Unused) Battery error Print quantity may not be set up properly depending on the timing of analysis/editing. *1 There is no ribbon end with the direct thermal model.
ASCII 0 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 A B C D ! " #
$
G H I J % & `
(
M N O P ) * +
,
S T U V . /
@
a b c d E f f f g h h h i j k l m o p q
HEX 30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 41 42 43 44 21 22 23
24
47 48 49 4A 25 26 27
28
4D 4E 4F 50 29 2A 2B
2C
53 54 55 56 2D 2E 2F
40
61 62 63 64 65 66 66 66 67 68 68 68 69 6A 6B 2C 2D 6F 70 71
Print quantity may not be set up properly depending on the timing of analysis/editing.
356
*2 Occurrence of buffer-over depends on the interface.
RS-232C
USB
LAN
Wireless LAN
Bluetooth
×
×
×
×
[o: Interface that buffer-over occurs, x: Interface that buffer-over doesn't occur]
IEEE1284 ×
(4) ENQ respond delay time setting You can use the delay timer function to delay returning the printer status to the host by setting [ENQ respond delay time] in the service mode. Refer to the "Operator Manual" for more setting details.
Host
Send Write
ENQ05H
Printer
Create status information Send buffer
STX xxA000000 ETX
Receive
Read
STX xxA000000 ETX
*
ENQresponse delay time + *1
*
*1 Time period of "+" varies according to the interface or the behavior of the application in the host.
2) Cancel request command This command enables you to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of the receive buffer. The product returns the printer status of after completion of the current process. *When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 msec before sending the next data. *This command shall not be used during sending printer data and other data.
(1) Command CAN (HEX 18H) (2) Return status list
Status return
ACK (HEX 06H) NAK (HEX 15H)
No error in the product Error at the product
Description
3) Print Command The product starts printing by receiving the print command (STX <A> ~<Z> ETX). The product returns the printer status after receiving process is completed.
(1) Return status list (Printer status)
Status return
ACK (HEX 06H)
No error in the product
NAK (HEX 15H)
Error at the product
Description
An example of the job ID number command <ID>
<A> <ID>01 <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC <Q>1 <Z>
Refer to the Job ID number command <ID>.
357
2.2.3 Return status of Status 4
The product returns the printer status and reply as the status by receiving 5 types of request commands and print command with this communication protocol. Details of request commands and return status are described below.
1) Status request command The product returns the job ID number of receive data that is currently printing, the printer status and the number of the remaining labels to print to the host by receiving this command. Return all "0" (HEX 30H) as the print quantity after printing is finished or there is no more receive data. If the job ID command is not specified, space (HEX 20H) is returned as the job ID. Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause return status error or print error.
(1) Command ENQ (HEX 05H) (2) Return status format
For LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port2 (1025)), Port3 (9100) LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled Number of transmission bytes: 36 bytes
Number of transmission bytes 4 bytes
00000020H
Number of transmission bytes 4 bytes
0000001CH
ENQ 1 byte
05H
STX 1 byte 02H
ID No. 2 bytes
Status 1 byte
No. of remaining labels
6 bytes
JOB name ETX 16 bytes 1 byte
03H
For LAN or Wireless LAN, and LEGACY STATUS setting is disabled Or, for LAN Port2 (1025) Number of transmission bytes: 32 bytes
Number of sent bytes ENQ
4 bytes
1 byte
0000001CH
05H
STX 1 byte 02H
ID number Status Remaining JOB name 2 bytes 1 byte print number 16 bytes 6 bytes
ETX
LAN, wireless LAN
1 byte 32 bytes
03H
The specified JOB ID will be set by
the JOB ID specify command.
000000 ~ 999999
The JOB name will be set by the JOB name specify command.
STX 1 byte 02H
ID number 2 bytes
Status Remaining 1 byte print number
6 bytes
JOB name 16 bytes
EXT 1 byte 03H
Interfaces other than above 27 bytes
358
(3) Return status list
Description
Offline status
No error
Ribbon/Label near end * Buffer near full
Online status
Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full
No error
Ribbon/Label near end * Buffer near full
Reception standby
Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full No error
Ribbon/Label near end * Buffer near full
Printing
Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full No error
Ribbon/Label near end Buffer near full
Standby (Dispense or cut)
Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full No error
Ribbon/Label near end * Buffer near full
Analysis/editing
Error
Head open
detection Paper end
Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full
Ribbon end * Media error (print skip error) Sensor error (Unused) Barcode read/verification error (Unused) Barcode reader connection error Head error
Cover open (Unused) Cutter open error (Unused) Ribbon core non-lock error Card error (Unused) Cutter error Other error
(Unused) Cutter sensor error (Unused) Stacker or rewinder full Rewind full RFID Tag error RFID protect error (Unused) Battery error * There is no ribbon end or ribbon near end with the direct thermal model.
ASCII 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A B C D E ! " #
$
G H I J K % & `
(
M N O P Q ) * +
,
S T U V W . /
@
b c d E f g h h h i j k l m o p q
HEX 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 41 42 43 44 45 21 22 23
24
47 48 49 4A 4B 25 26 27
28
4D 4E 4F 50 51 29 2A 2B
2C
53 54 55 56 57 2D 2E 2F
40
62 63 64 65 66 66 66 67 68 68 68 69 6A 6B 2C 2D 6F 70 71
Print quantity may not be set up properly depending on the timing of analysis/editing. .
359
· Cause of receive buffer near full Buffer near-full occurs when the remaining capacity of receive buffer (2.95MB) becomes 0.95 MB.
· Factors to release receive buffer near full Receive buffer near full is released when the remaining capacity of the receive buffer becomes 1.95 MB or more.
*Occurrence of buffer-over depends on the interface.
RS-232C
USB
LAN
Wireless LAN Bluetooth
×
×
×
×
[o: Interface that buffer-over occurs, x: Interface that buffer-over doesn't occur]
IEEE1284
×
(4) ENQ respond delay time setting You can use the delay timer function to delay returning the printer status to the host by setting [ENQ respond delay time] in the service mode. Refer to the "Operator Manual" for more setting details.
Host
Printer
Send Write
ENQ05H
Create status information
Send buffer STX xxA000000 ETX
Receive Read
STX xxA000000 ETX
ENQresponse delay time + *1
*1 Time period of "+" varies according to the interface or the behavior of the application in the host. *This function is invalid in the cyclic response mode when using LAN interface.
2) Cancel request command This command enables you to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of the receive buffer. The product returns the printer status of after completion of the current process. *When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 msec before sending the next data. Do not send cancel request command within STX <A>~<Z> ETX. CAN (cancel request) may not be sent.
(1) Command CAN (HEX 18H) (2) Return status list
Return Status
ACK (HEX 06H) NAK (HEX 15H)
No error in the product Error at the product
Description
*When LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled with LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port2 (1025), and Port3 (9100)). In the case of LAN/Wireless LAN other than stated above, ACK hexadecimal 000000106H, NAK will be hexadecimal 000000115H.
3) Print Command Print command (<A><Z>) starts the printing process. The product returns the printer status after receiving process is completed. (3) Return status list
RS-232C or Bluetooth interface
Return Status
ACK (HEX 06H)
No error in the product
NAK (HEX 15H)
Error at the product
Description
Interfaces other than RS-232C or Bluetooth
Return Status
None
Does not return status
Description
360
4) Print Pause Request Command
This command stops the printing process.
The product returns the printer status after receiving process is completed.
(1) Command DLE (HEX 10H)
(2) Return status list
Return Status
Description
ACK (HEX 06H) NAK (HEX 15H)
No error in the product Error at the product
*When LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled with LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port2 (1025), and Port3 (9100)). In the case of LAN/Wireless LAN other than stated above, ACK hexadecimal 000000106H, NAK will be hexadecimal 000000115H.
Do not send print pause request command within STX <A>~<Z> ETX. DLE (print pause request) may not be send correctly. DLE (print pause request) in font data, graphics data and barcode data is not processed.
5) Print resume request command This command enables you to release the print pause and resume printing. The product returns the printer status after receiving process is completed. (1) Command DC1 (HEX 11H) (2) Return status list
Return Status
Description
ACK (HEX 06H)
No error in the product
NAK (HEX 15H)
Error at the product
*When LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled with LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port2 (1025), and Port3 (9100)). In the case of LAN/Wireless LAN other than stated above, ACK hexadecimal 000000106H, NAK will be hexadecimal 000000115H.
361
2.2.4 Return status of Status 5 The functions in this communication protocol are as follows.
1) Data sending form
(1) Control commands such as print data, status requests, cancel request etc. need to be within STX (HEX 02H) and ETX (HEX 03H). * No need to place STX (HEX 02H) and ETX (HEX 03H) for setting data.
(2) Item No. should be added to the print data. If there is no item No., or specifying illegal item No. will cause item No. error. (3) When the BCC check function is enabled, it is necessary to place BCC at the end of item (<Z>). However, there is no need
for placing BCC at the end of information acquiring command such as status request.
Examples) Print Data
STX <A>
<ID>00000
Print Data
<Z>
BCC
ETX
Status request
STX SOH ENQ
00000
ETX
2) Item No. command The objective of this command is to distinguish items by item No. that are put into every item. This command is needed to be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>) when using status 5 reply protocol because high reliability functions provided by the status 5 reply status identify items by the item No.
[Command] ESC (HEX 1BH) + ID
[Format] (1) In case of 5 digits <ID>aaaaa
Parameter a "Item No."
Valid range :
00000 - 99999 (necessary to place all 5 digits)
(2) In case of 2 digits <ID>aa
Parameter a "Item No."
Valid range :
In case of 2 digits, remaining 3 digits will be filled with 0.
[Examples] (1) In case of 5 digits <A> <ID>00001 <Z>
(2) In case of 2 digits <A> <ID>01 <Z>
* There will be a command error when other than 5 digits or 2 digits are entered.
362
3) History function The process status of the received print data (item) will be saved in the history buffer, and the process status can be acquired by item status request command.
[Memory configuration] Use
Receive buffer History buffer
Type RAM SFROM
Size 2.95 (MB) 4 (KB)
Note
The maximum register items: 500 items (ring buffer) The history data will be maintained even the product power is off.
[History data configuration] No.
Description
1 Control flag 2 Item No. 3 Status
00: Received 01: Printed 02: Cancellation 03: Item No. error 04: BCC error 05: Print after error 06: Cancel after error 07: Analyzed item with no print 08: Unprocessed error (items that are not processed before product power off)
Number of bytes (Total: 8 bytes)
1 5 2
[Supplemental explanation] 1. The item No. will be "*****", the status will be "3" when there is no item No. command in the received data or the item No. command is illegal. There will be item No. error and the printing will be stopped at the start of this item print. 2. The history data will be saved in the internal memory, and the status will be maintained after product off to on. However, when item status before the power off is 00: received, 03: item No. error, 04: BCC error, or 05: print after an error, the receive data will not be saved and these will be 08: unprocessed error.
363
4) Item status request command Upon reception of this command, the product will search the specified item No. from the end of the history buffer, and return the status of appropriate item.
[Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + ENQ (HEX 05H)
[Format]
STX + SOH + ENQ + aaaaa + ETX
Parameter
a "Item No."
Valid range :
00000 - 99999
*****
1. The parameter should be always 5 digits.
2. The parameter "*" is "HEX 2AH".
3. When "*****" is specified as the parameter, the status of the last item in the history buffer will be returned to the
host...
[Return status format]
(LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled with LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port1 (1024), and Port3 (9100)) )
[4] [1] Size STX
[5] Specified Item No.
[2] Specified item
Status
*1
[5] Currently processed Item No.
[2] Currently processed item
Status
*2
[6]
[1]
Currently processed item ETX
Number of prints
STX (HEX 02H)
ETX (HEX 03H)
[Return status format] (Other than above stated interface)
[1]
[5]
[2]
[5]
[2]
[6]
[1]
STX Specified Specified item Currently Currently processed Currently processed item ETX
Item No.
Status
processed
item Status
Number of prints
Item No.
*1
*2
The numbers in the [ ] are the used bytes, and the return status format will be 22 bytes (fixed). The item No. will be filled with 0. The currently processed item No. will be space (20h) after print completion.
*1 The below is the specified item status list
Description Received Printed Cancellation Item No. error BCC error Print after error (this is a temporary error and this will be "Printed" after printing) Cancel after error Analyzed item with no print Unprocessed error (product power has been off before processing the item) Others
ASCII
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 **
HEX
3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 2A2A
364
*2 The first digit is the status and the second digit is the error in the currently processed item status. The below is the currently processed item status list.
Digit position
Description
ASCII
Offline
0
Online, waiting for receive
1
Online, printing
2
1
Online, standby (waiting for dispensing)
3
Online, analyzing/editing * The "number of currently processed item" may not be set due to the timing.
4
Error
5
Print pause (when received DLE command)
6
HEX
30 31 32 33
34
35 36
Digit position
Description
No error
Ribbon near end *
Buffer near full
Ribbon near end * & buffer near full
Label near end
Battery near end & ribbon near end*
Ribbon near end & buffer near full
Battery near end & ribbon near end* & buffer near full
Machine error
Flash ROM error
Head Open
Paper end
Ribbon end *
Sensor error
2
Head error
Memory read/write error (Cartridge read/write error)
Memory full (Cartridge full)
(Unused) Cutter error
Calendar error
Kanji data error (Kanji ROM error)
(Unused) Internal rewind full
(Unused) Cutter bracket open error
RFID Tag error
RFID protect error
BCC error
Item No. error
Media error (print skip error)
(Unused) Ribbon core non-lock error
Other errors (Unused) Barcode read/verification error
(Unused) Barcode reader connection error
* There is no ribbon end or ribbon near end with the direct thermal model.
ASCII
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
HEX
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
[Examples] (1) STX SOH ENQ 00001 ETX (2) STX SOH ENQ ***** ETX
[Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be used during sending other data such as print data. The status may not be returned or print may not be finished correctly when sending this command during print data sending. 2. Upon reception of this command, the product will search the specified item from the history buffer, and it may take some time to return the status to the host. 3. Item No. that is not sent as the print data shall not be specified as the parameter of this command. The status will not be returned. The status will not be returned when the specifying an illegal item No. The control of item No. shall be done at the host. 4. The latest item status will be returned when there are multiple same item No. in the history buffer.
365
5) Item No. check function The product will check the item No. in the print data if it is incremented one by one with every item. If it is not, the product will arise "item No. error" at the print start of the item and stop the printing.
The LCD display of the item No. error
ITEM NO ERROR
*The item No. error will be detected only if the item No. check is enabled.
There are 4 ways to release the item No. error.
(1) Press the LINE button
The product will resume the printing from the print data with the item No. error.
(2) Send SUB command
The product will resume the printing after releasing the error.
Upon reception of this command, it is possible to select if you want to print or cancel
the data with the error.
(3) Send CAN command
The product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the
next print data.
(4) Press the CANCEL The product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the
button
next print data.
The history data with the item No. error will be processed as follows according to the error cause. (1) When the item No. is not The item No. will be "*****" and status No. 03 "item No. error" will be recorded. specified or the digit is not correct (2) When the item No. is not The specified item No. and status No. 03 "item No. error" will be recorded. incremented by 1
[Supplemental explanation] 1. The item No. check is targeted only for the print data. Data without printing such as registration data or product setting commands are not targeted. With those data, please specify "*****" as the item No. 2. When the item No. is specified by the starting item No. specifying command <IQ>, the starting item No. of the next data will be the item No. specified by <IQ> + 1.
366
6) BCC check function BCC (Block Check Code) is 1 byte data that is a result of calculation of XOR for one item of send data (<A>~<Z>). When sending a data to the product from the host, you need to place BCC at the end of data (following to <Z>) of every items. The product calculates the BCC of every items of received data and checks the validity of the received data by comparing it with the BCC in the received data. When the calculated BCC is not the same as the BCC in the received data, the product judges the data is incorrect, arises BCC error and stops printing.
The LCD display of BCC error
*The BCC error will be detected only if the BCC check is enabled.
BCC CHECK ERROR
There are 4 ways to release the BCC error.
(1) Press the LINE button
The product will resume the printing from the print data with the BCC error.
(2) Send SUB command
The product will resume the printing after releasing the error.
Upon reception of this command, it is possible to select if you want to print or cancel
the data with the error.
(3) Send CAN command
The product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the
next print data.
(4) Press the CANCEL button The product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the
next print data.
Calculation range of BCC Print Data
STX
<A>
<ID>00001
Print Data
Calculation range of BCC
<Z>
BCC ETX
[Supplemental explanation] 1. The BCC check is targeted only for the print data. Data without printing such as registration data or product setting commands are not targeted. 2. The data within <A>~<Z> is the calculation range of the BCC. 3. BCC will be calculated by using the exclusive OR of the data in the calculation range.
367
7) Cancel request command Upon reception of this command, the product will search the specified item No. from the end of the history buffer, and cancel the appropriate item. However, when the status of the specified item is "Printed", this command is disabled.
[Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + CAN (HEX 18H)
[Format] STX + SOH + CAN + aaaaa + ETX
Parameter
a "Item No."
Valid range
00000 - 99999
*****
1. The parameter should be always 5 digits.
2. The parameter "*" is "HEX 2AH".
3. When "*****" is specified as the parameter, all the data that status are "Printed" in the history buffer will be canceled.
[Examples] (1) STX SOH CAN 00001 ETX (2) STX SOH CAN ***** ETX
[Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be used during sending other data such as print data. 2. Upon reception of this command, the product will search the specified item from the history buffer, and it may take some time to cancel. 3. Item No. that is not sent as the print data shall not be specified as the parameter of this command. The product is not being able to cancel the item. The product is not being able to cancel the item when specifying an illegal item No. The control of item No. shall be done at the host. 4. There is no returned data to the command. To check the result of the command, you need to send item status request command (SOH + ENQ). 5. This command becomes invalid when the appropriate item No. is under printing at the reception of this command.
8) Print pause request command This command stops the printing process.
[Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + DLE (HEX 10H)
[Format] SOH + DLE
[Examples] SOH DLE
[Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be used during sending other data such as print data. 2. There is no returned data to the command. To check the result of the command, you need to send item status request command (SOH + ENQ).
9) Print resume request command Upon reception of this command, the product release the print pause status specified by the print pause request command (SOH + DLE) and resume printing process.
[Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + DC1 (HEX 11H)
[Format] STX + SOH + DC1 + ETX
[Examples] STX SOH DC1 ETX
[Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be used during sending other data such as print data. 2. There is no returned data to the command. To check the result of the command, you need to send item status request command (SOH + ENQ).
368
10) Error release request commands in Status 5 Upon reception of this command, the product releases the item No. error or BCC error, and resume printing from the item with the error.
[Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + SUB (HEX 1AH)
[Format]
STX + SOH + SUB + a + ETX
a "Release"
0: cancel the data with error
1: print the data with error
[Examples] STX SOH SUB 0 ETX
[Supplemental explanation] 1.This command shall not be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>). 2.There is no returned data to the command. To check the result of the command, you need to send item status request command (SOH + ENQ).
11) Starting item No. specifying command This is a command to notify the item No. of the first print data to be sent to the product. The product regards the value of the item No. specified by this command + 1 as the item No. of print data sent afterwards.
[Command] <IQ>
[Format] <IQ> aaaaa
Parameter a "Item No."
Valid range :
00000 - 99999 (necessary to place all 5 digits)
[Example 1] <A> <ID> ***** <IQ> 00000 <Z>
[Example 2] <A> <ID> *****
<IQ> 99999 <Z>
<A> <ID> 00001
. . <Z>
<A> <ID> 00000
. . <Z>
[Supplemental explanation] 1.This command shall not be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>). 2.When "99999" is specified with this command, the next item No. will be "00000".
369
12) The protocol switch command in Status 5 This command switched the communication protocol.
[Command] ESC (HEX 1BH) + PL
[Format] <PL>a
Parameter a "switches protocol"
0 : READY/BUSY 1 : XON/XOFF 2 : Printer Status 2 Return 3 : Printer Status 3 Return 4 : Printer Status 4 Return 5 : Printer Status 5 Return
[Examples] <A> <ID> ***** <PL> 5 <Z>
[Supplemental explanation] 1. This command (<A>~<Z>) should be separated from the print data (<A>~<Z>). 2. This setting is maintained after product power off. 3. This will become invalid when specifying protocols not supported in the used interfaces. 4. When the protocol is changed, the product needs to be restarted. Without restart, data communication may be incorrect.
13) Check command in status 5 This is a command to set the check function of BCC and item No. in the status 5 return.
[Command] ESC (HEX 1BH) + CR
[Format] <CR>a,b
Parameter a "BCC check"
b "Item No check"
0 : Disabled BCC check (default) 1 : Enabled BCC check 0 : Disabled item No. check (default) 1 : Enabled item No. check
[Examples] <A> <ID> ***** <CR> 1, 1 <Z>
[Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>).
370
14) History data request command Upon reception of this command, the product will send 500 history data to the host.
[Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + LW
[Format] STX + SOH + LW + ETX
[Examples] STX SOH LW ETX
[Format of returned history data]
[1]
[5]
[2]
STX
Item No.
Status
[2] CR LF
. . . . . .
[5] Item No.
STX (HEX 02H)
CR (HEX 0DH) LF (HEX 0AH)
Numbers in the [ ] are used bytes. Item No. will be filled with "0". The history data will be separated by CRLF at every item, and there are a total of 500 items. Please refer to the "History data configuration in 3) History function".
[Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>). 2. Do not send any data to the product while the it is sending history data to the host.
[2]
[1]
Status
ETX
ETX (HEX 03H)
371
2.2.5 Other return status (Common to Status 3, Status 4, and Status 5)
1) Print configuration request The product returns the printer configuration to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + MG (2) Return status list
No.
Item
Description
1 Print method
00H : Thermal transfer
01H : Direct thermal
* Only direct thermal is available in the direct thermal model.
2 Print resolution 00H : 8 dots/mm
01H : 12 dots/mm
02H : 24 dots/mm
Number of bytes 1
1
Model S84-ex S86-ex
Range 00H,01H,02H 00H,01H
3 Print speed
00H : 2 (inches/sec) 50 (mm/sec)
1
02H : 3 (inches/sec) 75 (mm/sec)
04H : 4 (inches/sec) 100 (mm/sec)
06H : 5 (inches/sec) 125 (mm/sec)
08H : 6 (inches/sec) 150 (mm/sec)
0AH : 7 (inches/sec) 175 (mm/sec)
0CH : 8 (inches/sec) 200 (mm/sec)
0EH : 9 (inches/sec) 225 (mm/sec)
10H : 10 (inches/sec) 250 (mm/sec)
12H : 11 (inches/sec) 275 (mm/sec)
14H : 12 (inches/sec) 325 (mm/sec)
16H : 13 (inches/sec) 350 (mm/sec)
18H : 14 (inches/sec) 375 (mm/sec)
1AH :15 (inches/sec) 400 (mm/sec)
1CH :16 (inches/sec) 425 (mm/sec)
[S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Range (inches/sec) 4 - 16 4 - 14 2 - 6
[S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (inches/sec) 4 - 14 4 - 12
4 Print mode
00H : Continuous
1
03H : Dispense
04H : Linerless
5 Not used
00H : Fixed
1
6 Dispensing
00H : After printing [Motion 1 (Stop position: Head)]
1
motion
01H : Before printing [Motion 2 (Stop position: Dispense)]
02H : No backfeed
03H : EXT control (order backfeed with EXT)
7 Not used
00H fixed
1
8 Print darkness Darkness range A (41H) : A
2
Darkness level
01H : Darkness 1 02H : Darkness 2 03H : Darkness 3 04H : Darkness 4 05H : Darkness 5 06H : Darkness 6 07H : Darkness 7 08H : Darkness 8 09H : Darkness 9 0AH : Darkness 10
372
Return status list (continued from previous page)
No.
Item
Description
9 Sensor type
00H : I-mark sensor
01H : Gap sensor
02H : Ignore sensor
10 Zero slash
00H : DISABLE
01H : ENABLE
11 Character code 02H : UTF-16
03H : UTF-8
12 Not used
00H : fixed
13 Initial feed
00H : DISABLE
01H : ENABLE
14 Proportional
00H : DISABLE (Default)
Pitch
01H : ENABLE
15 Label height
[S84-ex]
Head density
Range (HEX)
8 dots/mm
0001H - 4E20H
(203 dpi)
12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
0001H - 4650H
24 dots/mm 0001H - 2580H
(609 dpi)
[S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (HEX) 0001H - 2708H
0001H - 3A8CH
Range (DEC) 1 - 20000 dots 1 - 18000 dots 1 - 9600 dots
Range (DEC) 1 - 9992 dots 1 14988 dots
16 Label width
[S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi)
Range (HEX) 0001H - 340H
0001H - 4E0H
0001H - 9C0H
Range (DEC) 1 - 832 dots
1 - 1248 dots
1 - 2496 dots
[S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (HEX) 0001H 53CH
0001H 7DAH
Range (DEC) 1 - 1340 dots
1 - 2010 dots
17 Offset of vertical [00H 270FH]
(0 ~ 9999)
reference point
[FFFFH D8F1H] (-1 ~ -9999)
(dot)
18 Offset of
[S84-ex]
horizontal
Head density
Range (HEX)
reference point (dot)
8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 1 2dots/mm
0001H 0340H FFFFH FCC0H 0001H 04E0H
(305 dpi)
FFFFH FB20H
24 dots/mm 0001H 09C0H
(609 dpi)
FFFFH F640H
Range (DEC) 1 832 dots -1 -832 dots 1 1248 dots -1 -1248 dots 1 2496 dots -1 -2496 dots
[S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi)
Range (HEX) 0001H 053CH FFFFH FAC4H 0001H 07DAH FFFFH F826H
Range (DEC) 1 1340 dots -1 -1340 dots 1 -2010 dots -1 -2010 dots
19 Not used
00H Fixed
20 Time to LCD
[00H - 0FH] (0 - 15) default : AH (00)
power saving (in
minute)
21 Not used
00H Fixed
22 Not used
00H Fixed
23 Not used
00H Fixed
24 Not used
00H Fixed
25 Buzzer setting 00H : None
01H : Small
02H : Medium
03H : Large
373
Number of bytes 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
2
2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2) System version information request This command returns the system version information of the product. (1) Command SOH (01H) + SB (2) Return status format
[STX] + Product system version +[ETX]
STX
Product firmware
Font
Reserved
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H)
ETX
(Total: 52 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
1 Product firmware version
2 Font version
3 Reserved (HEX 20H fixed)
Description ASCII Code ASCII Code ASCII Code
Number of bytes 16 8 26
3) Free memory space information request
This command returns the information of free memory space (FLASH MEMORY) of the product.
(1) Command SOH (01H) + EB
(2) Return status format
STX (HEX 02H)
[STX] + free memory space + [ETX]
ETX (HEX 03H)
STX
Font free space
Font total space
Foam overlay free space
Foam overlay total space
Graphics free Graphics total
space
space
ETX
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
1 Font free space
2 Font total space
3 Form overlay free space
4 Graphic free space
5 Graphic total space
Description Binary data Binary data Binary data Binary data Binary data
Number of bytes 4 4 4 4 4
(Total: 26 bytes)
4) Form Overlay Registration Information Request
The product returns the form overlay registration information of the product to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + FO
(2) Return status format
STX (HEX 02H)
[STX] + Form overlay registration content +[ETX]
ETX (HEX 03H)
STX
Registration number Registration name
ETX
(Total 20 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
1 Registration number
2 Registration name
Description 01 - 99 (ASCII Code) Registration name (ASCII Code)
Number of bytes 2 16
5) LAN Specification Information Request (IPv4)
The product returns the LAN IPv4 setting information of the product to the host by receiving this command.
(1) Command SOH (01H) + LA (2) Return status format
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H)
[STX] +MAC address + IP address + Subnet mask + Default gateway + DHCP + [ETX]
(Total: 22 bytes)
STX
MAC Address
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default gateway
DHCP Reserved ETX
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
Description
Number of bytes
1 MAC address (HEX)
Return MAC address that is set
6
2 IP address (HEX)
Return IP address that is set
4
3 Subnet mask (HEX)
Return Subnet mask that is set
4
4 Default gateway (HEX)
Return default gateway address that is set
4
5 DHCP
0 (00H) : Disable (Default)
1
1 (01H) : Enable
6 Reserved
0 (00H) Fixed.
1
374
6) LAN Specification Information request (IPv6)
The product returns the LAN IPv6 setting information of the product to the host by receiving this command.
(1) Command SOH (01H) + lA
(2) Return status/format
STX (HEX 02H)
ETX (HEX 03H)
[STX] + MAC address + IP address + Prefix + Default router + Address Resolution + [ETX] (Total: 42 bytes)
STX
MAC Address
IP Address
Prefix
Default Router
Address Resolution
ETX
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
Description
Number of bytes
1 MAC address (HEX)
Return MAC address that is set
6
2 IP address (HEX)
Return IP address that is set
16
3 Prefix (HEX)
Return prefix that is set
1
4 Default router (HEX)
Return default router address that is set
16
5
0 (00H) : Manual
Address resolution
1 (00H) : DHCP
1
2 (01H) : Auto
7) Wireless LAN field intensity information request
The product returns the wireless LAN field intensity information to the host by receiving this command.
(1) Command SOH (01H) + WI
(2) Return status format
STX (HEX 02H)
[STX] + field intensity + [ETX]
STX
Field intensity
ETX
ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
1 Field intensity
Description
X: Wireless LAN kit is not installed / Failed to acquire field intensity 0 (30H) : - Less than Signal Level 1 (not connected) 1 (31H) : Signal Level 1 - Less than Signal Level 2 (weak) 2 (32H) : Signal Level 2 - Less than Signal Level 3 (medium) 3 (33H) : Signal Level 3 - (strong)
Number of bytes 1
8) Status 5 setting information request The product returns the status 5 setting information to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + CR (2) Return status format
[STX] + Status 5 setting information + [ETX]
STX
BCC check
, (2CH fixed)
Item No check ETX
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 5 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
1 BCC check
2 , (comma) 3 Item No. check
Description
0 (30H) : Disabled BCC check 1 (31H) : Enabled BCC check 2CH (fixed) 0 (30H) : Disabled item No. check 1 (31H) : Enabled item No. check
Number of bytes 1
1 1
9) Wireless LAN interface information request
The product returns the wireless LAN interface setting to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + H5 (2) Return status format
[STX] + wireless LAN interface setting information+[ETX]
STX
Wireless LAN interface setting information
ETX
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
Wireless LAN 1 interface setting
information
Description
00H: 2-port connection / cycle response (status 4) 01H: 2-port connection / ENQ response (status 4) 02H: 1-port connection / ENQ response (status 3) 03H: 1-port connection / ENQ response (status 5)
Number of bytes 1
375
10) Association Threshold information request
The product returns the threshold that starts the association process to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + wa (2) Return status format
[STX] + Association Threshold setting information + [ETX]
STX
Association Threshold setting information
ETX
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
1 Association Threshold setting information
35 - 94
Description
Number of bytes 2
11) Roaming Threshold information request
The product returns the threshold that starts roaming process to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + wr (2) Return status format
[STX] + Roaming Threshold setting information + [ETX]
STX
Roaming Threshold setting information
ETX
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
1 Roaming Threshold setting information
Description 35 - 94
Number of bytes 2
12) Work shift information request
The product returns the work shift information to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + WS
(2) Return status format
STX (HEX 02H)
[STX] + Work shift information + [ETX]
STX
Shift code
Shift start time
Shift name ETX
ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 8 to 23 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
1 Shift code
2 Shift start time
3 Shift name
Description "1" to "3" "0000" to "2359"
Number of bytes 1 4
1 - 16
376
13) SNMP agent information request This command returns the SNMP agent information of the product. (1) Command SOH(01H) +LX (2) Return status format
[STX] + sysContact + sysName + sysLocation + [ETX]
STX
sysContact
sysName
sysLocation ETX
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total: 770 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
Description
Number of bytes
1 sysContact
Return sysContact that is set.
256
2 sysName
Return sysName that is set.
256
3 sysLocation
Return sysLocation that is set.
256
If each item is less than 256 bytes, the remaining are filled with 0x00, so the size is fixed to 256 bytes. It is possible to display because it is the contact at trouble, however, it is according to SNMP rules. In case of LAN, it is divided to multiple packets. In case of Status 4, packet size will be indicated at the beginning 4 bytes of each packet. There are no rules regarding the number of division. Be sure to take the packet including ETX.
Example) when divided into 5 packets 770 bytes + 4 bytes x 5 packets = total 790 bytes
14) SNMP function status request
This command returns the SNMP function ON/OFF state of the product. (1) Command SOH(01H) +LY (2) Return status format
[STX] + SNMP ON/OFF state + [ETX]
STX
SNMP ON/OFF
ETX
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total: 3 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
1
SNMP ON/OFF
Description
0: OFF 1: ON
Number of bytes 1
377
15) SNMP information request This command returns the SNMP information of the product. (1) Command SOH(01H) +LZ (2) Return status format
[STX] + SNMP setting values + [ETX]
STX
SNMP settings
ETX
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total: 723 bytes)
(3) Return status list
No.
Item
Description
Number of bytes
1 Community name 1
SNMP_COMMUNITY1_NAME
32
2 Writable 1
SNMP_COMMUNITY1_WRITABLE
1
3 Community name 2
SNMP_COMMUNITY2_NAME
32
4 Writable 2
SNMP_COMMUNITY2_WRITABLE
1
5 User name 1
SNMP_USER1_NAME
32
6 Authentication 1
SNMP_USER1_AUTH
1
7 Authentication key 1
SNMP_USER1_AUTHPASS
32
8 Privacy type 1
SNMP_USER1_PRIV
1
9 Privacy key 1
SNMP_USER1_PRIVPASS
32
10 Writable 1
SNMP_USER1_WRITABLE
1
11 User name 2
SNMP_USER2_NAME
32
12 Authentication 2
SNMP_USER2_AUTH
1
13 Authentication key 2
SNMP_USER2_AUTHPASS
32
14 Privacy type 2
SNMP_USER2_PRIV
1
15 Privacy key 2
SNMP_USER2_PRIVPASS
32
16 Writable 2
SNMP_USER2_WRITABLE
1
17 Trap 1 community name
SNMP_TRAP1_COMMUNITY_NAME
32
18 Trap 1 IPv4/6 select
SNMP_TRAP1_46SEL
1
19 Trap 1 trapped address
SNMP_TRAP1_IPADDRESS
4
20 Trap 1 trapped address
SNMP_TRAP1_IPV6_IPADDRESS
16
21 Trap 1 trap enable flag
SNMP_TRAP1_ENABLE
1
22 Trap 1 v1/v2c/v3 select
SNMP_TRAP1_VERSION
1
23 Trap 2 community name
SNMP_TRAP2_COMMUNITY_NAME
32
24 Trap 2 IPv4/6 select
SNMP_TRAP2_46SEL
1
25 Trap 2 trapped address
SNMP_TRAP2_IPADDRESS
4
26 Trap 2 trapped address
SNMP_TRAP2_IPV6_IPADDRESS
16
27 Trap 2 trap enable flag
SNMP_TRAP2_ENABLE
1
28 Trap 2 v1/v2c/v3 select
SNMP_TRAP2_VERSION
1
29 Trap 3 community name
SNMP_TRAP3_COMMUNITY_NAME
32
30 Trap 3 IPv4/6 select
SNMP_TRAP3_46SEL
1
31 Trap 3 trapped address
SNMP_TRAP3_IPADDRESS
4
32 Trap 3 trapped address
SNMP_TRAP3_IPV6_IPADDRESS
16
33 Trap 3 trap enable flag
SNMP_TRAP3_ENABLE
1
34 Trap 3 v1/v2c/v3 select
SNMP_TRAP3_VERSION
1
35 Trap 1 authentication user name
SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_NAME
32
36 Trap 1 authentication authentication method SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_AUTH
1
37 Trap 1 authentication authentication key SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_AUTHPASS
32
38 Trap 1 authentication privacy type
SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_PRIV
1
39 Trap 1 authentication privacy key
SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_PRIVPASS
32
40 Trap 2 authentication user name
SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_NAME
32
41 Trap 2 authentication authentication method SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_AUTH
1
42 Trap 2 authentication authentication key SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_AUTHPASS
32
43 Trap 2 authentication privacy type
SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_PRIV
1
44 Trap 2 authentication privacy key
SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_PRIVPASS
32
45 Trap 3 authentication user name
SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_NAME
32
46 Trap 3 authentication authentication method SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_AUTH
1
47 Trap 3 authentication authentication key SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_AUTHPASS
32
48 Trap 3 authentication privacy type
SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_PRIV
1
49 Trap 3 authentication privacy key
SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_PRIVPASS
32
* Same as the product setting items list in the operation specification.
However, all are in binary data. Also, the number of bytes is fixed, and it is filled with 0x00 when character string is less
than 32 bytes.
* In case of LAN, it is divided to multiple packets. In case of Status 4, packet size will be indicated at the beginning 4 bytes of each packet. There are no rules regarding the number of division. Be sure to take the packet including ETX. Example) when divided into 6 packets 723 bytes + 4 bytes x 6 packets = total 749 bytes
378
16) RFID setting status request
Returns the current RFID setting status. (1) Command SOH (01H) + RB (2) Return status format
In normal mode (RFID disabled)
[STX] + RFID operation mode number + [ETX]
STX
RFID operation mode number
ETX
STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes)
In RFID Setting
[STX] + RFID operation mode number + Extended status Field length + Extended status field part + [ETX]
STX RFID operation mode number
Extended status Field length
Extended status field part
ETX
(The mode number set by <RA> command will be set to the second byte.)
(3) Return status list
Detailed Return Status Configuration at the RFID Setting. The return status at the RFID setting is extended after the RFID operation mode number.
No.
Item
Content (Binary)
-
STX(02H) Start code
1
RFID operation mode number
02H : RFID enabled mode
2
Extended status Field length
The following size of the status field indicated by 4 digits decimal code consists of the number from "0" (30H) to "9" (39H). (Unit: byte)
3
Extended status Field part
Refer to the table of the status field part details for details.
-
ETX(03H) End code
No of bytes 1 1
4
Variable 1
Status field part details (Variable size)
The information field at the RFID setting. Information is delimited by comma, and type of subsequent data is identified by
the identifier.
No.
Item
Identifier
Format of data part
1
RFID life counter
"Lc:" 4CH,63H,3AH
"Number of success", "Number of failure", "Total number", The decimal number consists of maximum 6 digits x 3 item of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma.
2
RFID counter
"Rc:" 52H,63H,3AH
"Number of success", "Number of failure", "Total number", The decimal number consists of maximum 6 digits x 3 item of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma.
3
Number of retry
"Ec:"
Return the number of retry that is set
45H,63H,3AH 0(30H) to 9(39H) decimal number delimited by comma.
When the error occurs in the command contained in the RFID item,
4
Print at command
"Ce:"
return the reply whether or not to print.
error
43H,65H,3AH 0 (30H) : Don't print
1 (31H) : Print delimited by comma
5
Tag offset value
"To:" 54H,6FH,3AH
Return the tag offset value. The decimal number consists of 3 digits of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma.
6
Antenna power value (at writing)
"Pw:" 50H,77H,3AH
Return the radio output power value. The decimal number consists of 3 digits of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma. The dBm can be acquired by dividing this value with 10.
7
Antenna power value (at reading)
"Pr:" 50H,72H,3AH
Return the radio output power value. The decimal number consists of 3 digits of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma. The dBm can be acquired by dividing this value with 10.
8
Tag type setting
"Ps:"
Return the tag type.
50H,73H,3AH With this specification, only "4: Gen2" is returned.
9
EPC code length
"Tb:"
Return the EPC code length when EPC1 is selected.
54H,62H,3AH With this specification, only "0(30h): 96bit" is returned.
Return the timeout time in the module in the range of 0(30H) to
7(37H). Change the setting of timeout/number of retry in the
10
Timeout
"Mr:"
module.
4DH,72H,3AH Specified number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
(msec) 50 100 200 500 1000 1500 2000 4000
11
Tag error recovery
"Ed:" 45H,64H,3AH
Return the recovery method at a tag error. 0(30H) : RETRY mode 1(31H) : RELEASE mode
12
Slash printing at tag error
"Es:" 45H,73H,3AH
Return the setting of slash printing at a tag error. 0(30H) : No slash printing 1(31H) : Slash printing
379
No.
Item
Identifier
Format of data part
13
Tag error signal setting
"Eo:" 45H,6FH,3AH
Return the setting of tag error signal. 0(30H) : PULSE 1(31H) : LEVEL
Return the setting of pulse length of tag error signals.
14
Pulse length
"Pl:"
The number
50H,6CH,3AH
of return
1
2
3
4
5
msec
100 200 300 400 500
15
PREND TYPE 3/4 setting
"Pm:" 50H,6DH,3AH
Return the setting of external signal PREND type 3/4 0(30H) : Normal 1(31H) : Reflect tag writing period to the signal
Return INVENTRY setting that is done before processing <TP0> and
16
Inventory setting
"Iv:"
<TU>.
49H,76H,3AH 0(30H) : INVENTRY enabled,
1(31H) : INVENTRY disabled
Return the INVENTRY timeout time
17
INVENTRY
"It:"
Specified
timeout setting 49H,74H,3AH number
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
(msec) 25 50 75 100 150 200 300 500
18
RFID module type
"Md:"
Return the RFID module type.
Setting
4DH,64H,3AH With this specification, only "0(30H) : ThingMagic module" is returned.
Return the region setting of radio frequency.
Returned value
Country
0
19
Region Setting
"Cn:" 43H,6EH,3AH
1 2
3
4
5
United States Europe China
South Korea Australia Singapore
20
Reserved
21
Reserved
22
Reserved
23
Reserved
24
Reserved
25
Reserved
Ma
-
Mb
-
Mc
-
Me
-
Mf
-
Mg
-
26
RFID log setting
"La: " Returns the setting 4CH,61H,3AH 0 (30H): Disable
1 (31H): Enable
Returns the setting
27
RFID log data
"Lb: "
0 (30H): EPC and TID
setting
4CH,62H,3AH
1 (31H): EPC 2 (32H): TID
380
2.3 READY/BUSY
In this protocol, print data are controlled by a hardware signal only without software procedures. Refer to "3 RS-232C" for details.
2.4 XON/XOFF
This communication protocol tells the printer status if it can receive any data or not to the host by sending "XON" (HEX 11H) or "XOFF" (HEX 13H) to the signal line. Refer to "3 RS-232C" for details.
2.5 Status 3
This communication protocol returns the status corresponding to the request command from the host computer so that the host computer can control printer status. Refer to [2.2.2 Return status of Status 3] for details on the request command and the return status.
381
2.5.1 Return Sequence Refer to [6.14 Printer status] when using LAN/wireless LAN interface.
1) Normal Host
Printer
ENQ (Status request command)
ID No.= [space]
( ) Status
Status = waiting for receive Remaining print No.=[000000]
( ) Print command
IDNo.=[05] Print No.=100
Receive/analysis/edit
ACK
(Printer status: no error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
( ) Status
IDNo.=[05] Status: analysis/editing Remaining print No. =[000000]
Print operation
ENQ Status request command
( ) Status
IDNo.=[05] Status = printing Remaining print No. =[000100]
Print the 1st label
( ) Print command
IDNo.=[06] Print No.=50
ACK
(Printer status: no error)
ENQ
(Status request command)
IDNo.=[05]
( ) Status
Status: paper end Remaining print No. =[000098]
ENQ
(Status request command)
IDNo.=[05]
( ) Status
Status = printing Remaining print No.= [000098]
Print the 2nd label
Receive/analysis/edit
Print the 3rd label Paper end error
Error release (press the LINE button) Print the 3rd label
ENQ (Status request command)
IDNo.=[05]
( ) Status
Status = printing Remaining print No.= [000001]
ENQ (Status request command)
IDNo.=[06]
( ) Status
Status = printing Remaining print No.= [000050]
Print the 100th label Print the 1st label
382
2) Cancel request command Host
Printer
ENQ Status request command
Status ( ) ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number [000000]
ID number = [12]
Print command
(
Print 50
number
= )
ACK (Printer status: no error) *1
Receive/Analysis/Edi Print operation
*1 The printer will return the status at print command reception when using RS-232C and Bluetooth.
ENQ (Status request command)
ID number = [12]
( ) Status
Status = "Printing" Remaining print number
[000049]
Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label
500 msec or more
CAN (Cancel request command) ACK (Printer status: no error)
Print the 3rd label
Clear the receive buffer Clear the printed
ENQ (Status request command)
ID Number = [Space]
Status ( ) Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number [000000]
Print command
(
) ID number = [13]
Print number = 100
Receive/Analysis/Edit
ACK (Printer status: no error)
ENQ (Status request command)
ID number = [13]
( ) Status
Status = "Printing" Remaining print number
[000100]
CAN (Cancel request command)
Print operation Print the 1st label
Print the 2nd label Paper end error. Press the LINE button
500 msec or more
NAK (Printer status: error)
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID Number = [Space]
( ) Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number [000000]
Error release (Press the LINE button)
383
2.5.2 Reference Flowchart See the flowchart below for programming on the host side.
Power ON
Loop
Print data set
Send ENQ
Loop
Timeout?
Yes
No Display ID No.
1 Display the status
Display print No.
Display the status
Error detection? Yes
*
No Yes Offline?
Cancel?
No
Yes
No Yes Buffer near full?
No
Cancel?
Yes
No Send print data
Send CAN Loop
Loop
Timeout? No
Yes Yes
1
Timeout?
No
ACK?
No
Yes
Status received? Yes
No No Timeout?
Status set
Yes Timeout set
RETURN
* When detecting an error in the product, be sure to send the subsequent print data after releasing the error by sending ENQ.
384
2.6 Status 4
This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and the product returns the status by receiving request command from the host. Refer to [2.2.3 Return status of Status 4] and [2.2.5 Other return status (Common to Status 3, Status 4, and Status 5)] for details on the request command and the return status.
2.6.1 Return Sequence
Refer to [6.14 Printer status] when using LAN/wireless LAN interface.
1) Normal
Host
Printer
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000]
Print command
ID number = [05] Print number = 100 Job name = [SATO]
*1 The printer will return the status at print command reception when using RS-232C and Bluetooth.
Receive/Analysis/Edit
ACK
(Printer status: no error) *1
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [SATO]
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number =[000100] Job name = [SATO]
Print command
ID number = [06] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO]
Print operation Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label
ACK (Printer status: no error) *1
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO]
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO]
~ ~
~ ~
Print the 3rd label Paper end error
Error release (press the LINE button)
Print the 3rd label
~ ~
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001] Job name = [SATO]
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Job name = [SATO]
Print the 100th label Print the 1st label
385
2) Cancel request command
Host
ENQ
Status
Printer
(Status request command)
ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space]
*1 The printer will return the status at print command reception when using RS-232C and Bluetooth.
Print command
ID number = [12] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO]
Receive/Analysis/Edit
ACK
(Printer status: no error) *1
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [12] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Job name = [SATO]
Print operation Print the 1st label
Print the 2nd label
500 msec or more
CAN
(Cancel request command)
ACK
(Printer status: no error) *1
Print the 3rd label
Clear the receive buffer Clear the printed number
ENQ
(Status request command)
Status
ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space]
Print command
ID number = [13] Print number = 100 Job name = [SATO]
ACK
(Printer status: no error) *1
ENQ Status
CAN
(Status request command)
ID number = [13] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100] Job name = [SATO]
(Cancel request command)
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Print operation Print the 1st label
Print the 2nd label Paper end error
500 msec or more
NAK
(Printer status: error)
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space]
Clear the receive buffer Clear the printed number
Error release (press the LINE button)
386
2.7 Status 5
This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and there are several functions. This product's receive mode in this protocol is the multiple-receive. 2.7.1 Receive buffer control There are following two factors for detecting buffer near full due to information such as receive, print, cancel are controlled by each items.
Cause of receive buffer near full (1) Buffer near full occurs when the remaining capacity of receive buffer (2.95MB) becomes 0.95 MB. (2) Buffer near full occurs when the remaining capacity of history buffer (500 items) becomes 50 items. Factors to release receive buffer near full (1) Receive buffer near full is released when the remaining capacity of the receive buffer becomes 1.95 MB or more. (2) Receive buffer near full is released when the remaining capacity of the history buffer becomes 200 items or more.
*Buffer-over occurs when the history buffer becomes full state (more than 499 items). *Each history information is handled as an empty area when item analysis is finished.
387
2.7.2 Return Sequence 1) Normal process (1) Host
Printer
STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX
STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX
STX 00001 01 00002 20 000001 ETX
STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX
Edit No00001
Edit No00002
Print No00001
Write No00001 to the history data
Write No00002 to the history data
Write No00003 to the history data
(1) Write [01] to No00001
Print No00002
Edit No00003
STX 00001 01 00002 20 000001 ETX
Print No00003
(2)
Write [01] to No00002
History status of (1)
00001 00 00002 00 00003 00
History status of (2)
00001 01 00002 00 00003 00
388
2) Normal process (2) Host
Printer
STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID***** ESC ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC ESCZ BCC ETX
STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX
STX 00001 00 00001 20 000001 ETX STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX
Edit No00001
EEddiitt No***** No00002
Write No00001 to the history data
Write No***** to the history data
Write No00002 to the history data
Print No00001
Print No*****
(1) Write [01] to No00001
Edit No00002
STX 00001 01 ***** 20 000001 ETX
Print No00002
(2) Write [01] to No*****
History status of (1)
00001 00 ***** 00 00002 00
History status of (2)
00001 01 ***** 00 00002 00
389
3) Cancel process (1) Host
Printer
STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX
STX SOH CAN00002 ETX
Edit No00001
Edit No00002
Print No00001
STX SOH ENQ00002 ETX
STX 00002 02 00003 10 000001 ETX STX SOH ENQ***** ETX
Canceling (about 500 msec)
Edit No00003
Write No00001 to the history data Write No00002 to the history data Write No00003 to the history data
(1) Write [01] to No00001
Write [02] to No00001
(2)
STX 00003 00 00003 20 000001 ETX
Print No00003
Write [01] to No00003
History status of (1)
00001 00 00002 02 00003 00
History status of (2)
00001 01 00002 02 00003 00
390
4) Cancel process (2) Host
Printer
STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX
STX SOH CAN***** ETX
Edit No00001
Edit No00002
Print No00001
STX SOH ENQ00002 ETX
Canceling (about 500 msec)
Write No00001 to the history data
Write No00002 to the history data
Write No00003 to the history data
(1) Write [01] to
No00001
Write [02] to No00002, 00003
STX 00002 02 00000 10 000000 ETX
STX SOH ENQ***** ETX
(2)
STX 00003 02 00000 10 000000 ETX
History status of (1)
00001 00 00002 02 00003 02
History status of (2)
00001 01 00002 02 00003 02
391
5) Error process (1) Host
Printer
STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC ESCZ BCC ETX
STX ESCA
ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX
STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX
STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX
STX 00001 00 00001 20 000001 ETX
STX SOH ENQ00002 ETX
STX ***** ** ***** 5R 000000 ETX
Write No00001 to the history data
Edit No00001
Write No***** to the history data
Edit data
Write No00003 to the history data
Print No00001
ID error
ID error (stop operation) *Wait for operation order
(1) Write [01] to No00001
Write [03] to No*****
STX SOH SUB1 ETX
Print No*****
Write [05] to No*****
(2)
History status of (1)
00001 00 ***** 03 00003 00
History status of (2)
00001 01 ***** 05 00003 00
392
6) Error process (2) Host
Printer
STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC ESCZ ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX
STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX
STX 00001 00 00001 20 000001 ETX
STX SOH ENQ00002 ETX
STX 00002 04 00002 5Q 000000 ETX
Edit No00001
Edit No00002
Write No00001 to the history data
Write No00002 to the history data
Write No00003 to the history data
Print
No00001
BCC error
(1)
BCC error with No00002
(stop operation) *Wait for
operation order
Write [01] to No00001
Write [04] to No00002
STX SOH SUB1 ETX
History status of (1)
0 00001 00 0 00002 04 0 00003 00
History status of (2)
0 00001 01 0 00002 05 0 00003 00
Print No00002
Write [05] to No00002
(2)
393
3 RS-232C
3.1 Basic Specifications
This interface complies with the RS-232C standard. The communication can be configured on the communication setting mode of the product or product setting tool.
Interface
Communication setting
Synchronization system Receive buffer size
Code Connector Transmission format Signal level
Setting range on the communication setting mode
Item
Setting value
Data bit length 7,8 (bits)
Parity bit
NONE, ODD, EVEN
Stop bit
1, 2(Bits)
Baud rate
2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 (bps)
READY/BUSY, XON/XOFF, Status 2,
Protocol
Status 3 Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication protocol for details.
Default Value 8 bits NONE 1 bit 19200 bps
Status 5
1) Single item or multiple item receive can be selected on the communication setting mode when READY/BUSY or XON/XOFF is configured.
2) Setting of LEGACY COMMAND SUPPORT mode can be done in the service mode. Asynchronous communication method
2.95 MB
Near full
OM byte
Near full
2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes remains 1.95Mbytes remains
ASCII (7 bits) Graphic (8 bits)
At the product DSUB9 pin (female terminal) At the cable DSUB9 pin (male terminal) Cable length shorter than 5 (m)
Start b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 *In case of 7 bits unit, b3 will be omitted.
High level: +5 to +12V Low level: -5 to -12V
Stop
394
3.2 READY/BUSY
In this protocol, print data are controlled by a hardware signal only without software procedures. Single item receive or multiple receive can be switched on the interface mode of the product.
When the print data (STX <A>~ <Z> ETX) has sent from the host in the conditions below, the received data will not be accurate. 1) When the product is in offline state. 2) When an error has occurred in the product.
3.2.1 Connecting diagram
1DB-9P
Printer
CD
1
RD
2
SD
3
ER
4
SG
5
DR
6
RS
7
CS
8
Host
1
CD
3
SD
2
RD
6
DR
5
SG
4
ER
8
CS
7
RS
3.2.2 Explanation of input/output signal
Pin number
Signal name
Direction
Description
2
RD
Input Data from the host to the product
3
SD
Output Data from the product to the host
4
ER
Output Data terminal ready
5
SG
Signal ground
6
DR
Input Data set ready
7
RS
Output Send request
8
CS
Input Clear to send
395
3.2.3 Timing chart of single item receive
1) Normal process
Power On
Printer ER
Initializing
td
STX . . ETX (1) RD
Press the LINE button Press the LINE button td
STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (2)
RS Printer Status
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Online
Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Online
2) Error process Printer ER RD
Printing (1) td: delay time of the printer from item finish to ER control (about 10 msec)
Printing (2)
Head open Head close Press the LINE button td
STX . . ETX (1)
Paper end error
Press the LINE button
RS Printer Status
Offline
Online
Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Printing (1)
*
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed.
Note: (1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. (2) RS signal will be Low at the head open error detection, and Hi at the offline state.
396
Online Printing (1)
3.2.4 Timing chart of multiple receive 1) Normal process
Printer ER
Power On Initializing
RD
STX . . ETX (1)
RS
Receive buffer near full state
Receive buffer near full release
Press the LINE button
Press the LINE button
STX . . ETX (2)
STX . . . . . . . . . . ETX (3)
STX . . . . . . . . . . ETX (4)
Printer Status 2) Error process
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (3)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: it is possible to send data during printing in the multiple receive mode.
Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit (4)
Printing (3)
Printer ER RD RS
Printer Status
Head open Head close Press the LINE button STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (1)
Paper end error Offline
Press the LINE button
STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (2)
Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Online
Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Online
Printing (1)
*
*When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
397
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
3.3 XON/XOFF
This communication protocol tells the printer status if it can receive any data or not to the host by sending "XON" (HEX 11H) or "XOFF" (HEX 13H) to the signal line. Single item receive or multiple receive can be switched on the interface mode of the product.
When the print data (STX <A>~ <Z> ETX) has sent from the host in the conditions below, the received data will not be accurate. 1) When the product is in offline state. 2) When an error has occurred in the product.
3.3.1 Connecting diagram
1) DB-9P
Printer
RD
2
SD
3
SG
5
Host
3
SD
2
RD
5
SG
*Depending on the model of the host, CS and RS may need to be looped (always keep "High") at the host. Please confirm the user's guide of the host system.
3.3.2 Explanation of input/output signal
Pin number
Signal name
Direction
Description
2
RD
Input Data from the host to the product
3
SD
Output Data from the product to the host
5
SG
-
Signal ground
398
3.3.3 Timing chart of single item receive
1) Normal process
Power On
Printer SD
Initializing XON 500 msec
XON
RD Printer Status
XOFF
STX.ETX (1) Onlin e
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Press the LINE button
Press the LINE button
XON
XOFF
XON
XOFF
Offline
STX.ETX (2)
Onlin e
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: the printer will be polled by XON at intervals of 500 msec from the initializing to the first data reception.
2) Error process Printer SD
RD Printer Status
Head open
Head
Press the LINE button
XOFF
XON
XOFF
STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (1)
Paper end error
Press the LINE button
XON
Offline
Online
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Printing (1)
*
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Notes: (1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
(2) XOFF will be sent when data is received during an error.
399
Printing (2)
3.3.4 Timing chart of multiple receive 1) Normal process
Power On Printer
Initializing XON
XON
SD
500 msec
STX.ETX (1) RD
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis /Edit (1)
Receive buffer near full Receive buffer near full
Press the LINE button
Press the LINE button
XOFF
XON
XOFF
XON
STX.ETX (2)
Online
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2)
Printing (1)
STX.ETX (3)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (3)
Printing (2)
STX . . . . . . . . . . ETX (4) Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit (4)
Printing (3)
2) Error process Printer SD RD Printer Status
Note: The printer will be polled by ON at intervals of 500 msec from the initializing to the first data reception.
Head open XOFF
Head
Press the LINE button XON
STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (1) Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Paper end error XOFF
XOFF
STX . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (2)
Online
Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Printing (1)
*
Press the LINE button XON
Printing (1)
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Notes: (1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
(2) XOFF will be sent when data is received during an error.
400
3.4 Printer Status 5 Return
This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and there are several functions.
This product's receive mode in this protocol is the multiple-receive.
3.4.1 Connecting diagram
1) DB-9P
Printer
RD
2
SD
3
SG
5
Host
3
SD
2
RD
5
SG
*Depending on the model of the host, CS and RS may need to be looped (always keep "High") at the host. Please confirm the user's guide of the host system.
3.4.2 Explanation of input/output signal
Pin number
Signal name
Direction
Description
2
RD
Input Data from the host to the product
3
SD
Output Data from the product to the host
5
SG
-
Signal ground
401
3.4.3 Timing Chart 1) Normal process
Printer
Power On
RD
Initializing ENQ
STX . . . ETX (1)
SD
Status
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis /Edit (1)
ENQ Status
Buffer near full STX . . . ETX (2)
Online
Printing (1)
Receive/Analysis /Edit (2)
Buffer near full release
Press the LINE button Press the LINE button
ENQ
ENQ
STX . . . ETX (3)
ENQ
Status
Status
Status
Offline
Receive/Analysis /Edit (3)
Printing (2)
2) Cancel process Printer RD SD
Printer
The format of ENQ will be STX SOH ENQ "*****" ETX. (***** will be any item No. ) Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). By sending ENQ, The status may not be returned or there may be print error.
ENQ
STX . . ETX (1)
Status
ENQ Status
CAN 500 msec
ENQ
STX . . ETX (2)
Status
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
ENQ
ENQ Status
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
The format of CAN will be STX SOH CAN "*****" ETX. (***** will be any item No.) After sending CAN, please wait about 500 msec before sending the next data. Avoid sending CAN while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). With the above condition, the job may not be canceled or the item may not be printed correctly.
402
3) Error process
Printer RD SD
Printer Status
ENQ
STX . . . ETX (1)
Status
Paper end error Head open Head close
Press the LINE button
ENQ Status
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
Status
Status
Status
Status
ENQ Status
Online
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1)
Printing (1)
*
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
4) Print pause, print resume process
Printer
RD
ENQ
STX . . . ETX (1)
Status SD
Printer Status
DLE
STX . . ETX (2)
DC1
Online
ENQ Status
Printing (1)
CAN
ENQ
Status
100 msec
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1)
Printing (1)
The format of DLE will be STX SOH DLE ETX. The format of DC1 will be STX SOH DC1 ETX.
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2)
Printing (2)
403
5) Information request command process
Printer RD SD
Printer Status
ENQ
STX . . . ETX (1)
Status
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1)
ENQ
ENQ
Get printer info
STX..ETX (2)
Status
Status
Printer status
Online
ENQ Status
Printing (1)
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2)
Printing (2)
6) Item No. error (BCC error) process
Note: Do not send status request commands during printing.
Printer
Item No.
Item cancel
RD
ENQ
STX ID00001.....BCC ETX (1)
ENQ
STX ID00003.....BCC ETX (2)
ENQ
CAN
ENQ
STX ID00003.....BCC ETX (2)
100 msec
Statu SD
Statu
Statu
Statu
Printer Status
Online
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Note: Do not send status request commands during printing.
404
3.5 Status 4
This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and the product returns the status by receiving request command from the host. The product returns the status after receiving the status request command. This product's receive mode in this protocol is the multiple-receive.
3.5.1 Connecting diagram
1) DB-9P
Printer
RD
2
SD
3
SG
5
Host
3
SD
2
RD
5
SG
*Depending on the model of the host, CS and RS may need to be looped (always keep "High") at the host. Please confirm the user's guide of the host system.
3.5.2 Explanation of input/output signal
Pin number
2 3 5
Signal name
RD SD SG
Direction
Description
Input Output
-
Data from the host to the product Data from the product to the host Signal ground
405
3.5.3 Timing Chart
1) Normal process Power On
Printer Initializing ENQ
RD
STX . . ETX (1)
ENQ
Receive buffer near full state STX . . ETX (2)
Receive buffer near full release Press the LINE button
Press the LINE button
ENQ
ENQ
STX . . ETX (3)
ENQ
SD
Status
ACK
Status
ACK
Status
Status
ACK
Status
Printer Status
Online
Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (3)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause return status error or print error.
2) Cancel process
Printer RD
SD
Printer Status
ENQ
STX . . ETX (1)
ENQ
Status
ACK
Status
CAN
500 msec
ACK
ENQ
STX . . ETX (2)
Status
ACK
ENQ Status
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 ms before sending the next data. Avoid sending CAN while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause cancel error or print error. With the above condition, the job may not be canceled or the item may not be printed correctly.
3) Error process Printer RD SD Printer Status
ENQ
STX . . ETX (1)
Paper end error Head open
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
Head close Press the LINE button
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
Status
ACK Online
Status
Status
Status Offline
Status
Status
Status
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Printing (1)
*
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
Printing (1)
4) Print pause, print resume process
Printer
RD
ENQ
STX . . ETX (1)
DLE
STX . ETX (2)
DC1
ENQ
SD
Status
ACK
ACK
ACK
ACK
Status
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
CAN ACK
ENQ Status
100 msec
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
5) Information request command process
Printer RD SD
Printer Status
ENQ
STX . . ETX (1)
Status
ACK
ENQ
ENQ
Get printer info
STX . . ETX (2)
ENQ
Status
Status
Printer status
ACK
Status
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1)
Online Printing (1)
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2)
Printing (2)
Note: Do not send status request commands during printing.
408
3.6 Printer Status 3 Return
This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and the product returns the status by receiving request command from the host. The product returns the status after receiving the status request command. This product's receive mode in this protocol is the multiple-receive.
3.6.1 Connecting diagram
1) DB-9P
Printer
RD
2
SD
3
SG
5
Host
3
SD
2
RD
5
SG
3.6.2 Explanation of input/output signal
Pin number
2 3 5
Signal name
RD SD SG
Direction
Description
Input Output
Data from the host to the product Data from the product to the host Signal ground
409
3.6.3 Timing Chart 1) Normal process
Printer SD
Power On Initializing
ENQ
STX . ETX (1)
ENQ
Receive buffer near full state
STX . ETX (2)
Receive buffer near full release
ENQ
ENQ
RD
Status
ACK
Status
ACK
Status
Status
Press the LINE button Press the LINE button
STX . . ETX (3)
ENQ
ACK
Status
Printer Status
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (3)
Offline
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Printing (3)
Note: Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause return status error or print error.
2) Cancel process
Printer
ENQ
STX . ETX (1)
ENQ
RD
CAN
ENQ
SD
Status
ACK
Status
ACK
Status
Printer Status
Online
500 msec
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
STX . ETX (2) ACK
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
ENQ Status
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 msec before sending the next data. Avoid sending CAN while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). With the above condition, the job may be canceled or the item may not be printed correctly.
410
3) Error process Printer RD SD
ENQ
STX . . ETX (1)
Paper end error Head open
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
Head close Press the LINE button
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
Status
ACK
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Online
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1)
Printing (1)
*
Printing (1)
4) Information request command process
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
Printer RD
ENQ
STX . . ETX (1)
ENQ
ENQ
Get printer info
STX . . ETX (2)
ENQ
Status
ACK
Status
Status
Printer status
ACK
Status
SD
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1)
Online Printing (1)
Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2)
Printing (2)
Note: Do not send status request commands during printing.
411
3.7 Status 2
This communication protocol is for compatibility with the old model. The receive mode is single item receive.
3.7.1 Connecting diagram
1) DB-9P
Printer
RD
2
SD
3
SG
5
Host
3
SD
2
RD
5
SG
*Depending on the model of the host, CS and RS may need to be looped (always keep "High") at the host. Please confirm the user's guide of the host system.
3.7.2 Explanation of input/output signal
Pin number
Signal name
Direction
Description
2
RD
Input Data from the host to the product
3
SD
Output Data from the product to the host
5
SG
-
Signal ground
3.7.3 Timing Chart 1) Normal process Power On
Printer RD
Initializing ENQ
STX . . ETX (1)
Status
SD
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
ENQ Status Online
Printing (1)
ENQ
STX . . ETX (2)
Status
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Press the LINE button Press the LINE button
ENQ
ENQ
Status
Status
Offline
Printing (2)
2) Cancel process
Printer RD SD
ENQ
STX . ETX (1)
Status
ENQ Status
Printer Status
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
CAN
ENQ
STX . ETX (2)
500 msec
Status
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
ENQ Status
Printing (1)
Printing (2)
Note: When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 ms before sending the next data. Avoid sending CAN while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). With the above condition, the job may not be canceled or the item may not be printed correctly.
3) Error process
Printer RD SD
Printer status
ENQ
STX . . ETX (1)
Status
Online
Paper end error Head open
ENQ
ENQ
ENQ
Head close ENQ
Press the LINE button
ENQ
ENQ
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Status
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Printing (1)
*
Printing (1)
* When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
3.7.4 Return Status
The product returns the printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host. The product initializes the receive buffer and cancels the print job by receiving the cancel request command. The details of each request command and return status are as follows.
1) Status request command The product returns the state of the receive data, the receive buffer and the product by receiving this command sent from the host. (1) Command ENQ (HEX 05H) (2) Return status/format
STX Statu1 Status2 Status3 CR
LF
EXT (total 7 bytes)
Printer status Receive buffer status Receive data status
(3) Status list State f receive data
Status return
Description
"0" (HEX 30H) "1" (HEX 31H)
Indicates the receive text was received normally. Indicates the receive text was received normally. (Communication error, receive buffer overflow)
State of receive buffer Status return
Description
"0" (HEX 30H) "9" (HEX 39H)
Indicates no data exists in the receive buffer. Indicates data exists in the receive buffer.
Printer status Status return
Description
"0" (HEX 30H) "1" (HEX 31H) "@" (HEX 40H) "A" (HEX 41H) "B" (HEX 42H) "E" (HEX 45H) "G" (HEX 47H) "J" (HEX 4AH)
Normal (Receivable state) Online or print pause Ribbon end Paper end (Unused) Cutter sensor error Head Open Head error Card error
* There is no ribbon end with the direct thermal model.
STX(HEX 02H) EXT(HEX 03H) LF(HEX 0AH) CR(HEX 0DH)
2) Cancel request command This command enables you to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of the receive buffer. Note that the product doesn't return the status with this command. Be sure to send the next data after the elapse of 500 ms as delay time after sending the cancel request. This command is also effective in offline state and the time of the error. (1) Command CAN (HEX 18H)
3.7.5 Return Sequence
1) Normal
Host
Printer
ENQ (Status request command)
( ) Status
Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data
Printer = Normal
Print command (Print No.100)
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Printing
ENQ (Status request command)
Print the 1st label
( Status
Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data
)
Printer = Normal
Print the 2nd label
ENQ (Status request command)
Print the 3rd label
Paper end error
Status (Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data
)
Printer = paper end
ENQ (Status request command)
Error release (press the LINE button)
Print the 3rd label
( ) Status
Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data
Printer = Normal
ENQ (Status request command)
( Status
Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data
)
Printer = Normal
ENQ (Status request command)
( ) Status
Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data
Printer = Normal
Print Command ((Print No.100)
Print the 100th label
Print end
Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing Print the 1st label
416
2) Cancel request command
Host
ENQ (Status request command)
Printer
Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data Printer = Normal
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Print command (Print number = 100)
ENQ (Status request command)
Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data Printer = Normal
CAN (Cancel request command)
Printing Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label Print the 3rd label
More than 500 msec
ENQ (Status request command)
Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data Printer = Normal
Print command (Print number = 100)
ENQ (Status request command)
Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data Printer = Normal
CAN (Cancel request command)
More than 500 msec
ENQ (Status request command)
Clear the receive buffer Clear the print number
Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label
Paper end error Clear the receive buffer Clear the print number
Error release (press the LINE button)
Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data Printer = Normal
417
3.7.6 Reference Flowchart See the flowchart below for programming on the host side.
Power On
1
SW 0
Set the print data
Send ENQ
YES
Status
No
receive?
YES
Status =
No
normaYl?ES
YES
Printer status
No
= normal?
YES
Receive buffer =
No
No data?
YES Display the status
SW = 1
No
Cancel?
YES
No
Send the print data
YES Send CAN
Timeout?
No
YES
Display the status
Cancel?
No
Resend the
No
print
YES
SW 0
SW 1
Wait 500 msec
1
418
3.7.7 Note *Please note the followings when using READY/BUSY.
When sending print data from the host, make sure the product power is on before sending. *When sending data that receive buffer size is more than 2.95 MB by using XON/XOFF, status 2, status 3, status 4, and status 5,
there will be receive buffer full error. When sending data, send data that is less than 2.9 MB and send more data by watching the printer status. *Parity error will be detected when the parity error occurs after receiving ESC+A.
419
4 IEEE1284
4.1 Basic Specifications
This interface complies with the Centronics/IEEE1284 standard. Single item receive or multiple receive can be switched on the interface mode of the product.
Interface
Protocol Connector Cable length Signal level Receive mode
Receive buffer size
Timing Chart
Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication protocol for details. At product: Amphenol 36 pins (female) At cable: Amphenol 36 pins (male) Less than 1.5 (m) High level: +2.4 to +5.0 V Low level: +0.0 to +0.4 V Single item receive Multiple receive
Set the receive mode on the communication receive mode at the product.
2.95 MB
Near full
0Mbyte
2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes remains
Near full release
ECP mode T1 T2
1.95Mbytes remains
Centronics compatible mode
T1 T2
T3
DATA
STROBE
ACK
BUSY
Supplemental explanation1 : 0.75s T1 0.75sT2500s 0.5s T3 1.2s
Supplemental explanation2: in case of single item receive, it is possible to set the ACK range (0.5 - 12.0s) in the interface mode.
*Be sure to send print data while the product power is on. *Be sure to turn the product's power off when removing the interface cable.
420
4.2 Connecting diagram
The connecting diagram of parallel cable is as follows.
Please use a cable that has complied with the IEEE1284 standard.
D-SUB 25P (Host)
GND
Amphenol 36P (Printer)
GND
1
18
2
19
3
19
4
20
5
20
6
21
7
21
8
22
9
22
10
24
11
23
12
24
13
24
14
25
15
23
16
25
17
25
1 19
2 20
3 21
4 22
5 23
6 24
7 25
8 26
9 27
10 28
11 29
12 28
13 28
14 30
32 29
31 30
36 30
421
4.3 Connector Pin Assignment
The pin assignment is as follows with the Centronics standard (legacy command support).
However, the wiring diagram of the IEEE1284 standard is complied with the standard of IEEE1284 Type B connector.
Pin number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18
Signal name STROBE DATA 1 DATA 2 DATA 3 DATA 4 DATA 5 DATA 6 DATA 7 DATA 8 ACK BUSY PE SELECT AUTOFD
LOGIC GND CHASSIS GND PERIPHERAL LOGIC
HIGH
Description Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Output Output Output Output Input
Input
Pin number 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
36
Signal name STROBE-RETURN DATA 1-RETURN DATA 2-RETURN DATA 3-RETURN DATA 4-RETURN DATA 5-RETURN DATA 6-RETURN DATA 7-RETURN DATA 8-RETURN
ACK -RETURN BUSY -RETURN
PE -RETURN INIT
FAULT
SELECTIN
Description
Input Output Input
4.4 Explanation of input signal
The signal lines are as follows with the Centronics standard (legacy command support).
However, the signal lines of the IEEE1284 standard are complied with the IEEE1284 standard.
Pin number
1
2 - 9 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 - 30 31 32 36
Signal name
STROBE
DATA 1 - DATA 8
ACK
BUSY
PE
SELECT
AUTOFD CHASSIS GND PERIPHERAL LOGIC
HIGH SIGNAL GROUND
INIT FAULT SELECTIN
Direction Input
Input Output Output Output Output Input
Output
Input Output Input
Description A synchronized signal to read DATA 1 to DATA 8, Low active pulse is needed. In the data input of 8 bits parallel, DATA 1 is LSB (lease significant bit) and DATA 8 is MSB (most significant bit). A low active pulse signal indicating receive data intake. A high active signal indicating the product is impossible to receive any data. A high active signal indicating there is no label. A high active signal indicating the product is possible to receive data. A signal for IEEE1284 standard. Connected to the chassis ground. +5 V voltage at the product.
Connected to each signal grounds. A low active pulse signal requesting the product initialization. A low active pulse signal indicating an error in the product. A signal for IEEE1284 standard.
422
4.5 Basic Specifications
4.5.1 Timing chart of single item receive
1) Normal process
Printer DATA
Power ON initializing STX. . . . . . . ETX(1)
STROBE
ACK
BUS
SELECT
PE
FAULT Printer status
Online Receive/Analysis/Edit
Printing (1)
*TX<5msec
Press the LINE button STX . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX(2)
Press the LINE button
TX Offline
Online Printing (2)
2) Process at the paper end
Printer
Paper end error Head open
Head close
STX . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (1)
STROBE
ACK
BUSY SELEC
PE
FAULT
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Printing (1)
*
Offline
Press the LINE button
Online Printing (1)
*When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
424
4.5.2 Timing chart of multiple receive 1) Normal process
Printer
Power On
DATA
Initializing ESC A . . ESC Z (1)
STROBE
ACK BUSY SELECT
PE
Press the LINE button Press the LINE button Receive buffer near full state Receive buffer near full
ESC A . . . ESC Z (2)
ESC A . . ESC Z (3)
FAULT Printer Status
Online
Offline
Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing (1)
Online Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing (2)
Printing (3)
425
2) Process at the paper end
DATA STROBE ACK BUSY SELEC PE FAULT
Printer Status
ESC A . . ESC Z (1)
Paper end error
Head open
ESC A . . . ESC Z (2)
* Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Printing (1)
*
Printer Offline
Head close Press the LINE button
Online Printing (1)
*When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed.
426
3) Process at the power off
Power On
DATA
Initializing ESC A..ESC Z (1)
STROBE
Press the LINE button ESC A...ESC Z (2)
Press the LINE button ESC A.. ESC Z (3)
ACK BUSY SELEC
PE
FAUL Printer
Online
Offline
Online
Receive/Analysis/Edit (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (2)
Printing (1)
Receive/Analysis/Edit (3) Printing (2)
Power off 5V power on the KB board is off
Power off Printing (3)
* Regardless of the state of signal line just before the power off, all signal line will be ground (0V) when 5V supplied by KB board is shut.
427
5 USB
5.1 Basic Specifications
USB interface of the product complies with USB2.0 standard.
Interface
Protocol Connector Version Receive buffer size
Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication Protocol for details.
Type B plug Cable length shorter than 5 m (Twisted pair shielded)
USB 2.0 High speed
2.95 MB
Near full
0Mbyte
Near full release
2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbyte remains
1.95Mbytes remains
5.2 Connector Pin Assignment
Pin number
Name
1
VBus
2
-Data(D-)
3
+Data(D+)
4
GND
428
6 LAN, wireless LAN
6.1 Basic Specifications (LAN)
nterface
LED2
Protocol Connector
Link/Status LED
LED1
Status 3, Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication Protocol for details.
Connector type RJ45 Cable type 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX (category 5 or upper) Cable length shorter than 100 (m)
LED lights when LINK with the Ethernet is established or the product received packet.
LED LED1
LED2
Color Green
Yellow
Motion Specification
LED lights for a certain time when received packets (10 msec) LED goes off when the printer detected the connection to 10BASE-T LED lights when the printer detected the connection to 100BASE-TX
LED lights when a cable is not connected
Communication setting
The following communication setting can be done in the communication setting mode of the product.
Common setting Setting Items
Protocol
IPv4 setting Setting Items
IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Address IP Address Settings
Setting range Status 3 return Status 4 return (cycle response mode) Status 4 return (ENQ response mode) Printer Status 5 Return
Setting range 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 192.168.1.1 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 0.0.0.0 DISABLE (manual setting) ENABLE Default value: DISABLE (manual setting)
429
Receive buffer size
IPv6 settings
Setting Items
Address resolution IP Address
Prefix Default router
Setting range
MANUAL/DHCP/AUTOMATIC
Default Value: AUTOMATIC
0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:0000: 0000 FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF
Default Value:
0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:0000: 0000 0 128
Default Value: 64
0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:0000: 0000 FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF
Default Value:
0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:0000: 0000
* Switching of IPv4/IPv6 cannot be done because IPv4/IPv6 dual stack is adopted.
2.95 MB
Near full
0Mbyte
Near full release
2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes 1.95Mbytes remains
430
6.2 Basic Specifications (wireless LAN)
nterface (Wireless LAN adapter)
Wireless LAN board
Protocol LED
Setting of communication conditions
Status 3, Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication Protocol for details.
LED
Color
Motion Specification
LEVEL
Green
Field intensity LED lights: strong (more than Signal Level 3) LED blinks: medium (more than Signal Level 2, less than Signal Level 3) LED off: weak (less than Signal Level 2)
*LED lights always when at the Ad Hoc mode.
LINK
Green Link:
LED blinks: not connected to an access point LED lights: connected to an access point
STATUS Orange Status LED blinks: for a certain time when received packets
MODE
Green
Wireless LAN Mode LED blinks: Ad Hoc mode LED lights: Infrastructure mode
*It's impossible to confirm the LED because this will be installed inside the product. *The field intensity will be shown on the product LCD. Refer to the "Operator Manual" for more details.
The following communication setting can be done in the communication setting mode of the product.
Setting Items Protocol
IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Address IP Address Settings Communication mode SSID Channel
Setting range
Status 3 Return Status 4 (cycle response mode) Status 4 (ENQ response mode) Printer Status 5 Return 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 192.168.1.1 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 192.168.1.2 DISABLE (manual setting) (default value) ENABLE Ad Hoc mode Infrastructure mode SSID Default: SATO_PRINTER 1 - 13 Default Value: 6
431
Wireless LAN specification
(1) Standard IEEE802.1b/g/n
(2) Frequency band 2.4 GHz
(3) Baud rate Max. 11 Mbps (Connected by IEEE802.11b) Max. 54 Mbps (Connected by IEEE802.11g) Max. MCS7(*1) (Connected by IEEE802.11n) *1) The maximum speed varies depending on the conditions Please refer the below.
Band width
Guard interval
Baud rate
20 MHz
800 nsec 400 nsec
65.0 Mbps 72.2 Mbps
40 MHz
800 nsec 400 nsec
135.0 Mbps 150.0 Mbps
(4) Wireless LAN communication mode Infrastructure mode Ad Hoc mode *In IEEE802.11n, only Infrastructure mode is available.
(5) Channel 1 - 13 (when connected with IEEE802.11b/g/n) *AP channel will be used in the Infrastructure mode. *A channel of the other side will be used when the other side's status is waiting for connection in the Ad Hoc mode. *Setting range will be different depending on the regional setting.
Region
Setting range
USA/Canada Europe/Malaysia/Singapore/Korea/China
1 - 11 1 - 13
*Regardless of the regional setting, when the band width of the IEEE802.11n is 40 MHz, the setting range will be 3 to 11 channels.
(6) SSID Up to 32 alphanumeric characters and symbols (from 20H to 7EH) can be set.
(7) Authentication Open System Shared Key WPA/WPA2 IEEE802.1x (EAP-TLS, LEAP, EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP(v0), EAP-FAST are selectable. Hereafter written as "EAP".).
(8) Encryption scheme None WEP (Open System, Shared key and 802.1x authentication are selectable) TKIP (must be selected from WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK and WPA-802.1x/WPA2-802.1x authentication) AES (must be selected from WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK and WPA-802.1x/WPA2-802.1x authentication)
432
[Security Type] Security
WEP WEP-EAP Dynamic WEP WPA-PSK WPA-EAP WPA2-PSK
WAP2-EAP
Structure
Encryption scheme
Authentication
WEP
-
WEP
EAP-MD5
EAP-TLS
WEP
EAP-PEAP EAP-TTLS
TKIP
LEAP EAP-FAST PSK EAP-TLS
EAP-PEAP
TKIP
AP-TTLS LEAP
EAP-FAST
AES
PSK EAP-TLS
EAP-PEAP
TKIP
EAP-TTLS
AES
LEAP EAP-FAST EAP-TLS EAP-PEAP EAP-TTLS LEAP EAP-FAST
433
Receive buffer size
(9) Security (combination of authentication and encryption scheme)
Ad Hoc mode
Authentication
Encryption scheme
Open System
None
WEP
Shared Key
None
WEP
*Ad Hoc mode is not supported with IEEE802.11n. *Selection at the Shared Key will be disabled and operates with Open System.
Infrastructure mode Authentication
Shared Key
Open System
Open System + EAP
WPA/WPA2 + PSK WPA/WPA2 + EAP
Encryption scheme
None WEP None WEP None WEP TKIP/AES TKIP/AES
*Note When using this product around medical equipments/facilities, please consult with the system administrator to confirm there is no influence to the equipments/facilities.
2.95 MB
Near full
0Mbyte
Near full release
2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes remains 1.95Mbytes remains
434
6.3 Software Specifications
Available protocol: TCP/IP Network layer: ARP, IP and ICMP Session layer: TCP and UDP Application layer: LPD, FTP, TELNET, BOOTP, DHCP, HTTP, SNMP, SNTP 1) LPR, FTP and dedicated socket protocol of TCP/IP are available for sending print data. 2) Dedicated socket protocol is available to obtain printer status. 3) SNTP, SNMP, TELNET are not supported with the wireless LAN.
6.4 TCP/IP
TCP/IP protocol environment has LPD and FTP for printing, and TELNET for setting each variables. You can use
BOOTP/DHCP for setting each address.
6.5 LPD
Protocol of LPD complies with RFC1179, and handles the list of logical product name as a cue name. The cue name has 3
names: lp, sjis, euc
Cue name
Kanji filter
Kanji code
Supporting interface
[supported, ×not supported]
LAN
Wireless LAN
lp
None
N/A
sjis
None
N/A
-
euc
None
N/A
-
Order of sending of data file and control file doesn't affect print operation when sending job with LPR.
* Deleting job with LPR is not available. * LPD specification is only available in Status 4/ENQ response. * When conducting large quantity printing with LPR, some data may be skipped because of the specification of Windows. * Banner page printing is not available. * Note that establishing multiple session at the same time is not available.
435
6.6 FTP
FTP protocol complies with RFC959. It handles the list of logical product name as a transmission destination directory, and performs transmitting files to the directory as the print operation. You can specify ASCII (A) or BINARY (I) or TENEX (L8) as a transmission mode, however difference of the mode depends on the client. Directory has 3 names: lp, sjis, euc.
Cue name
Kanji filter
Kanji code
Supporting interface
[supported, ×not supported]
LAN
Wireless LAN
lp
None
N/A
sjis
None
N/A
-
euc
None
N/A
-
* Note that establishing multiple session at the same time is not available.
6.7 TELNET
TELNET complies with RFC854. Changing and referring internal settings and displaying status is available by using an interactive menu. You need to log in as a "root" user and enter password to change the settings. The root password is not set as the default (line feed). In addition, Wireless LAN is not supported.
<TELNET command example> Enter [TELNET xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (IP address)] from the MS-DOS command prompt, and enter user name and password, then following message will appear.
SATO PRINTER S84-ex Series TELNET server. Copyright(C) 2010 SATO Corporation login: root root user needs password to login password: User `root' logged in
No. Item ----------------------------------------------------------
1: Setup TCP/IP 2: Display status 99: EXIT setup Please select(1-99)?
Value
(level.1)
Please refer to "6.7.1 Setting/Display items " for the setting of [1: Setup TCP/IP].
436
6.7.1 Setting/Display items
Sections that can be set and referred, and variables are listed in the table below.
TCP/IP related setting Variable name
Setting range
IPv4 IP address
0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 *2
IPv4 Subnet mask
0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255
IPv4 Gateway address 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255
DHCP protocol
ENABLE/DISABLE
Keepalive time
30 - 300
Keepalive retry
1 - 99
Socket cancel
Normal/Compatible
ROOT password
Any alphanumeric [16]*1
IPv6 IP address
0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:
0000: 0000: 0000
FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF:
FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF:
IPv6 prefix
0 -128
IPv6 default router 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:
0000: 0000: 0000
FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF:
FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF:
IPv6 address resolve MANUAL/DHCP/AUTO
Web login name
Any alphanumeric [16]*1
Web password
Any alphanumeric [16]*1
*1 Numbers in [ ] are upper limit.
*2 The fixed IP will be shown when DHCP is selected.
Default (at shipment) 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 (calculated from the IP address) 0.0.0.0 DISABLE 180 (sec) 17 (times) Normal NULL (no password)
0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000
64 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000
AUTO admin admin
437
6.8 SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol)
SNTP corrects time of the calendar IC when it is mounted. In addition, Wireless LAN is not supported. 6.8.1 Function This function acquires the current time from the NTP server and corrects time of the calendar IC at the product power on when a calendar IC is mounted on the product and LAN is selected as [data port] at the [communication setting]. ENABLE/DISABLE the SNTP and IP address setting of the NTP server can be done on the communication setting mode. This function is available only if a calendar IC is mounted to the product. 6.8.2 Operating conditions The operating conditions of the SNTP function are as follows. (1) A calendar IC is mounted to the product. (2) Communication setting is LAN. * Select LAN at the [communication setting] - [data port].
(Refer to the communication settings of "Operational Manual" for more setting details.) (3) Available only in the Normal mode.
438
6.8.3 Operation Sequence
Power on
INITIALYZING... S8xxx VER:61.00.00.00
"SNTP function" is enabled
NO
Calendar IC is mounted and LAN interface
YES
NTP server time acquire request
NTP server
NTP server time acquire response
When there is a response
Calendar IC time offset
"Communication error notice" is enabled NO
YES
FAILED TO ADJUST CLOCK YY/MM/DD HH:MM
Communication error display
Press the ENTER key
When there is no response
ONLINE QTY000000
[Supplemental explanation] 1. Time correction is only if product is turned on. Time correction will fail when NTP server doesn't respond (timeout period is 4 sec). 2. The following display will be shown and there will be buzzer sound when time correction has failed and "Setting of communication error notice" is "ENABLE".
FAILED TO ADJUST CLOCK YY/MM/DD HH:MM
3. The maximum waiting time from starting time acquisition from NTP server to displaying time correction failure screen is approx. 37 sec. The condition to become the maximum waiting time is enabling DHCP setting of IP address setting of the product and all become time-out. Time-out period for each setting is as follows. -Time-out period of DHCP is approx. 33 seconds. -Time-out period of NTP is approx. 4 seconds.
439
6.9 HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol)
HTTP sets setting items of LAN, wireless LAN. 6.9.1 LAN settings
(1) Settable items in the LCD. (2) Display the printer status. (3) Display the external signal status. 6.9.2 Wireless LAN settings Refer to "6.11.1 Setting item list ".
440
6.10 SNMP specification (Simple Network Management Protocol)
SNMP is a function to disclose the product information to the IP network. It is possible to monitor the printer status via network. 6.10.1 Supported MIB
The product information is kept as a Management Information Base format called MIB. Each nodes on the tree have numbers, and SNMP manager send a node number to the product acquire information of the node as information acquiring request. The product returns the information of specified node number as response data. MIBs that the product supports are as follows;
system(1) interface(2) address translation(3) ip(4) icmp(5) tcp(6) udn(7) transmission(10) snmp(11) igmp(85) host(25) printerMIB(43)
441
6.10.2 Printer error information
Errors happening at the product need to be disclosed because the product supports MIB host and printerMIB. When the product received a request of error information acquisition from SNMP manager, the product returns the response data by replacing the printer error number to the error code defined by MIB.
6.10.2.1 Error and warning MIB correspondence table
Printer MIB
Description
prtAlertSeverity Description
Level
Level
Online
-
Online
Offline
Print pause
Machine error Flash ROM error Parity error Over run Flaming error Buffer over Head open Paper end error Ribbon end Sensor error Head error Memory writing error Memory full error
Download data error
BCC check error Item No. error Calendar error Overheat error Command error CRC check error
critical(3)
-
critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3)
critical(3)
critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3)
Offline
Print pause
Machine error Flash ROM error Parity error Over run Flaming error Buffer over Head open Paper end error Ribbon end Sensor error Head error Memory writing error Memory full error Download data error BCC check error Item No. error Calendar error Overheat error Command error CRC check error
prtAlertSeverity Level
-
critical(3)
-
critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3)
critical(3)
critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3)
Description
Online
Offline
Print pause
Machine error Flash ROM error Parity error Over run Flaming error Buffer over Head open Paper end error Ribbon end Sensor error Head error Memory writing error Memory full error Download data error BCC check error Item No. error Calendar error Overheat error Command error CRC check error
442
prtAlertSeverity Level critical(3) -
Host Resources MIB
Description
hrPrinterStatus
Online
Offline Print pause
idle(3) / *2 printing(4) other(1)
other(1)
critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3)
critical(3)
critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3)
Machine error Flash ROM error Parity error Over run Flaming error Buffer over Head open Paper end error Ribbon end Sensor error Head error Memory writing error Memory full error Download data error BCC check error Item No. error Calendar error Overheat error Command error CRC check error
other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1)
other(1)
other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1)
Description
Wireless LAN related error Cover open Saver error Sensor cover open RFID tag error Label near end Ribbon near end Receive buffer near full Head error
prtAlertSeverity Level critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4)
Printer MIB Description Level Wireless LAN related error Cover open Saver error Sensor cover open RFID tag error Label near end Ribbon near end Receive buffer near full Head error
prtAlertSeverity Level critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4)
Description
Wireless LAN related error Cover open Saver error Sensor cover open RFID tag error Label near end Ribbon near end Receive buffer near full Head error
prtAlertSeverity Level critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4)
Host Resources MIB
Description
hrPrinterStatus
Wireless LAN related error Cover open Saver error Sensor cover open RFID tag error Label near end Ribbon near end Receive buffer near full Head error
other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) idle(3) / *5 printing(4)/
*1 warning (3) is set at warning during online state. Other than that, running (2) is set. *2 printing (4) is set during printing. Other than that, idle (3) is set.
*3 running (2) is set at online, warning (3) is set at warning during online state, and down (5) is set at offline. *4 warning (3) is set at online state. down (5) is set at offline state. *5 printing (4) is set during printing. idle (3) is set at online and other than printing state, other (1) is set at offline and other than printing state.
6.10.2.2 Supplemental explanation 1) The last error has the priority when multiple error has happened. 2) If errors and warnings happened at the same time, Host Resources MIB and Printer MIB are notified as error. 3) If a multiple warning happened, printer MIB is notified multiply (prtAlert).
443
6.11 Setting the IP Address
There are several ways to set the IP address such as obtaining from DHCP server, interface setting on the LCD screen, SBPL command or network setting tool. The product acquires an IP address as shown in following flow below according to the acquisition method set in the product at power on. * Obtaining IP address via "ARP-s" and ping is not available.
Printer power up
NO DHCP ENABLE?
YES
DHCP process
NO DHCP success
YES
The printer operates with the IP address, netmask, and gateway acquired by DHCP.
The printer operates with the IP address, netmask and gateway set at the printer.
Finish
444
Command Product WEB
6.12 Wireless LAN settings
6.12.1 Setting item list
Classification
Setting Items
Default Values
Setting range
Setting
TCP/IP Setting
IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway
192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.2
DHCP/BOOTP
DISABLE
DNS primary address DNS secondary address Timeout time for DNS Query packet Retry of DHCP Discover
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 3
10
Wireless LAN Setting
Wireless LAN mode
SSID (*3) Communication channel (*2)
Infra. "SATO_PRINTER" 6
Network authentication Open System
Regional code
US
0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 ENABLE DISABLE 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255
1 - 10
1 - 10
Ad Hoc Infra. 1 - 32 characters
1 - 13
Open System Shared Key WPA WPA2
Defined value of the module US Canada Europe Malaysia Singapore Korea China
- - - - -
-
-
445
Command Product WEB
Classification
Setting Items
Default Values
Setting range
Setting
WEP key Setting
Use of WEP Available key Key 1 (*1)
Key 2 (*1)
Key 3 (*1)
802.1x authentication
Setting
Key 4 (*1) 802.1x authentication
Authentication mode
DISABLE
1 " " (NULL character) " " (NULL character) " " (NULL character) " " (NULL character)
DISABLE
EAP-TLS
802.1x authentication
Setting
802.1X-TTLS Setting
User name (*3) Password (*3)
Internal authentication method
" " (NULL character) " " (NULL character)
PAP
802.1X-PEAP Setting
802.1X-FAST Setting
Verification of the server certificate Internal authentication method Verification of the server certificate
Auto distribution of PAC file
OFF MSCHAPv2 OFF OFF
ENABLE DISABLE 1 - 4
- -
-
64 bits: 10 digits in HEX or 5 characters
-
128 bits: 26 digits in HEX or 13
characters
-
-
ENABLE DISABLE LEAP EAP-TLS EAP-TTLS EAP-PEAP EAP-FAST 1 - 63 characters
- - -
0 - 32 characters
-
PAP CHAP MSCHAP MSCHAPv2 ON/OFF
- -
MSCHAPv2
-
ON/OFF
-
ON/OFF
-
WPA/WPA2 WPA mode
PSK
Data encryption scheme TKIP
PSK 802.1x TKIP AES
- -
WPA-PSK Setting
Pre-Shared Key(*3)
"sato printer"
8 - 63 characters
-
WPA-802.1X
LEAP
Setting
EAP-TLS
Authentication mode
EAP-TLS
EAP-TTLS
-
EAP-PEAP
EAP-FAST
User name (*3)
" " (NULL character)
1 - 63 characters
-
Password (*3)
" " (NULL character)
0 - 32 characters
-
*1 Setting can be done with HEX or ASCII input. In ASCII input, the upper case and the lower case can be distinguished,
however, these are not distinguished with HEX code input.
*2 The setting range of the channel varies depending on the regional setting.
*3 Alphanumeric characters and symbols (Usable character range is from 20H to 7EH)
446
6.12.2 Combinations of wireless settings and necessary items
There are settable combinations in wireless LAN setting. (6.2 Basic Specifications (wireless LAN)) The list below shows necessary items in the each combination (: necessary, ×: not necessary).
Ad Hoc
Infrastructure
Open System
Shared Key(*3)
Open System
Shared Key
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE
WEP DISABLE
WEP ENABLE
WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE
Classification
Setting Items
PSK Advanced shared key
802.1x authentication
802.1x authentication DISABLE 802.1x authentication ENABLE 802.1x authentication DISABLE 802.1x authentication ENABLE (*1)
TCP/IP setting IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway
DHCP/BOOTP
Wireless LAN
Wireless LAN mode
Setting
SSID
Used channel
Network authentication
Regional code
DNS primary address
DNS secondary address
Timeout time for DNS Query packet
Retry of DHCP Discover
WEP key setting Use of WEP setting
× ×
WEP Key Index
××××× × ×
WEP key length
××××× × ×
WEP key 1
××××× × ×
WEP key 2
××××× × ×
WEP key 3
××××× × ×
WEP key 4
××××× × ×
802.1x
802.1x authentication
×××××× × ×
authentication setting
Authentication mode User name
×××××××× × × × × × × *2 × *2 × × × × ×
Password
× × × × *2 × *2 × × × × ×
802.1x-TTLS setting
Internal authentication method
×××××××× ×
Verification of the server certificate
× × × × × × × ×
×
802.1x-PEAP setting
Internal authentication method
×××××××× ×
Verification of the server certificate
× × × × × × × ×
×
802.1x-FAST setting
Auto distribution of PAC file
××××××××
×
WPA/WPA2 setting WPA mode
××××××××××
Data encryption scheme
× × × × × × × × × ×
WPA-PSK setting Pre-Shared Key
×××××××××× ×
447
Ad Hoc
Open System
Shared Key(*3)
Infrastructure
Open System
Shared Key
WPA/WPA2
TKIP/AES
WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE
WEP DISABLE
WEP ENABLE
WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE
Classification
Setting Items
PSK Advanced shared key
802.1x authentication
802.1x authentication DISABLE 802.1x authentication ENABLE 802.1x authentication DISABLE 802.1x authentication ENABLE (*1)
WPA-802.1x setting
Authentication mode User name Password
× × × × × × × × × ×
×
× × × × × × × × × × *2 ×
× × × × × × × × × × *2 ×
*1 "WEP key index" and "WEP key" distributed by AP are used for the communication when WEP key is distributed from AP. (Dynamic WEP) AP distributes "WEP key index" only or "WEP key index" and "WEP key". When only "WEP key index" is distributed, the appropriate "WEP key" set at wireless LAN setting of the designated "WEP key index" will be used. With above condition, it is impossible to communicate if the WEP keys are not identical.
*2 The details regarding the user name and password are explained at "6.11.3 802.1x authentication and certification". *3 Selection at the Shared Key will be disabled and operates with Open System with Ad Hoc mode.
6.12.3 802.1x authentication and certification
Depending on the format, certification is necessary or not necessary in 802.1x authentication. When the certification is necessary, it needs to be imported from the WEB setting screen. Type of certification and secret key, necessity of certification, ID, and password are explained below.
- Items need to be imported from the WEB setting screen
No.
Imported item
Description
1 Route certification
File: select files of route certification
2 Client certification
Password: enter the secret password for the client certificate
File: files of client certification
3 Secret key
Password: enter the password for the secret key
File: select secret files
4 PAC file
Password: enter the password for the PAC files
File: select PAC files
- Necessity of ID/password and each certification in the 802.1x authentication.
EAP format User name
Necessity (: necessary, ×: not necessary, : others)
Password
Certification
Route
Password certification
Client certification
Secret key
EAP-TLS
×
EAP-PEAP
×
×
×
EAP-LEAP
×
×
×
×
EAP-TTLS
×
×
×
EAP-FAST
×
×
×
×
*1 Necessary when PAC file auto distribution is OFF.
PAC file
× × × × (*1)
448
6.13 Socket Communication
2 types of connection can be used in the socket server function of TCP/IP; 2-port connection that uses Port 1024 for receiving print data and Port 1025 for printer status return, and 1-port connection that uses Port 9100 for print data receiving and printer status return. When using Port 9100, the product returns only status return data and the product operation setting request data. Using both 2-port connection and 1-port connection at the same time is not available. Each socket cannot connect to multiple sessions at the same time. LPR and FTP are available for sending print data in addition to socket. During connecting LPR or FTP, connecting to print data port (Port 1024 or Port 9100) with socket communication is not available. 2-port connection with Port 1025 and Port 9100 is not available. Please use them as 1-port connection.
1) Printing with 2-port connection/Socket (Status 4)
Host
Print data Port 1024 Return data Port 1025
Printer
2) Printing with 1-port connection/Socket (Status 4)
Host
Print data, return data Port 9100
Printer
3) Printing with 1-port connection/Socket (Status 3 and 5 return)
Host
Print data, return data Port 1024 or Port 9100
Printer
4) Printing with LPR, FTP Host
Print Data LPR, FTP
Return data Port1025
Printer
449
6.13.1 Port Number
(1) Overlapping of the port number with the printer server function It is possible to change the port number of the Port 1024/Port 1025/Port 9100 in the range of "00001 - 65535" from the LCD, however, the following will happen when the port number is overlapped with the port number used for printer server function (FTP/TELNET/HTTP/LPD).
No.
Server function
Port number
Note
1
FTP
20 (Data)
Port number "20" is connectable because it is not always being as waiting for connection. However, FTP connection is not available.
21 (Control)
Cannot be used as the print port
2
TELNET
23
Cannot be used as the print port
3
HTTP
80
Cannot be used as the print port
4
LPD
515
Cannot be used as the print port
Over 1024 is recommended for the port number.
(2) Socket error occurring The port for Socket connection will be selected from the port numbers specified at Port 1024/Port 1025/Port 9100depending on the communication protocol (see "6.12 Socket communication"). If an error occurs during the socket creation process, the socket communication cannot be used. <Status 3 or Status 5>
No.
Port 1024
Port 1025
Port 9100
Available port
1
×
Port 9100
2
×
Port 1024, Port 9100
3
×
Port 1024
4
×
×
None
5
×
×
Port 1024
6
×
×
Port 9100
7
Port 1024, Port 9100
[: Success, ×: Error] * Port 1025 is not used. Even if port 1025 has an error, it doesn't affect other valid port.
<Status 4>
No.
Port 1024
Port 1025
Port 9100
Available port
1
×
Port 9100
2
×
Port 9100
3
×
Port 1024, Port 1025
4
×
×
None
5
×
×
None
6
×
×
Port 9100
7
Port 1024, Port 1025, Port 9100
[: Success, ×: Error] * Port 1024 and port 1025 are used in pair. If either of port has an error, you cannot use both ports.
450
6.14 Connection and disconnection of session
The socket server function connects and disconnects the print data port (Port 1024), the status reply port (Port 1025) and the
sending and receiving port (Port 9100 or Port 1024) in the following manner.
1) print data port (Port 1024), status return port (Port 1025)
Host
Printer
CONNECT (Port1024Port1025) CONNECT success
Print data (Port1024) Status request (Port1024)
Print data (Port1024) CLOSE (Port1024Port1025) CONNECT END
2send/receive port (Port9100 or Port1024) Host
CONNECT (Port1024 or Port9100)
CONNECT success connect
Status request (Port1024 or Port9100)
Print data (Port1024 or Port9100)
CLOSE (Port1024 or Port9100)
CONNECT END
LISTEN ACCEPT
Print Printer status Port1025
Print CLOSE LISTEN
Printer LISTEN
ACCEPT
Printer status Port1024 or Port9100 Print CLOSE LISTEN
451
6.15 Printer status
1) Status mode
There are 3 modes of status return when using LAN interface.
(1) Status 4/Cyclic response mode (2-port connection or 1-port connection) The product uses port 1024 for print data port, port 1025 for status return, and port 9100 for both print data port and status return. The product output the printer status at a constant period (500 msec to 1000 msec interval). Also, the product returns the latest printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host.
(2) Status 4/ENQ response mode (2-port connection or 1-port connection) The product uses port 1024 for print data port, port 1025 for status return, and port 9100 for both print data port and status return. The product returns the printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host.
(3) Status 3, Status 5/ENQ response mode (1-port connection) The product uses port 1024 for print data port and status return, or uses port 9100 for both print data port and status return. The product returns ACK by receiving the print request command sent from the host, and returns the printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host. Printer driver cannot be used for label printing while using Status 3. Also, the product setting tool cannot be used.
The switching status mode is available by changing the setting of the communication protocol and the printer status reply timing in the interface mode of the product. Type of status mode and the setting items in the interface setting mode is as follows.
Setting items in the interface setting mode
Type of status mode
Communication Protocol (PROTOCOL)
Printer status reply timing (REPLY TIMING)
1-port or 2-port connection Cyclic response mode
Status 4 (STATUS4)
Cyclic response (CYCLE)
1-port or 2-port connection ENQ response mode
Status 4 (STATUS4)
ENQ
1-port connection ENQ response mode
Status 3 (STATUS3) Status 5 (STATUS5)
-
2) Status return data format (1) 2-port connection (Status 4 return)
Number of send bytes ENQ
4 bytes
1 byte
0000001CH
05H
STX 1 byte 02H
ID number 2 bytes
Status 1 byte
Remaining print number
6 bytes
JOB name ETX
16 bytes
1 byte
03H
Please refer to the "2.2.3 Return status of Status 4" for the status contents.
(Total: 32 bytes)
(2) 1-port connection (Status 5 return)
STX
Specified item Specified item
1 byte
Number.
Status
02H
5 bytes
2 bytes
Currently processed item
5 bytes
Currently processed Currently processed
item
item Number of print
Status
6 bytes
2 bytes
ETX 03H 1 byte
Please refer to the "2.2.4 Return status of Status 5" for the status contents.
(Total: 22 bytes)
(3) 1-port connection (Status 3 return)
STX 1 byte 02H
ID number 2 bytes
Status 1 byte
Remaining print number
6 bytes
ETX 1 byte 03H
(Total: 11 bytes)
Please refer to the "2.2.2 Return status of Status 3" for the status contents.
452
3) Sequence (1) Status 4/Cyclic response mode (2-port connection or 1-port connection) The product will return the status in the interval of 500 to 1000 msec. When receiving a status request command (ENQ: 05H) from the host, the product returns the latest printer status data.
Host
Printer
CONNECT Port1024, Port1025,
or Port9100) CONNECT SUCCESS
Connection
Status request (Port 1025 or Port 9100) (ENQ "05H")
CLOSE (Port1024, Port1025,
or Port9100)
LISTEN ACCEPT
Printer status (in about 500 - 1000 msec interval) Port1025 or Port9100
The latest printer status Printer status (Port 1025 or Port 9100)
CLOSE
CONNECT END
LISTEN
(2) Status 4/ENQ response mode (2-port connection or 1-port connection) After receiving a status request command (ENQ: 05H) from the host, the product returns the latest printer status.
Host
Printer
CONNECT (Port1024, Port1025,
or Port9100) CONNECT SUCCESS
Connection
LISTEN ACCEPT
Status request (Port1024, Port9100) (ENQ "05H")
CLOSE (Port1024, Port1025,
or Port9100) CONNECT END
The latest printer status Printer status (Port1025, Port9100) CLOSE
LISTEN
453
(3) Status 3, Status 5/ENQ response mode (1-port connection) The product returns ACK by receiving the print request command sent from the host, and returns the printer status by receiving the status request command (ENQ:05H)
Host
Printer
CONNECT (Port1024 or Port9100) CONNECT SUCCESS
Connection
LISTEN ACCEPT
Status request (Port 1024 or Port 9100) (ENQ "05H")
CLOSE Port1024 or Port9100 CONNECT END
The latest printer status Printer status (Port 1024 or Port 9100)
CLOSE
LISTEN
6.16 Note
6.16.1 Common to LAN/Wireless LAN interface 1) When opening or closing the print data port (Port 1024) or the status port (Port 1025) or the sending and receiving port (Port 9100), 150 msec to 200 msec interval is necessary between closing the port and opening the port again. If the time interval after closing the port is too short, it may cause double connection. Double connection means that the connection request "CONNECT" is sent to the port (Port 1024, Port 1025 or Port 9100) already connected (CONNECT (Socket OPEN)). In this case, this connection request will be rejected "Socket CLOSE". When receiving request of double connection, the product responds to the request for disconnection (Socket CLOSE).
6.16.2 Wireless LAN interface 1) Communication distance and transmission speed between the host and the product (wireless LAN board) varies depending on the wireless LAN operation at the used environment.
2) It is recommended to use the product while the field intensity is more than "Middle" when using with the Infrastructure mode.
3) Communication data may be lost when wireless LAN environment is not adequate due to mobile use of the product or ambient conditions.
4) Please set the frequency of channels in each group are different for more than "5 channels" when multiple wireless LAN network groups are neighboring. Example) When the channel of the group 1 is "1", set the channel of the group 2 for "6" or later.
6.16.3 LAN Interface 1) Connecting and disconnecting LAN cable while the product is connecting to the PC may result in communication failure. Please avoid connecting or disconnecting the cable while the product is ON. In case of communication failure, restart the product.
454
7 Bluetooth
Bluetooth interface of the product complies with Bluetooth Ver.2.0 standard.
7.1 Basic Specifications
Item Standards Communication distance Used profile Operation mode Service function (Enabled when connected to
Bluetooth interface)
Authentication levels
Packet type PIN code
Power Save Mode CRC ENABLE/DISABLE
CRC Time-out period Setting of communication conditions
Description
Bluetooth Ver. 2.0+EDR Power Class 2
5 m (at the standard measurement environment)
Serial Port Profile(SPP)
*1
Slave mode
Bluetooth setting information print Prints the Bluetooth setting information on the user test printing.
Bluetooth setting information default Bluetooth setting will be defaulted back by selecting "PRINTER setting" at the default
setting mode. (Refer to the "Operator Manual" for details)
Level 1
: No authentication (default)
Level 2-1 : PIN code authentication, service level
Level 2-2 : PIN code authentication, service level
Level 3
: PIN code authentication, link level
DM5
1 to 16 ASCII code specification (20H, 21H, 23H - 7EH) Default Value: 0000000000000000
Sniff, park, hold (operates according to the host setting)
CRC: ENABLE DISABLE (Default)
10 seconds (fixed)
The below communication conditions are configurable by commands
Item
Commands
Setting range
Specification of Bluetooth mode
<IA>
Status 3 Status 4
Receive buffer size
Code SR mode value AFH Fast Connect Pairing Supervision timeout Connection status
2.95 MB
Near full
0Mbyte
2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes remains
Near full release
1.95Mbytes remains
ASCII (7 Bits), Graphic (8 Bits) R1 Auto handling Supported Save the link key for 8 devices Default = 20 seconds (configurable at the host) The connection status to the host is shown on the LCD of the product. Refer to the "Operator Manual" for more details.
*1 A method that connects 2 Bluetooth supported devices by establishing virtual serial port is defined.
[Supplemental explanation] (1) The product operates with the slave mode. Connect the product by specifying product's Bluetooth Device Address (BD address) from the master. (2) Connection may be failed when the authentication mode, packet type and PIN code of the master is different from the above settings. When the connection is failed, check the authentication level, PIN code by test print, match the setting of the master and reconnect. (3) Bluetooth interface and the product are connected by serial interface internally. The transmission speed is 115200 bps. (4) When the link with Bluetooth is lost (out of area), disconnect from the product after the supervision timeout time. (5) When CRC check is enabled, and connection of Bluetooth is lost while sending print data (STX-ETX), partly received data will discarded after the CRC timeout time (10 seconds). When CRC check is enabled and CRC timeout is occurred for 10 seconds, please send the print data (STX-ETX) again. Also, CRC timeout is not watched when CRC check is enabled.
(6) The product will be buffer over when the receive buffer is full. Please send print data while checking the receive buffer status by sending ENQ.
(7) Authentication level 2-1 and 2-2 are the same operation. (8) ACK/NAK is returned only if the CRC check result is normal when CRC check is enabled.
455
7.2 Bluetooth settings
The followings are Bluetooth setting items. These are configurable by the commands.
(1) Authentication level (Level 1, Level 2-1, Level 2-2, Level 3)
(2) PIN code (alphanumeric characters and symbols (20H, 21H, 23H-7EH) 1-16 digits)
PIN code (Personal Identification Number, pass key) is an authentication password in 1-16 digits used for product
identification. The PIN code is needed when the authentication level is Level 2-1, Level 2-2 and Level 3. Link key will be
generated automatically after PIN code authentication and pairing start in the product. Once the link key is generated, there
is no need for PIN code authentication. The product can be connected without checking the PIN code during the pairing.
The module of Bluetooth specification version 2.0 supports Fast Connect. Pairing information can be saved in the product
for 8 units. When pairing has done with more than 8 units, the product deletes the oldest pairing information and save the
new pairing information. (The pairing information will not be cleared by the factory clear.)
(3) Communication parameter (ISI, ISW, PSI, PSW)
ISI, ISW, PSI, and PSW are setting values of Bluetooth module. The details are as below.
Setting
Description
ISI (Inquiry Scan Interval)
Time interval of ISW (0000, 0012 - 1000)
(0.625 msec unit)
ISW (Inquiry Scan Window)
Respond time against search request from the host (0000, 0011 - setting values
of ISI) (0.625 msec unit)
PSI (Page Scan Interval)
Time interval of PSW (0012 - 1000)
(0.625 msec unit)
PSW (Page Scan Window)
Respond time against search request from the host (0011 - setting values of PSI)
(0.625 msec unit)
-Device search request from the master device can be rejected when ISI=000 and ISW=0000.
-The default values after the factory clear are ISI=0x800 (1.28 sec), ISW=0x12 (11.25 msec), PSI=0x800 (1.28 sec) and
PSW=0x12 (11.25 msec).
-It is impossible to set ISI<ISW or PSI<PSW.
-The communication parameters are not necessary to be changed normally. However, communication parameters are
needed to be adjusted when the field intensity is not strong enough.
(4) Device name (alphanumeric characters and symbols (20H, 21H, 23H-7EH) 1-20 digits)
By setting device name, the name can be shown at the connected device and the product can be identified.
Note: Only the first start-up after setting this command will process the new settings for Wireless LAN interface. Do not power off the product when the product is restarted until the product starts up normally.
7.3 CRC Transmission Data
The transfer format of send data needed to be configured as follows when CRC check mode is selected.
STX
Each command *1
ETX CRC_High
CRC_Low
CRC calculation range
Item
HEX (H)
Description
STX
02
Transmission control character to initiate text
Each command
Each command + Parameter
ETX
03
Transmission control character to terminate text
CRC
2 bytes Calculated by the method called CRC-ANSI. Send error control value
that was calculated by CRC-16 (Generating function
X16+X15+X2+1*2) in order of [High] and [Low].
1) Use this command in between Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z>.
Set STX and ETX for print data. The product will not print if there is no STX or ETX in the print data.
2) This is shifted to the right; therefore, the value actually used for calculation is [0xA001]. Also, initial value is set to "0".
456
7.4 Calculation Example of CRC
A part of CRC calculation procedures when sending print speed set <CS> is shown below as an example. The send data is STX <A> <CS>2 <Z> ETX. In HEX, the above will be 02 1B 41 1B 43 53 32 1B 5A 03. The underlined part is the calculation range of CRC. Generating function is described as 1010 0000 0000 0001 in BIN. 1B is the first calculation target and it is described as 0001 1011 in BIN. Initial value of CRC is set to "0".
(1) Take exclusive-OR of CRC and target data (1B), and assign its result to CRC.
XOR) CRC =
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1011 0000 0000 0001 1011
(CRC) (1B)
(1-1) Take AND of CRC and 0001, and assign its result to A. Shift CRC 1 bit to the right and assign it to CRC.
A = 1 CRC =
0000 0000 0000 1101
(1-2) If A = 1, take exclusive-OR of CRC and generating polynomial, and assign its result to CRC. If A = 0, no calculation is made.
(2-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1). And then, perform calculations of (1-1) and (1-2) for 7 times (8 bits in total).
XOR) CRC =
0000 0000 0000 1101 1010 0000 0000 0001 1010 0000 0000 1100
A = 0 CRC =
0101 0000 0000 0110
(CRC) (polynomial)
(2-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2). A = 0; therefore, leave CRC as it is.
(3-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1).
CRC = 0101 0000 0000 0110
A = 0 CRC =
0010 1000 0000 0011
(3-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2).
CRC = 0010 1000 0000 0011
(4-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1).
A = 1 CRC =
0001 0100 0000 0001
(4-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2).
(5-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1).
XOR) CRC = A = 0 CRC =
0001 0100 0000 0001 1010 0000 0000 0001 1011 0100 0000 0000
0101 1010 0000 0000
(CRC) (polynomial)
(5-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2).
CRC = 0101 1010 0000 0000
(6-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1).
A = 0 CRC =
0010 1101 0000 0000
(6-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2).
CRC = 0010 1101 0000 0000
(7-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1).
A = 0 CRC =
0001 0110 1000 0000
(7-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2).
CRC = 0001 0110 1000 0000
(8-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1).
A = 0 CRC =
0000 1011 0100 0000
(8-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2).
CRC = 0000 1011 0100 0000
Calculation of CRC up to 1B has completed. In the same manner, perform calculations of the next target data 41, and continue calculating up to 03. In this case, it will be EC 5E.
Calculation result up to 03 CRC = 1110 1100 0101 1110
457
7.5 Transmission Data Example
The following are the example of transmission data. (1) Print Data
STX <A> <X22>,SATO <Q>0001 <Z> ETX 71H 9CH HEX data to be actually sent is described as follows. Underlined part is CRC. 02 1B 41 1B 58 32 32 2C 53 41 54 4F 1B 51 30 30 30 31 1B 5A 03 71 9C (2) Print speed setting command STX <A> <CS>2 <Z> ETX ECH 5EH
HEX data to be actually sent is described as follows. Underlined part is CRC. 02 1B 41 1B 43 53 32 1B 5A 03 EC 5E
458
7.6 CRC errors
The product calculates the CRC of every items of received data and checks the validity of the received data by comparing it with the CRC in the received data. When the calculated CRC is not the same as the CRC in the received data, the product judges the data is incorrect, arises CRC error and stops printing.
The LCD display of CRC error
* The CRC error will be detected only if the CRC check is enabled.
CRC CHECK ERROR
There are 3 ways to release the CRC error.
(1) Press the LINE button : the product will resume the printing from the print data with the CRC error.
(2) Send CAN command : the product will clear all contents in the receive buffer including the print data with the CRC
error.
(3) Press the CANCEL
: the product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the next
button
print data.
[Supplemental explanation] 1. The return status of the Status 3 and 4 at the CRC error will be "other errors". 2. The error will not be shown at the CRC time out error.
459
7.7 Transmission Sequence
7.7.1 Normal end
7.7.1.1 Status 4 (when CRC check is enabled)
Host
Printer
Connected (CONNECT)
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space]
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [05] Print number = 100 Job name = [SATO]
ACK
(Printer status no error)
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [SATO]
Receive/Analysis/Edit Print operation
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100] Job name = [SATO]
rint command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [06] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO]
ACK
(Printer status no error)
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO]
ENQ (Status request command)
Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label
Print the 3rd label Paper end error
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Error release (press the LINE button) Print the 3rd label
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO]
~ ~
~~ ~~
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001] Job name = [SATO]
Print the 100th label
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Job name = [SATO]
Disconnected (DISCONNECT)
Print the 1st label
460
7.7.1.2 Status 3 (when CRC check is enabled)
Host
Printer
Connected (CONNECT)
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000]
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [05] Print number = 100
ACK ENQ Status
(Printer status: no error)
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000]
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100]
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [06] Print number = 50
ACK (Printer status: no error)
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098]
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098]
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Print operation
Print the 1st label
Print the 2nd label
Print the 3rd label Paper end error
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Error release (press the LINE button)
Print the 3rd label
~ ~
~~ ~~
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001]
Print the 100th label
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050]
Disconnected (DISCONNECT)
Print the 1st label
461
7.7.1.3 Status 4 (when CRC check is disabled)
Host
Printer
Connected (CONNECT)
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space]
Print command (STX-ETX)
ID number = [05] Print number = 100 Job name = [SATO]
ACK (Printer status: no error)
ENQ Status
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [SATO]
(Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100] Job name = [SATO]
Print command (STX-ETX)
ID number = [06] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO]
ACK (Printer status: no error)
ENQ Status
ENQ
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO]
(Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO]
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Print operation
Print the 1st label
Print the 2nd label
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Print the 3rd label Paper end error
Error release (press the LINE button)
Print the 3rd label
~ ~
~~ ~~
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001] Job name = [SATO]
Print the 100th label
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Job name = [SATO]
Print the 1st label
Disconnected (DISCONNECT)
462
7.7.1.4 Status 3 (when CRC check is disabled)
Host
Printer
Connected (CONNECT)
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000]
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [05] Print number = 100
Receive/Analysis/Edit
ACK ENQ Status
(Printer status: no error)
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000]
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100]
Print operation Print the 1st label
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [06] Print number = 50
ACK (Printer status: no error)
ENQ Status
(Status request command)
ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098]
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098]
Print the 2nd label
Receive/Analysis/Edit
Print the 3rd label Paper end error
Error release (press the LINE button)
Print the 3rd label
~ ~
~~ ~~
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001]
Print the 100th label
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050]
Print the 1st label
Disconnected (DISCONNECT)
463
7.7.2 Disconnection During Print data sending
[Note] The print data may be lost when Bluetooth communication is disconnected during the print data sending. Please resend the data after product power off and on.
7.7.2.1 When CRC check is enabled (common to Status 3 and 4)
Host
Connected (CONNECT)
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [05] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO]
Printer
Disconnected or communication failure
Receive/Analysis/Edit
×
ENQ (Status request command)
Status
ID number = [05] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Status = "Printing" Print number = 000100
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [06] Print number = 50
Communication time-out period has passed * Clear the halfway received print command.
ACK
Print operation
[Note] When connection of Bluetooth is lost while sending print data (STX-ETX), partly received data will discarded after the communication timeout time (10 seconds).
7.7.2.2 When CRC check is disabled (common to Status 3 and 4)
Connected (CONNECT)
Print command (STX-ETX)
ID number = [12] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO]
Receive/Analysis/Edit
×
Disconnected or communication failure
[Note] The print data may be lost when Bluetooth communication is disconnected during the print data sending. Please resend the data after product power off and on.
464
7.7.3 Disconnection during status sending after print data reception 7.7.3.1 When CRC check is enabled (common to Status 3 and 4)
Connected (CONNECT)
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [12] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO]
Receive/Analysis/Edit
ACK
×
Print operation
Disconnected or communication failure
[Notes] 1. When there is no ACK returned, stop the transmission as it appears that some sort of communication interference is occurring. 2. ACK return may be lost when Bluetooth is disconnected before the product returning ACK.
7.7.3.2 When CRC check is disabled (common to Status 3 and 4)
The product operation is the same as 7.7.3.1 when CRC check is enabled.
465
7.7.4 Abnormal end when CRC check is enabled 7.7.4.1 At the CRC error (common to Status 3 and 4)
Host
Connected (CONNECT)
Printer
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [05] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO]
Receive/Analysis/Edit
CRC abnormal data
* The printer operation is determined by the button operation or by commands. Please refer to 7.6 CRC errors.
[Note] The product will clear the print data and will not return ACK/NAK when the received data has CRC error.
7.7.4.2 At the communication time out (common to Status 3 and 4)
Host
Printer
Connected (CONNECT)
Print command (STX-ETX CRC)
ID number = [05] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO]
Disconnected or communication failure
Receive/Analysis/Edit
×
Communication time-out period has passed * Clear the halfway received print command.
[Note] When there is no data come in to the product during print command reception for communication time out period (10 sec), the product will time out and clear the partly received print command. (ACK/NAK will not be returned.)
466
7.7.5 State transition diagram matrix (at host) 7.7.5.1 Status 3
Event
Status (1) Neutral
A Connect response (CONNECT)
-
B Disconnect response (DISCONNECT)
-
c Print request
-
(2)
Waiting for connection
Connection complete
Disconnected -> (1)
-> (3)
-
D Return status receive
E ACK/NAK receive
-
-
-
-
F Timeout
G Send connect request (CONNECT)
H Send disconnect request (DISCONNECT)
Abnormal end
-> (1)
(1) Timer register (2) Connect request
(CONNECT) -> (2)
-
-
Disconnected (DISCONNECT)
-> (1)
(3) Connecting
Disconnected
(1) Timer
-> (1) registration
-
(2) Status request
-
command send
-> (4)
Disconnected
Disconnected
(DISCONNECT)
(DISCONNECT)
-
-> (1)
-
-> (1)
(4) Return status
Waiting for response
Disconnected
(1) Timer release /
-> (1)
Timer reregistration
(2) Normal printer status
Send the print data
-
-
-> (5)
(3) Normal printer status
-> (3)
(1) When not up to retry
Disconnected
times
(DISCONNECT)
Send status request
-> (1)
command
-
-> (4)
-
(2) Retried until the retry
times
(5)
Waiting for ACK
response
Disconnected
-> (1)
-
-
-> (1)
ACK/NAK receive
Disconnected
Disconnected
Timer release
(DISCONNECT)
(DISCONNECT)
-> (3)
-> (1)
-
-> (1)
[Notes] 1. The same timer is used for waiting for connection, status return and ACK response to be able to simplify the above matrix. 2. The product cannot disconnect (send DISCONNECT) at the power off. Please set up time out process at the host. 3. Be sure to check the printer status by sending status request command (ENQ) before sending any print data because the product cannot print during printer error. 4. When (5) Time out for ACK response occurred, assuming that the LINK has been disconnected, power off and on the product and reconnect.
7.7.5.2 Status 4
Status
Event
A Connect response (CONNECT)
(1) Neutral
-
B Disconnect response (DISCONNECT)
c Print request
-
-
(2) Waiting for Connection
Disconnected
connection
complete -> (3)
-> (1)
-
D Return status receive
E ACK/NAK receive
-
-
-
-
F Timeout
Abnormal end
G Send connect request (CONNECT)
H Send disconnect request (DISCONNECT)
(1) Timer registration (2) Connect request
(CONNECT)
-> (2)
Disconnected
-> (1)
-
(DISCONNECT)
-> (1)
(3) Connecting
Disconnected
(1) Timer
-> (1) registration
-
(2) Status request
-
command send
-> (4)
Disconnected
Disconnected
(DISCONNECT)
(DISCONNECT)
-
-> (1)
-
-> (1)
(4) Return
Disconnected
(1) Timer release /
(1) When not up to retry
Disconnected
status
-> (1)
Timer reregistration
times
(DISCONNECT)
Waiting for
(2) Normal printer status
Send status request
-> (1)
response -
Send the print data
-
-
-> (5)
command -
-> (4)
(3) Normal printer status
(2) Retried until the retry
-> (3)
times
-> (1)
(5) Waiting for ACK response
Disconnected
-
-> (1)
-
ACK/NAK receive
Disconnected
Disconnected
Timer release
(DISCONNECT)
-
(DISCONNECT)
-> (3)
-> (1)
-> (1)
[Notes] 1. The same timer is used for waiting for connection and status return, to be able to simplify the above matrix. 2. The product cannot disconnect (send DISCONNECT) at the power off. Please set up time out process at the host. 3. Be sure to check the printer status by sending status request command (ENQ) before sending any print data because the product cannot print during printer error. 4. When (5) Time out for ACK response occurred, assuming that the LINK has been disconnected, power off and on the product and reconnect.
468
7.7.5.3 State transition diagram matrix (at product)
Event Status (1) Waiting for
connect request (2) Connecting
(3) Printing (4) Error
A Connect request (CONNECT)
Receive connect request (CONNECT)
-> (2)
Ignore
Ignore Ignore
B Disconnect request (DISCONNECT) Ignore
Disconnect process (DISCONNECT)
Disconnect process (DISCONNECT) Disconnect process (DISCONNECT)
C Print Data receiving
Ignore
Normal data receive ACK/NAK send
-> (3) Abnormal data receive
-> (2) CRC error *1 Clear the received data
-> (2) Communication time out Clear the received data *1
-> (2) Ignore
Ignore
D Print complete
-
Ignore
Ignore
-> (2)
E Error Ignore
Ignore
F Error release
-
G Power off
Power off
-> (4) -
Power off
-> (4)
-
Other than printing -> (2)
Printing -> (3)
Power off Power off
*1 when CRC check is enabled [Notes]
1. When the link with Bluetooth is lost (out of area), disconnect from the product after the supervision timeout time. When the link between the host is lost, the product request disconnection (DISCONNECT) after the supervision timeout time (default=20 sec (changeable from the host)) has passed.
2. It takes about 5 sec from the product power on, installed Bluetooth module starting up to be the status of (1). Before the status of (1), it may not be connected. 3. ACK/NAK will not be returned at the CRC error or communication timeout. 4. Be sure to check the printer status by sending status request command (ENQ) before sending any print data because the product cannot print during printer error. 5. The status check of Bluetooth I/F board is done at after the factory clear, Bluetooth mode switch, PIN code setting, and Bluetooth setting only.
In case of disconnection during operation, please check the status of Bluetooth I/F board by switching the Bluetooth mode.
8 External signal interface
8.1 Basic Specifications
External interfaces are designed to be able to connect with the product and the other peripherals. The external interface operates only in the pulse input mode (a mode that operates according to external signals). However, error signals are outputted with the all mode. Setting related to the external signals can be done on the extended setting mode at the product.
Connector
(1) 25 pins external signal interface (D-SUB 25 pins, female terminal)
13
1
25
14
(2) 14 pins external signal interface (Amphenol 14 pins, female terminal) * When using 14 pins external signal interface, please use the attached conversion cable.
7
1
14
8
Input/Output circuit diagram
(1) 25 pins external signal interface (D-SUB 25 pins, female terminal) a) When the output from the user is NPN transistor output
[Power is supplied from the user]
User
Printer
IN_COM
+5V+24V
2.4k
Transister NPN
EXT_I
IN Photo coupler
Pow
Photo coupler
EXT_O OUT_COM
Photo Mos FET
[Power is supplied from the product]
User
Printer
GND
Transis ter NPN
+5V
IN_COM
4.7k
IN
EXT_I
Photo coupler Pow
Photo coupler
EXT_O Photo Mos FET
OUT_COM
Input/Output circuit diagram
b) When the output from the user is PNP transistor output
User
Printer
IN_COM
Transister PNP +24V
EXT_I
2.4k IN
Photo coupler
Pow
Photo coupler
EXT_O OUT_COM
Photo Mos FET
(2)14 pins external signal interface (Amphenol 14 pins, female terminal)
User
Printer
GND
+5V
2.4k
Transis ter NPN
EXT_I
IN Photo coupler
Pow
EXT_O OUT_COM
Photo Mos FET
Signal level External signal print order External signal type
External signal reprint
High: high impedance, input terminal Iin0mA, output terminal Iout0mA Low: 0 - 0.7 V, input terminal Iin2 - 20mA, output terminal Iout120mA ENABLE or DISABLE can be selected on the extended setting mode.
The below signal types are selectable on the extended setting mode.
Type TYPE
TYPE II
TYPE III
TYPE IV
Operation details
The print complete signal (PREND) is High before label printing, and it becomes Low after print completion. The signal level becomes High after 20 msec. The print complete signal (PREND) is Low before label printing, and it becomes High after print completion. The signal level becomes Low after 20 msec. The print complete signal (PREND) is High before label printing, and it becomes Low from the start to the end of print, and it becomes High again after print completion. The print complete signal (PREND) is Low before label printing, and it becomes High from the start to the end of print, and it becomes Low again after print completion.
The following can be selected on the extended setting mode. ENABLE: reprint the same contents for one time. DISABLE: no reprint
471
8.2 Connector Pin Assignment
No
25 pins 14 pins
1
14
2
-
3
-
4
4
5
6
6
9
7
-
8
7
9
-
10
-
11
-
12
13
13
12
14
2
15
2
16
3
17
1
18
10
19
-
20
5
21
11
22
-
23
-
24
13
25
-
Signal name
FG
+5V
Print Start Position Signal (HOME POSITION) Machine error*4
Print completion signal (PREND)* Online *3
Label near end
Reprint signal (PRIN2)
Backfeed Order (DISPENSE IN)
Reserve OUT_COM
+5V
+24V GND OUT_COM Ribbon end*4 Paper end*4 Ribbon near end Reserve Print start signal (PRIN)
Label feed
Reserve
Reserve IN_COM *1
GND
Description FRAME GROUND
Input/ Output
-
Power source Signal is output at backfeed motion control when backfeed is done. Output with cover open, head error, communication error etc. Signal is output at the operation of the product issues one label. Output when the product is offline state.
By input of this signal, the product becomes label near end status.
By input of this signal, the product reprints the same contents for one time.
By input of this signal, backfeed is done at backfeed motion control.
-
Output Output Output Output Input *2
Input *2
Input *2
Reserve GROUND of peripherals
Input *2 -
Power source
-
Power source SIGNAL GROUND GROUND of peripherals Output at ribbon end detection.
Output at paper end detection. Output at ribbon near end detection. Reserve
The product issues one label by input of this signal.
The product feeds by input of this signal.
Output Output Output Output
Input *2
Input *2
Reserve
Input *2
Reserve
Input *2
For power supply from peripherals. SIGNAL GROUND
Input -
Level
Electrical conditions Voltage, Current (MAX)
-
Low Low Low Low Low
Low
Low
Low Low High Low
Low
-
-
-
600mA (When at 25 pin, the total of 2 pin and 12 pin
is 600mA) 400V 80mA 400V 80mA 400V 80mA 400V 80mA
High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance
Low: more than -5mA, 0V -
600mA (When at 25 pin, the total of 2 pin and 12 pin
is 600mA) 2A -
400V 80mA 400V 80mA 400V 80mA 400V 80mA High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance low: more than -5mA,
0V High: high impedance
Low: more than -5mA, 0V
High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V 5V to 24V or GND -
1) Please select one type from TYPE I to TYPE IV for "PREND" output signal of pin No. 5. Refer to external signal type in "8.1 Basic Specifications " for more details.
[Supplemental explanation] The pin No. and signal name (contents) can be changed on the extended setting mode. Refer to the item of "Input/Output signal setting" in the "Operator Manual" for more details.
472
[Notes] *1 When using the 14 pins external signal interface, do not connect the power pin to IN_COMpin. The IN COM pin is connected to 5V in cable. *2 It can be connected to equipment of open collector input to the signal input terminal. *3 This is when "EXT 9PIN SELECT" in the service mode is MODE2/MODE3. Signal is output with remaining print number status when it is MODE1.
*4 In addition to the signals mentioned above, Cancel signal, ONLINE/OFFLINE signal are also input signals.
8.3 Explanation of input/output signal
1) Input signal
Item
Input waveform
Print start
Print start (PRIN) Reprint (PRIN2)
Print
Print end 1 (PREND)
2 3 4
Reprint (with print start signal)
Print start (PRIN) Reprint (PRIN2) Print
Print end 1 (PREND) 2
3
4
More than 10mses
1st label complete 20msec
1st label complete 20msec
[Supplemental explanation]
1. Please keep the print start signal (PRIN) to "Low" until print completion signal (PREND) is output.* (Refer to the below [Maintaining the print start signal (PRIN) keep]) Also, output reprint signal (PRIN2) for more than 10 msec. When signal is output for shorter than 10 msec, and reprint signal is not acknowledged, the product will not reprint.
473
[Maintaining the print start signal (PRIN)]
Item
TYPE1,2
Print start (PRIN) Reprint (PRIN2)
Print
Input waveform
Print start
Print end 1 (PREND)
2
1st label complete
TYPE3,4
Print start (PRIN) Reprint (PRIN2)
Print
Print end 3 (PREND) 4
1st label complete
There is no problem to make the PRIN signal to High during the dot-line with TYPE 3 and 4.
Item
Timing chart
PREND SIGNAl
Print
1 Print end 2 (PREND) 3
4 T1
T1 < 150ns
1st label complete T1 T1
*Rise or fall time of PREND signal is less than 150 ns. Please consider the time when output signal from the connected devices.
2. When the print start signal and reprint signal are output simultaneously, the print start signal is enabled and the product will not reprint.
3. The reprint signal is only valid from the print operation end (QTY=0) until the next print data reception. Other than that, the product will not reprint.
474
Item
ONLINE OFFLINE
Input waveform
Press the LINE button Print Data
Cancel signal
Remaining labels to print 1
CANCEL (CANCEL)
Print ready (DATA READY)
Print ready (DATA PRESENT)
100ms
[Supplemental explanation]
(1) Cancel signal is enabled when: waiting for Start Print Signal(PRIN) in ONLINE. in OFFLINE. an error occurs. (2) To enable the cancel signal again, turn off the signal and turn back on again.
[Note]
Cancel is not allowed when receiving print data. Cancel behavior when receiving data is not guaranteed.
Item
Input waveform
ONLINE OFFLINE
ONLINE/OFFLINE (ON/OFFLINE) ONLINE
100ms
ONLINE/OFFLINE signal
[Supplemental explanation]
You can switch between ON/OFFLINE signals only if ONLINE/OFFLINE can be switched via key operation.
475
2) Output signal
Item
Output waveform
1st label complete
Basic operation
Print
Print end (PREND)
Paper end Ribbon end Machine error
Paper end
Head open
20ms Head close
Paper end
Print
Print end (PREND)
Paper end Riboon end Machine error
Ribbon end
Label change
Head open
Head close
Ribbon end
Print
Print end (PREND)
Paper end Ribbon end Machine error
Ribbon change
476
Item
Output waveform
Head open
Machine error
Print
Print end (PREND)
Paper end Ribbon end Machine error
Head close
Item
Output waveform
Ribbon near end
Head open
Ribbon near end
Print
Print end (PREND)
Paper end
Ribbon end
near
Head close
Item
Output waveform
Print Data Head open Head close
Online
Print
Print end (PREND)
Paper end
Online
MODE1
MODE2/MODE3
Press the LINE button
Select MODE1, MODE2 or MODE3 with "EXT 9PIN SELECT" in the service mode.
477
Item
Output waveform
Print Data Head open Head close
Print Remaining labels to print 1
Press the LINE button
Print Ready
ONLINE
MODE3
PRN READY
(DATA READY)
PRN READY
(DATA PRESENT)
Select MODE3 with "EXT 9PIN SELECT" in the service mode.
[Notes] Refer to Appendix in the operator manual for error signal output when RFID module is enabled.
478
9 USB Host
9.1 Basic Specifications
USB interface of the product complies with USB2.0 standard. Interface
Connector
Version Device class Used for
Series A plug Cable length shorter than 5 m (Twisted pair shielded)
USB 2.0 High speed Mass storage class USB memories
9.2 Connector Pin Assignment
Pin number
Name
1
VBus
2
-Data(D-)
3
+Data(D+)
4
GND
479
10 Note
Operation after turning the product's power off
Please note that the data sent from the host to the product after turning the product's power off is not ensured.
480
Extensive contact information for worldwide SATO operations can be found on the Internet at www.satoworldwide.com
Adobe PDF Library 15.0